Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Calix

Calix

calx · NYSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker calx
Exchange NYSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Calix
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2019 Annual Meeting
Proxy Statement | 2018 Annual Report

April 2, 2019 

Fellow Calix stockholders: 

Our mission is to connect everyone and everything. Calix platforms empower our customers to 
build new business models, rapidly deploy new services and make the promise of the smart 
home and business a reality. 

Our vision is focused on providing the platforms and services that enable innovative service 
providers to create services at a DevOps pace and provide their subscribers with an exceptional 
experience. Service providers achieve this objective by building their infrastructure and service 
offerings on platforms.  

Our relentless focus over the past few years on the transformation of Calix into a 
communications cloud and software platform, systems and services business yielded further 
progress in 2018. Over the long term, we believe this transformation will manifest in improved 
financial performance across four measurable metrics: 

• Gross margin expansion
• Disciplined operating expense investment
• Deliberate revenue growth
Increased predictability
•

We are happy to report in 2018 we continued to deliver on these objectives and expect these 
metrics will continue to improve as our platforms and related services increase as a percentage 
of our total business. We will continue to take every opportunity to simplify our business and 
increase our focus on our all-platform solutions. In the first quarter of 2018, we did just that by 
selling our cabinet business to a long-standing partner, Clearfield, which sharpened our 
organizational focus on our all-platform solutions while putting these assets in the hands of a 
focused supply chain partner. We also relocated our global headquarters from Petaluma, CA to 
San Jose, CA, putting us in the heart of the innovation capital of the world. With our 
transformation to an all platform company, we evaluated our existing global footprint, 
streamlining it by more than 40% while maintaining our accelerated pace of innovation.  

Additional examples of our progress made in 2018 were: 

• Added 119 new customers spanning all classes of communications service providers;
• More than doubled Calix Cloud bookings and revenue;
• Established strong market traction with our EXOS-powered platform with more than 100

early adopters;
Increased number of AXOS platform licenses more than five-fold;

•
• Achieved production status in Verizon’s Intelligent Edge Network with our AXOS E9-2

solution for NGPON2;

• AXOS platform selected by UK-based CityFibre for its multi-gigabit network build-out in

the UK to as many as five million households through 2025;

• Achieved a new benchmark for our mesh-enhanced carrier class Wi-Fi solutions with

more than 600 service providers purchasing the solution in 2018;

• Entered into a strategic co-creation partnership with Infosys, a significant step in the

development of our AXOS ecosystem; and

• Enhanced our value-added services offerings with the launch of Remote Monitoring

Services allowing our customers to dramatically reduce operating costs.

In summary, we made significant progress towards our mission in 2018, and as we continue to 
execute, we expect to see our performance improve over the long-term. In 2018, we grew our 
customer base, expanded our gross margin and continued to demonstrate discipline in 
operating expense investment, all of which we believe reflect the benefits inherent in our all-
platform solutions. 

Our platform solutions enable us to win across all types of communications service providers, 
including traditional wireline, cable/MSO, hospitality, fiber overbuilders, municipalities, utilities 
and cooperatives. With an expanding pipeline of opportunities spanning service providers of 
every type, Calix … an all-platform company … is well positioned in front of the largest wave of 
disruption our industry has ever experienced. We remain committed to our vision. 

As always, I want to thank you – my fellow Calix stockholders, customers, suppliers and 
employees – for your continued support. As we completed the transformation of Calix over the 
last several years, we made significant investments in people, systems and platforms.  We 
remain focused on helping our existing customers transform their business models while striving 
to win new strategically-aligned customers. As we continue to diversify and expand our 
customer base across different markets and geographies, we are laying the groundwork for 
long-term growth and value to our stockholders. 

Sincerely, 

Carl Russo 
President & CEO 

CALIX, INC.  
2777 Orchard Parkway  
San Jose, California 95134 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS 
TO BE HELD ON MAY 22, 2019  

To the Stockholders of Calix, Inc.: 

The Annual Meeting of Stockholders (“Annual Meeting”) of Calix, Inc. (“Calix”), will be held virtually, via live webcast 

at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19, on Wednesday, May 22, 2019 at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time. The Annual 
Meeting will be held for the following purposes:  

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

To elect four directors to the Calix Board of Directors (“Board”);

To approve the 2019 Equity Incentive Award Plan;

To approve the Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) to increase the number of shares of
common stock issuable under the ESPP by 2,500,000;

To approve, on a non-binding, advisory basis, the compensation of our named executive officers;

To ratify the selection of KPMG LLP as Calix’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2019; and

To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment or postponement
thereof.

The above items of business are more fully described in the Proxy Statement. Only stockholders who owned Calix common 

stock at the close of business on March 25, 2019 can vote at this meeting or any adjournments that take place.  

We have elected to use the Internet as our primary means of providing our proxy materials to stockholders. As a result, we are 
sending a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (“Notice”) rather than mailing a paper copy of this Proxy Statement and 
our 2018 Annual Report on or about April 2, 2019 to our stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 25, 2019. We are 
also providing access to our proxy materials over the Internet beginning on or about April 2, 2019. Electronic delivery of our proxy 
materials minimizes printing and mailing costs and reduces the environmental impact of the proxy materials.  

The Notice contains instructions for accessing the proxy materials, including the Proxy Statement and our 2018 Annual Report, 
and provides information on how stockholders may obtain paper copies free of charge. The Notice also provides the date and time of 
the virtual Annual Meeting, the matters to be acted upon at the meeting and the Board’s recommendation with regard to each matter 
and information on how to attend the virtual Annual Meeting and vote online.  

You are cordially invited to attend the virtual Annual Meeting. Whether or not you expect to attend, you should vote and submit 

your proxy over the Internet following the voting procedures described in the Notice to ensure that your vote is recorded. If you have 
requested and received paper copies of proxy materials, you can also vote over the phone or by signing, dating and returning by mail 
the proxy card sent to you.  

By Order of the Board of Directors 

Suzanne Tom 
Corporate Secretary 

San Jose, California  
April 2, 2019  

The Notice of Annual Meeting, Proxy Statement and Form of Proxy are being distributed and made available on or about April 2, 2019. 

PROXY STATEMENT  
FOR 2019 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE STOCKHOLDER 

MEETING TO BE HELD ON MAY 22, 2019 

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS PROXY MATERIAL AND VOTING 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Leadership Structure of the Board 
Board Independence  
Board Composition and Qualifications  
Board Meetings and Committees 
Annual Self-Assessment and Board Education   
Board Oversight Over Risks   
Communications with the Board 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 
PROPOSAL NO. 1—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS   

Nominees for Election to a Three-Year Term Expiring at the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
Current Directors Continuing in Office After the Annual Meeting  
Executive Officers 
Independence of the Board 

PROPOSAL NO. 2—APPROVAL OF THE 2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN 
PROPOSAL NO. 3—APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 
PROPOSAL NO. 4—APPROVAL ON A NON-BINDING, ADVISORY BASIS OF THE COMPENSATION OF OUR 

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS (“SAY-ON-PAY”) 

PROPOSAL NO. 5—RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING 

FIRM 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   

Compensation Discussion and Analysis 
Summary Compensation Table 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2018   
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018 
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2018 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control 

CEO PAY RATIO 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 
HOUSEHOLDING OF PROXY MATERIALS 
OTHER MATTERS 
ANNUAL REPORTS 
APPENDIX A: 2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN  
APPENDIX B: AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 
APPENDIX C: RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO NON-GAAP MEASURES   

1  
2  
6  
6  
6  
7  
8  
11  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
18  
21  
21  
22  
29  

33  

34  
34  
35  
35  
45  
46  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
52  
53  
54  
55  
55  
55  
56  
  A-1  
  B-1  
  C-1  

i 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CALIX, INC.  
2777 Orchard Parkway  
San Jose, California 95134  

PROXY STATEMENT  
FOR THE 2019 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS  

IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING THE AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS FOR THE STOCKHOLDER 
MEETING TO BE HELD ON MAY 22, 2019  

The Board of Directors of Calix, Inc. is soliciting your proxy to vote at the virtual Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on 

May 22, 2019, at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time, and any adjournment or postponement of that meeting (“Annual Meeting”). The 
Annual Meeting will be held via live webcast only at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19.  

We have elected to provide access to our proxy materials on the Internet. Accordingly, we are sending a Notice of Internet 

Availability of Proxy Materials (“Notice”) to our stockholders of record as of March 25, 2019 (“Record Date”), while brokers and 
other nominees who hold shares on behalf of beneficial owners will be sending their own similar notice. All stockholders will have the 
ability to access the proxy materials on the website referred to in the Notice or to request a printed set of the proxy materials. 
Instructions on how to request a printed copy by mail or email may be found in the Notice and on the website referred to in the Notice, 
including an option to request paper copies on an ongoing basis. On or about April 2, 2019, we are making this Proxy Statement 
available on the Internet and are mailing the Notice to all stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting. We intend to mail or 
email this Proxy Statement, together with a proxy card, to those stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting who have 
properly requested paper copies of such materials within three business days of request.  

The only voting securities of Calix, Inc. are shares of common stock, $0.025 par value per share (“common stock”), of which 

there were 54,163,829 shares outstanding as of the Record Date (excluding treasury shares). We need the holders of a majority of the 
outstanding shares of common stock, present or represented by proxy, to hold the Annual Meeting.  

In this Proxy Statement, we refer to Calix, Inc. as the “Company,” “Calix,” “we” or “us” and the Board of Directors as the 

“Board.” When we refer to Calix’s fiscal year, we mean the twelve-month period ending December 31 of the stated year.  

Our 2018 Annual Report to Stockholders, which contains consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2018, accompanies 

this Proxy Statement if you have requested and received a copy of the proxy materials in the mail. Stockholders who received the 
Notice can access this Proxy Statement and the 2018 Annual Report to Stockholders at the website referred to in the Notice. You also 
may obtain a copy of our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”), without charge, by writing to our Investor Relations department at the above address. Our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-
K and Proxy Statement are also available under “Financials” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-
relations.calix.com and at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.  

1 

 
  
THE PROXY PROCESS AND STOCKHOLDER VOTING  

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS PROXY MATERIAL AND VOTING  

Who can vote at the Annual Meeting?  

Only stockholders of record at the close of business on March 25, 2019 will be entitled to vote online at the Annual Meeting. At 

the close of business on March 25, 2019, there were 54,163,829 shares of common stock outstanding and entitled to vote.  

Stockholder of Record: Shares Registered in Your Name  

If, on March 25, 2019, your shares were registered directly in your name with Calix’s transfer agent, Computershare, Inc., then 
you are a stockholder of record. As a stockholder of record, you may vote online at the Annual Meeting or vote by proxy. Whether or 
not you expect to attend, you should vote and submit your proxy over the Internet following the voting procedures described in the 
Notice to ensure that your vote is recorded. If you have requested and received paper copies of proxy materials, you can also vote over 
the phone or by signing, dating and returning by mail the proxy card sent to you.  

Beneficial Owner: Shares Registered in the Name of a Broker, Bank or Other Agent  

If, on March 25, 2019, your shares were held in an account at a brokerage firm, bank, dealer or other similar organization, then 

you are the beneficial owner of shares held in a “street name” and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by that 
organization. The organization holding your account is considered the stockholder of record for purposes of voting at the Annual 
Meeting. As a beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or other agent on how to vote the shares in your account. You 
are also welcome to attend the Annual Meeting and to vote online.  

What do I need in order to be able to attend the Annual Meeting online?  

Any stockholder can attend the Annual Meeting live online at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19. The webcast will 

start at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time. Stockholders may vote and submit questions while attending the Annual Meeting online. In 
order to be able to participate in the online Annual Meeting, you will need the control number included on your Notice or, if you 
received a printed copy of the proxy materials, your proxy card if you are a stockholder of record, or included with your voting 
instruction card and voting instructions you received from your broker, bank or other agent if you hold your shares in a “street name.” 
Instructions on how to participate online are also posted online at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19.  

Why is Calix hosting the Annual Meeting online?  

Among other reasons, Calix believes hosting the Annual Meeting online enables broader stockholder attendance and 
participation from any location around the world, minimizing travel time and cost. In designing our online format, we have taken 
measures to ensure our virtual meeting provides all stockholders with equal access to ask questions of our Board and management. 
Our virtual meeting allows participating stockholders to vote on proposals, access our Proxy Statement and 2018 Annual Report and 
engage in a live Q&A with our Board, management and auditors. In addition, a recording of our Annual Meeting is publicly available 
for a year following each annual meeting at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19.  

What am I being asked to vote on?  

You are being asked to vote on:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

election of four Class III directors to hold office until our 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (Proposal No. 1);  

approval of the 2019 Equity Incentive Award Plan (Proposal No. 2);  

approval of the Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) to increase the number of shares of 
common stock issuable under the ESPP by 2,500,000 (Proposal No. 3);  

approval on a non-binding, advisory basis of the compensation of our named executive officers (“NEOs”) as disclosed in 
this Proxy Statement (Proposal No. 4); and  

ratification of the selection of KPMG LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending 
December 31, 2019 (Proposal No. 5).  

In addition, you are entitled to vote on any other matters that are properly brought before the Annual Meeting.  

2 

 
  
How does the Board recommend I vote on the Proposals?  

The Board recommends that you vote:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

FOR each of the Class III director nominees;  

FOR approval of our 2019 Equity Incentive Award Plan;  

FOR approval of the increase of the number of shares of common stock issuable under the ESPP by 2,500,000;  

FOR approval, on a non-binding, advisory basis, of the compensation of our NEOs; and  

FOR ratification of KPMG LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm.  

How do I vote?  

For election of directors, you may either vote “For” the four nominees or you may “Withhold” your vote for all or for any 
nominee you specify. For any other matter to be voted on, you may vote “For” or “Against” or abstain from voting. The procedures 
for voting are as follows:  

Stockholder of Record: Shares Registered in Your Name  

If you are a stockholder of record, you may vote in any of the following manners:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

To vote during the Annual Meeting, follow the online instructions provided on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy 
Materials to login to www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/CALX19 to cast your vote.  

To vote over the Internet prior to the Annual Meeting, follow the instructions provided on the Notice of Internet 
Availability of Proxy Materials.  

To vote by phone, call the toll-free number found on the proxy card, which you can request by following the instructions 
provided on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials.  

To vote by mail, complete, sign and date the proxy card, which you can request by following the instructions provided on 
the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, and return it promptly by mail. As long as we receive your signed 
proxy card, or your vote by Internet or phone, by 11:59 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on May 21, 2019, we will vote your 
shares as you direct.  

•  Whether or not you plan to attend the Annual Meeting, we urge you to vote by proxy, phone or the Internet to ensure that 
your vote is counted. Even if you have submitted a proxy or voted by phone or the Internet before the Annual Meeting, 
you may still attend the Annual Meeting and vote online. In such case, your previously submitted proxy or vote will be 
disregarded.  

Beneficial Owner: Shares Registered in the Name of Broker, Bank or Other Agent  

If you are a beneficial owner of shares registered in the name of your broker, bank or other agent, you should have received a 

voting instruction card and voting instructions with these proxy materials from that organization rather than from us. You should 
complete and mail the voting instruction card to ensure that your vote is counted. You should follow the instructions from your broker, 
bank or other agent included with these proxy materials, or contact your broker, bank or other agent to request a proxy form. You may 
also vote online at the Annual Meeting.  

Who counts the votes?  

We have engaged Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”) as our independent agent to tabulate stockholder votes. If 

you are a stockholder of record, and you choose to vote over the Internet (either prior to or during the Annual Meeting) or by phone, 
Broadridge will access and tabulate your vote electronically, and if you have requested and received proxy materials via mail or email 
and choose to sign and mail your proxy card, your executed proxy card is returned directly to Broadridge for tabulation. As noted 
above, if you hold your shares through a broker, your broker (or its agent for tabulating votes of shares held in a “street name”) returns 
one proxy card to Broadridge on behalf of all its clients.  

What is the required vote and how are votes counted?  

A majority of the outstanding shares of common stock must be present or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting in order 
to have a quorum. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be treated as shares present for the purpose of determining the presence of a 
quorum.  

3 

 
  
With respect to Proposal No. 1, the election of directors, directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast, which means 

that the four nominees receiving the highest number of “For” votes will be elected. Abstentions and broker non-votes will have no 
effect with regard to this proposal, because approval of a percentage of shares present or outstanding is not required for this proposal.  

With respect to Proposals No. 2, 3, 4 and 5, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of 

common stock present or by proxy and entitled to vote on the proposal is required for approval. Abstentions have the same effect as a 
vote against these proposals.  

Because your vote on Proposal No. 4 is advisory, it will not be binding on us, our Board or our Compensation Committee. 

However, we value our stockholders’ views on the effectiveness of our executive compensation program. Our Board and 
Compensation Committee consider the annual advisory vote of our stockholders when making decisions about executive 
compensation.  

Under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules, brokers are permitted to vote their clients’ proxies in their own discretion 

as to certain “routine” proposals. However, where a proposal is considered “non-routine,” a broker who has received no instructions 
from its client generally does not have discretion to vote its clients’ uninstructed shares on that proposal. When a broker indicates on a 
proxy that it does not have discretionary authority to vote certain shares on a particular proposal, the missing votes are referred to as 
“broker non-votes.” Those shares would be considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present but would not 
be counted in determining the number of votes present for the proposal. Those shares would not be taken into account in determining 
the outcome of the non-routine proposal.  

Under NYSE rules, Proposals No. 1 through No. 4 are non-routine matters while Proposal No. 5 is a routine matter. Because 
brokers cannot vote uninstructed shares on behalf of their customers for non-routine matters, it is important that stockholders vote 
their shares.  

Broadridge will separately count “For” and “Withhold” votes with respect to Proposal No. 1, “For” and “Against” votes and 

abstentions, with respect to Proposal Nos. 2, 3 and 4, and “For” and “Against” votes, abstentions and broker non-votes with respect to 
Proposal No. 5.  

How many votes do I have?  

On each matter to be voted upon, you have one vote for each share of common stock you own as of March 25, 2019.  

What if I return a proxy card but do not make specific choices?  

If you have properly requested and received a proxy card by mail or email, and we receive a signed and dated proxy card that 

does not specify how your shares are to be voted, your shares will be voted “For” the election of each of the four nominees for director 
and “For” Proposals No. 2, 3, 4 and 5. If any other matter is properly presented at the Annual Meeting, the individuals named as proxy 
holders on your proxy card will vote your shares in the manner recommended by the Board on all proposals presented in this Proxy 
Statement and as they may determine in their best judgment as to any other matters properly presented for vote at the Annual Meeting.  

Who is paying for this proxy solicitation?  

We will pay for the entire cost of soliciting proxies. In addition to these mailed proxy materials, our directors, officers and 
employees may also solicit proxies in person, by phone or by other means of communication. Directors, officers and employees will 
not be paid any additional compensation for soliciting proxies. We may also reimburse brokerage firms, banks and other agents for the 
cost of forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners.  

What does it mean if I receive more than one Notice of Internet Availability of Materials or set of materials?  

If you receive more than one Notice of Internet Availability of Materials or more than one set of materials, your shares are 
registered in more than one name or are registered in different accounts. In order to vote all the shares you own, you must follow the 
instructions for voting on the Internet on all of the Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials or proxy cards you receive via 
mail or email upon your request, which includes voting over the Internet, phone or by signing and returning all of the proxy cards you 
request and receive.  

4 

 
  
Can I change my vote after submitting my proxy or voting on the Internet or by phone?  

Yes. You can revoke your proxy or prior vote at any time before the final vote at the Annual Meeting. If you are the record 

holder of your shares, you may revoke your proxy or prior vote in any one of three ways:  

•  You may submit another properly completed proxy with a later date or submit a new vote on the Internet or by phone 

using the same instructions followed when you submitted your prior vote.  

•  You may send a written notice that you are revoking your proxy to Calix’s Corporate Secretary at Calix, Inc., 2777 

Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.  

•  You may attend the Annual Meeting and vote online. Simply logging into the Annual Meeting will not, by itself, revoke 

your proxy or prior vote.  

If your shares are held by your broker, bank or other agent, you should follow the instructions provided by them.  

How will voting on any business not described in this Proxy Statement be conducted?  

We are not aware of any business to be considered at the Annual Meeting other than the items described in this Proxy 
Statement. If any other matter is properly presented for vote at the Annual Meeting and you are not attending the meeting in person 
but have voted by proxy, the individuals named as proxy holder on your proxy card will vote your shares as they may determine in 
their best judgment.  

When are stockholder proposals due for next year’s Annual Meeting?  

To be considered for inclusion in next year’s proxy materials, your proposal must be submitted in writing by December 4, 2019, 
to Calix’s Corporate Secretary at 2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134. If you wish to submit a proposal that is not to be 
included in next year’s proxy materials under the SEC’s shareholder proposal procedures or nominate a director, you must do so 
between January 23, 2020 and February 22, 2020; provided that if the date of the annual meeting is earlier than April 22, 2020 or later 
than July 21, 2020, you must give notice not later than the 90th day prior to the annual meeting date or, if later, the 10th day following 
the date on which public disclosure of the annual meeting date is first made. You are also advised to review our bylaws, which contain 
additional requirements about advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.  

What is the quorum requirement?  

A quorum of stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. A quorum will be present if the holders of a majority in voting 

power of the shares of common stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote are present or represented by proxy at the Annual 
Meeting. On the Record Date, there were 54,163,829 shares outstanding and entitled to vote. Accordingly, 27,081,915 shares must be 
represented by stockholders present at the Annual Meeting or by proxy to have a quorum.  

Your shares will be counted towards the quorum if you submit a valid proxy vote or vote online at the Annual Meeting. 
Abstentions and broker non-votes also will be counted towards the quorum requirement. If there is no quorum, either the chairperson 
of the Annual Meeting or a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, present or represented 
by proxy, may adjourn the Annual Meeting to another time or place.  

How can I find out the results of the voting at the Annual Meeting?  

Voting results will be announced by the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days after the Annual 
Meeting. If final voting results are unavailable at that time, we will file an amended Current Report on Form 8-K within four business 
days of the day the final results are available.  

5 

 
  
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

Overview  

Our Board is responsible for providing oversight over the Company’s business and affairs, including the Company’s strategic 
direction, as well as the management and financial and operational execution that can best perpetuate the success of the business and 
support the long-term interest of our stockholders. To effectively support its responsibilities, the Board has three principal board 
committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that each 
carry out responsibilities set out in specific committee charters approved by the Board and consistent with applicable requirements of 
the NYSE and the SEC. The Board has also established a Cybersecurity Committee and a Strategic Committee, each with specific 
committee charters approved by the Board. The Board and each Board committee may at their discretion retain outside advisors at the 
Company’s expense in carrying out their responsibilities.  

Our Board is committed to good corporate governance practices and seeks to represent stockholder interests through the 
exercise of sound judgment. To this end, the Board has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines (“Guidelines”) that provide specific 
provisions for the governance of the Board and Company. We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Conduct”) 
applicable to all directors, officers and employees that is approved and adopted by our Board representing our commitment to the 
highest standards of ethics and integrity in the conduct of our business. Our bylaws, together with the Guidelines, the Board 
committee charters and our Code of Conduct serve as the governance and compliance framework of the Company.  

On an annual basis, the Board and its committees review the Guidelines, Board committee charters and our Code of Conduct. 

The Guidelines, the written charter for each of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee, Cybersecurity Committee, Strategic Committee and the Code of Conduct, as well as any amendments from 
time to time, may be found under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com. The 
referenced information on the Investor Relations section of our website is not a part of this Proxy Statement.  

Leadership Structure of the Board  

Under our bylaws, our Board appoints our corporate officers, including the chief executive officer. We separate the roles of 

chief executive officer and chairman of the Board in recognition of the differences between the two roles. Mr. Russo serves as 
president and chief executive officer and is responsible for setting the strategic direction for and the day-to-day leadership and 
performance of Calix, while Mr. Listwin serves as chairman and provides guidance to the chief executive officer and management, 
sets the agenda for Board meetings and presides over meetings of the full Board. The Board does not have a policy on whether the role 
of the chairman and chief executive officer should be separate and, if it is to be separate, whether the chairman should be selected 
from the non-employee directors or be an employee and if it is to be combined, whether a lead independent director should be 
selected. As president and chief executive officer, Mr. Russo is not “independent” under the rules of the NYSE. Mr. Listwin, Calix’s 
chairman, is an independent director as defined under the rules of the NYSE and has significant executive leadership and strategic 
experience, including multiple executive leadership roles at large publicly-traded technology companies. The Board believes that the 
current board leadership structure is best for Calix and its stockholders at this time. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee periodically reviews and recommends to the Board the leadership structure of the Board.  

Board Independence  

Among other considerations, the Board strongly values independent board oversight as an essential component of strong 
corporate performance. On at least an annual basis, the Board undertakes a review of the independence of each director and considers 
whether any director has a material relationship with Calix. The Board evaluates each director under the independence rules of the 
NYSE and the non-employee director and audit committee independence requirements of the SEC.  

The NYSE rules require listed company boards have at least a majority of independent directors. Based on its evaluation, our 
Board determined that each of Messrs. Bowick, DeNuccio, Everett, Listwin, Matthews, Peters and Plants, and each of Mses. Crusco 
and Makagon, representing nine of Calix’s ten current directors, are independent directors as defined under the NYSE rules. 
Mr. Russo, who has served as our president and chief executive office since 2002, is the only member of the Board who is not 
independent.  

6 

 
  
Nine of the total ten current directors of our Board are independent under NYSE rules: 

Director 

Christopher  Bowick 
Kathy Crusco 
Kevin DeNuccio 
Mike Everett 
Don Listwin 
Kira Makagon 
Michael Matthews 
Kevin Peters 
J. Daniel Plants
Carl Russo

Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Independent 
Not Independent 

Director Since 
2014 
2017 
2012 
2007 
2007 
2017 
2010 
2014 
2018 
1999 

Board Composition and Qualifications 

The Board assesses Board composition and qualifications at least annually. In assessing Board composition and qualifications, 
as well as in evaluating candidates for nomination or to fill vacancies on the Board, the Board seeks to maximize effectiveness of the 
Board and its committees to perpetuate the success of the Company, to best represent stockholder interests through the exercise of 
sound judgment and to assure continuity in the Board’s oversight over the Company and management. The Board places significant 
emphasis on ensuring an appropriate mix of characteristics, skills and experience for the Board as a whole and as to each individual 
director. The Board, through its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, evaluates the skills and attributes of the Board as 
a whole and each individual director against the Company’s needs and strategic direction. Among other considerations, the Board 
seeks to ensure an appropriate mix of expertise in executive and corporate leadership, diversity of background, perspective and 
experience (including diversity of gender, age and ethnicity), personal and professional integrity, ethics and values, financial and 
operational experience, as well as expertise and insights in technologies, industries and markets relevant to the Company’s strategic 
plans.  

Our Board believes the current mix of skills, backgrounds and attributes of our Board maximizes the effectiveness of our Board 
in its oversight responsibilities. In 2017, we added two new directors to our Board, with Ms. Makagon bringing substantial expertise in 
global platform strategy, technology, cybersecurity, operations and high-technology executive leadership to our Board and Ms. Crusco 
adding deep financial, accounting and operational expertise, public company leadership and governance experience to our Board. In 
2018, we added Mr. Plants as a new director, bringing his expertise in corporate governance and leadership, as well as adding 
stockholder insight, to our Board. The Board values the board gender diversity, experience and perspective from the additions of 
Mses. Crusco and Makagon and Mr. Plants to the Board. A summary of the mix of key skills and attributes representative of our 
current Board is as follows:  

7 

Our Board also considers board tenure in its review of Board composition. Our Board consists of a mix of board tenure. The 
average tenure of our independent directors is approximately six years, with three directors at tenures of less than three years, two 
directors at tenures of three to five years, two directors at five to ten years and two directors at ten or more years.  

Director 

Christopher  Bowick 
Kathy Crusco 
Kevin DeNuccio   
Mike Everett 
Don Listwin 
Kira Makagon 
Michael Matthews 
Kevin Peters 
J. Daniel Plants 
Carl Russo 

Date Joined 
July 2014 
September 2017 
September 2012 
August 2007 
January 2007 
July 2017 
December 2010 
October 2014 
March 2018 
December 1999 

Board Meetings and Committees  

Our Board met seven times during fiscal year 2018. During 2018, each Board member attended 75% or more of the aggregate of 

the meetings of the Board and of the committees on which he or she served. In addition, our Board met in executive session without 
management present during its four regularly scheduled in-person meetings in 2018. Our chairman of the Board presides over the 
executive sessions of the Board.  

We encourage our directors to attend our annual meetings of stockholders. Messrs. Bowick, DeNuccio, Everett, Listwin, 

Matthews, Peters, Plants and Russo and Ms. Crusco each attended our 2018 annual meeting of stockholders.  

The Board has established three principal Board committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In June 2017, the Board established a fourth Board committee, the Cybersecurity 
Committee, and in June 2018, the Board established a fifth Board committee, the Strategic Committee. The membership of all five 
Board committees are composed entirely of independent directors.  

8 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Audit Committee  

Our Audit Committee is established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act and is responsible for 
overseeing management of Calix’s risks relating to accounting matters, financial reporting and legal and regulatory compliance. Each 
director serving on our Audit Committee is independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and applicable rules and 
regulations of the SEC.  

The current members of our Audit Committee are Mr. Everett, Ms. Crusco and Mr. Matthews, with Mr. Everett serving as the 

Audit Committee chair. Our Board has determined that Mr. Everett and Ms. Crusco are each an “audit committee financial expert” as 
defined under the SEC rules. During 2018, the Audit Committee met eleven times, and conducted private sessions with our 
independent registered public accounting firm, with individual members of management and with the committee members at each of 
its four regularly scheduled in-person meetings.  

Our Audit Committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the Audit 
Committee evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; determines 
the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit 
fees; discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review 
of Calix’s quarterly consolidated financial statements; approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to 
perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting 
firm on Calix’s engagement team as required by law; reviews Calix’s critical accounting policies and estimates; oversees the internal 
audit function and annually reviews the Audit Committee charter and the committee’s performance. The Audit Committee operates 
under a written charter pursuant to applicable standards and rules of the SEC and the NYSE. The Audit Committee’s written charter is 
available under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com.  

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Audit Committee may at its discretion retain outside advisors at the Company’s expense.  

Compensation Committee  

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to Calix’s executive compensation 

plans and arrangements. Each director serving on our Compensation Committee is independent within the meaning of the NYSE 
listing standards and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Mr. Listwin joined the Compensation Committee on May 16, 2018 
upon the retirement of Michael Flynn from our Board on May 16, 2018. Mr. Flynn was independent within the meaning of the 
applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE and SEC during his service on the Compensation Committee.  

The current members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Bowick, DeNuccio and Listwin, with Mr. Bowick serving as 

the Compensation Committee chair. During 2018, the Compensation Committee met eight times.  

Our Compensation Committee reviews and oversees policies relating to compensation and benefits of Calix executive officers 
and employees. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of the 
chief executive officer and other executive officers, certifies performance against such corporate goals and objectives and sets the 
compensation of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee also administers Calix’s stock-based compensation plans, 
including the issuance of stock options and other awards under Calix’s equity incentive award plan. The Compensation Committee 
reviews and evaluates, at least annually, the performance of the Compensation Committee and its members, including compliance of 
the Compensation Committee with its charter. In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee may delegate any or all of 
its responsibilities to a subcommittee of the Compensation Committee, but only to the extent consistent with Calix’s certificate of 
incorporation and bylaws, NYSE rules and other applicable law. The Compensation Committee operates under a written charter 
pursuant to applicable standards and rules of the SEC and the NYSE. The Compensation Committee’s written charter is available 
under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com.  

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Compensation Committee may at its discretion retain outside advisors at the Company’s 

expense.  

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation  

Messrs. Bowick and DeNuccio served on Calix’s Compensation Committee for the entirety of 2018. Mr. Flynn served on the 

Compensation Committee until May 16, 2018. Mr. Listwin has served on the Compensation Committee since May 16, 2018. None of 
the members of Calix’s Compensation Committee is or was at any time during 2018 an officer or employee of Calix, was formerly an 
officer of Calix or has engaged in certain related transactions with Calix, as required to be disclosed by SEC regulations. None of 
Calix’s executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation 
committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on Calix’s Board or Compensation Committee.  

9 

 
  
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee  

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing management of Calix’s risks associated 

with the independence of the Board and potential conflicts of interest. Each director serving on our Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee is independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards. Mr. DeNuccio joined the Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee on May 16, 2018 upon Mr. Flynn’s retirement from our Board on May 16, 2018. Mr. Flynn was 
independent within the meaning of the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE and SEC during his service on the Nominating 
and Corporate Governance Committee.  

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consists of Messrs. DeNuccio, Listwin and Peters, with 

Mr. Listwin serving as the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee chair. During 2018, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee met five times.  

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for 

directorships and the size and composition of the Board. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is 
responsible for overseeing Calix’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and reporting and making recommendations concerning 
governance matters. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the 
applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s written charter is available 
under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com.  

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may at its discretion retain outside 

advisors at the Company’s expense.  

Director Nominations  

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers director candidate recommendations from a variety of 
sources, including nominees recommended by stockholders. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may also retain 
an executive search firm to assist in identifying, screening and facilitating the interview process of director candidates. The 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may take into account minimum qualifications including, among other factors the 
Committee may deem appropriate: diversity of personal and professional background, perspective and experience, including diversity 
of gender, age and ethnicity; personal and professional integrity, ethics and values; experience in corporate management, operations or 
finance; experience relevant to the Company’s industry and with relevant social policy concerns; experience as a board member or 
executive officer of another publicly held company; relevant academic expertise; practical and mature business judgment; promotion 
of a diversity of business or career experience relevant to the success of the Company; and any other relevant qualifications, attributes 
or skills, which will be evaluated in the context of the Board as a whole, with the objective of assembling a board that can best 
perpetuate the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of 
experience in these various areas. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee expects any candidate for the 
Board to be able to represent the interests of the Company’s stockholders as a whole rather than any special interest or constituency.  

Each of our nominees standing for election at this 2019 Annual Meeting was recommended to the Board by the Nominating and 

Corporate Governance Committee based on the Committee’s evaluation as set forth above.  

The policy of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is to consider properly submitted director candidates 

recommended by stockholders. For a stockholder to make any nomination for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the 
stockholder must provide notice to Calix, which must be received at Calix’s principal executive office not less than 90 days and not 
more than 120 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, that if the date of the annual 
meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered not 
later than 90 days prior to the date of the annual meeting or, if later, the 10th day following the date on which public disclosure of the 
annual meeting date is first made. Further updates and supplements to such notice may be required at the times and in the forms 
required under our bylaws. As set forth in our bylaws, submissions must include the name and address of the proposed nominee, 
information regarding the proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings in a contested 
election under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act, information regarding the proposed nominee’s indirect and direct interests in shares 
of Calix’s common stock, and a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement of the proposed nominee. Our 
bylaws also specify further requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. We recommend that any stockholder 
wishing to make a nomination for director review a copy of our bylaws, as amended and restated to date, which is available, without 
charge, from our Corporate Secretary at 2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134. The presiding officer at the applicable 
annual meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with the foregoing, in 
which case the defective nomination may be disregarded.  

10 

 
  
Cybersecurity Committee  

The Cybersecurity Committee was constituted by the Board in June 2017 as a Board committee of independent directors 

responsible for overseeing the management of enterprise security over cyber risks, overall data and security breach programs and 
readiness and our program for data and security breach response and management. Each director serving on our Cybersecurity 
Committee is independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.  

Calix’s Cybersecurity Committee currently consists of Mr. Peters, Ms. Makagon and Mr. Matthews, with Mr. Peters serving as 

the Cybersecurity Committee chair. During 2018, the Cybersecurity Committee met four times.  

Our Cybersecurity Committee oversees Calix’s management of risks associated with cybersecurity threats and reviews with 

management at each meeting the Company’s assessment of cybersecurity threats and risks, data security programs, and management 
and mitigation of potential and any actual cybersecurity and information technology risks and breaches. Among other responsibilities, 
the Cybersecurity Committee also reviews and provides oversight of: the effectiveness of Calix’s data breach incident response plan; 
Calix’s cybersecurity risk systems against industry benchmarks and best practices; and Calix’s information security planning and 
resources to manage changes in Calix’s cybersecurity threat landscape, including assessments of the potential impact of cybersecurity 
risk on Calix’s business, operations and reputation. The Cybersecurity Committee’s written charter is available under “Governance” in 
the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com.  

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Cybersecurity Committee may at its discretion retain outside advisors at the Company’s 

expense.  

Strategic Committee  

The Board constituted a Strategic Committee in June 2018 as a committee of independent directors with responsibility to 

oversee our business strategy, strategic direction and objectives.  

Our Strategic Committee currently consists of Ms. Crusco and Messrs. Listwin and Plants. Mr. Listwin has served as chair of 

the Strategic Committee from its formation until May 2019. Mr. Plants will serve as chair of the Strategic Committee commencing in 
May 2019.  

Among other duties, the Strategic Committee provides oversight over our long-term strategic plan to support our objectives and 
to create long-term stockholder value and evaluates potential strategic actions and financing strategies. The Strategic Committee also 
works with management to monitor internal and external risks, threats and potential disruptions to our strategic plan. The Strategic 
Committee’s written charter is available under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-
relations.calix.com.  

In carrying out its responsibilities, the Strategic Committee may at its discretion retain outside advisors at the Company’s 

expense.  

Annual Self-Assessment and Board Education  

Annually, the Board and each Board committee conduct a self-assessment to assess the performance and effectiveness of the 

Board and Board committees, as well as to provide feedback on individual directors. The chairman of the Board leads discussions and 
actions related to the self-assessments. The Board is committed to the ongoing director education and advancement. To that end, the 
Company has a written Board education policy and provides its directors with membership in the National Association of Corporate 
Directors (“NACD”) to assist them in remaining current with best practices and developments in board oversight and corporate 
governance, as well as opportunities to participate in NACD fellowship programs on leading boardroom practices and commitment to 
boardroom excellence.  

Board Oversight Over Risks  

The Board has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of Calix’s risks, including 
financial risks, cybersecurity risks, credit and liquidity risks, legal and regulatory risks and operational risks. The Board is responsible 
for general oversight of risks and regularly reviews information from management who is responsible for the day-to-day processes and 
operations to manage risks.  

The Audit Committee has primary responsibility for oversight over management’s processes over financial, credit and liquidity, 
legal and regulatory risks, including the Company’s compliance program; the Cybersecurity Committee oversees Calix’s management 
of risks associated with cybersecurity and data breach threats; the Compensation Committee is responsible for risk assessments over 
Calix’s compensation practices and policies; and the Strategic Committee has oversight over internal and external risks to our strategic 
plan. While Board committees have responsibility for evaluating certain areas of risks and overseeing the management of such risks, 
the entire Board retains overall responsibility and remains regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.  

11 

 
  
Code of Conduct and Compliance  

We are committed to the conduct of our business to the highest standards of ethics and integrity as reflected in our Code of 
Conduct. All of our directors, officers and employees are expected to comply with our Code of Conduct, including our principal 
executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. Under our Code of 
Conduct, we have established a compliance hotline that is operated by an independent third party to receive complaints about any 
accounting, internal control or auditing matters as well as compliance, ethical or other matters of concern (including on an anonymous 
basis where permitted under applicable law). Annually, our Audit Committee reviews our Code of Conduct and related policies and 
processes with management. Our Code of Conduct is available under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at 
investor-relations.calix.com.  

Risk Assessment of Compensation Practices and Policies  

We have assessed, with input from outside consultants, and discussed with the Compensation Committee our compensation 
policies and practices for our employees as they relate to risk management. Based upon this assessment, we believe that any risks 
arising from such policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

Our employees’ base salaries are fixed in amount and thus we do not believe that they encourage excessive risk-taking. While 

performance-based cash incentives and sales-based incentives focus on achievement of short-term or annual goals, we believe that our 
performance-based cash incentives and sales-based incentives appropriately balance risk and the desire to focus employees on specific 
goals important to our long-term success. We believe these programs also do not encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking as 
the potential payout is limited, with payouts on performance-based cash incentives generally limited to 100% of target and payouts of 
greater than target based on limited incremental achievement above 100% of target. Further, such programs represent only one portion 
of the total compensation opportunities available to most employees and we believe that our internal policies and controls help 
mitigate this risk.  

A significant portion of the compensation provided to senior management is in the form of long-term equity-based incentives 

that are important to help further align management’s interests with those of our stockholders. We do not believe that these equity-
based incentives encourage unnecessary or excessive risk taking because their ultimate value is tied to our stock price.  

The statements regarding the risks arising from our compensation policies and practices contain forward-looking statements that 

involve substantial risks and uncertainties. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and 
projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business 
strategy and financial needs.  

Communications with the Board  

Stockholders and other interested parties may communicate with the Board or any specified individual directors. Such 

correspondence should be sent to the attention of the Board or specific directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 2777 Orchard Parkway, San 
Jose, California 95134.  

12 

 
  
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT  

The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 25, 2019 for:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;  

each of our directors;  

each NEO as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table in this Proxy Statement; and  

all current executive officers and directors as a group.  

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power 
with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole 
voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. 
Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 25, 2019 and 
restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that vest within 60 days of March 25, 2019, are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned 
by the person holding the options or RSUs for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but are not treated as 
outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.  

Percentage ownership of our common stock in the table is based on 54,163,829 shares of our common stock outstanding 
(exclusive of treasury shares) on March 25, 2019. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities 
named below is c/o Calix, Inc., 2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.  

Name of Beneficial Owner 
5% Stockholder: 

BlackRock, Inc.  

55 East 52nd Street  
New York, NY 10055 
Divisar Partners QP, L.P.  

275 Sacramento Street, 8th Floor  
San Francisco, CA 94111   
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP 

Dimensional Place  
6300 Bee Cave Road, Building One  
Austin, TX 78746 

Renaissance Technologies LLC  

800 Third Avenue  
New York, NY 10022 

Named Executive Officers: 

Carl Russo   
Cory Sindelar 
Michael Weening 
Gregory Billings (7)  
Non-Employee Directors: 
J. Daniel Plants 
Don Listwin 
Kevin DeNuccio 
Michael Everett 
Kevin Peters 
Michael Matthews 
Christopher Bowick  
Kathy Crusco 
Kira Makagon 

Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)  

Common 
Stock  

Options 
Exercisable 
Within 60 
Days  

RSUs 
Vesting 
Within 
60 Days  

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Beneficially 
Owned  

Percent  

  4,180,423 (2)   

—    

—        4,180,423   

7.90% 

  3,064,255 (3)    

  3,064,255   

5.80% 

  2,981,386 (4)   

—    

—        2,981,386   

5.61% 

  2,905,918 (5)   

—    

—        2,905,918   

5.47% 

  6,127,855 (6)   
54,000  
6,374  
—    

420,000  
173,250  
376,000  
267,750  

—        6,547,855   
227,250   
—       
382,374   
—       
267,750   
—       

  1,280,630 (8)   
860,000 (9)   
206,335  
125,761  
74,083  
73,940  
66,301  
26,936  
12,330  

—    
7,500  
—    
10,000  
—    
12,500  
—    
—    
—    

—        1,280,630   
885,820   
224,655   
154,081   
92,403   
104,760   
84,621   
45,256   
30,650   

  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     
  18,320     

12.09% 

*  
*  
*  

2.36% 
1.64% 
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  
*  

All Current Directors and Executive Officers as a Group 

(12 persons) 

  8,914,545  

999,250  

  146,560     10,060,355   

18.57% 

13 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of the outstanding shares of common stock.  

* 
(1)  Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a 

bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.  

(2)  The information was based upon a Schedule 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 4, 2019 by BlackRock, Inc. BlackRock, Inc. 

has sole voting with respect to 3,921,892 of these shares and sole dispositive power over 4,180,423 of these shares. The shares 
reported as being beneficially held by BlackRock, Inc. may be held by one or more of its subsidiaries: BlackRock Advisors, 
LLC; BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited; BlackRock Fund Advisors; BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, 
N.A.; Blackrock International Limited; Blackrock Financial Management, Inc.; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC; 
Blackrock Investment Management (UK) Limited; or Blackrock Japan Co., Ltd.  

(3)  The information was based upon a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2019 by Divisar Partners QP, L.P., Divisar 
Capital Management LLC and Steven Baughman as a group. Divisar Partners QP, L.P. has shared voting power with respect to 
2,818,015 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 2,818,015 shares. Divisar Partners QP, L.P. disclaims beneficial 
ownership of the shares. Each of Divisar Capital Management LLC and Mr. Baughman has shared voting power with respect to 
3,064,255 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 3,064,255 shares.  

(4)  The information was based upon a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 8, 2019 by Dimensional Fund Advisors LP. 
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP has sole voting power with respect to 2,282,975 of these shares, sole dispositive power with 
respect to 2,981,386 of these shares. Dimensional Fund Advisors LP disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares.  

(5)  The information was based upon a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 13, 2019 by Renaissance Technologies LLC 

(6) 

and Renaissance Technologies Holdings Corporation as a group. Each of Renaissance Technologies LLC and Renaissance 
Technologies Holdings Corporation has sole voting with respect to 2,762,700 of these shares, sole dispositive power over 
2,762,700 of these shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 143,218 of these shares.  
Includes 2,239,188 shares held by The Crescentico Trust, Carl Russo, Trustee; 275,633 shares held by Equanimous Investments; 
and 284,653 shares held by Calgrat Partners, L.P. The managing members of Equanimous Investments are Carl Russo and Tim 
Pasquinelli. The managing partner of Calgrat Partners, L.P. is Tim Pasquinelli. Mr. Russo and Mr. Pasquinelli may be deemed 
to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Equanimous Investments and Calgrat Partners, L.P., as 
applicable. Mr. Russo and Mr. Pasquinelli each disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his 
pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of The Crescentico Trust, Carl Russo, Trustee; Equanimous Investments; and 
Calgrat Partners, L.P. is 1960 The Alameda #150, San Jose, California 95126.  

(7)  Mr. Billings no longer served as an executive officer as defined under Section 240.3b-7 of the Exchange Act after December 31, 

(8) 

(9) 

2018.  
Includes 1,253,044 shares held by Voce Capital Management LLC. Mr. Plants is a managing member of Voce Capital 
Management LLC and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.  
Includes 200,000 shares held by No Mas Ninos, L.P. Mr. Listwin is a general partner of No Mas Ninos, L.P. and may be 
deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by the partnership.  

SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE  

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a 

registered class of our equity securities, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our 
common stock and other equity securities. Officers, directors and greater than 10% stockholders are required by SEC regulations to 
furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. We believe that during the fiscal year 2018, our directors and Section 16 
officers complied with all Section 16(a) filing requirements, except as to one late Form 4 for Mr. Matthews to report a transaction in 
May 2018. In making the above statements, we have relied upon the written representations of our directors and Section 16 officers.  

14 

 
  
PROPOSAL NO. 1  

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS  

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our Board shall be divided into three classes, with the 
directors in each class having a three-year term. Unless the Board determines that vacancies (including vacancies created by increases 
in the number of directors) shall be filled by the stockholders, and except as otherwise provided by law, vacancies on the Board may 
be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors. A director elected by the Board to fill a vacancy 
(including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors) shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of 
directors in which the vacancy occurred and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified.  

As of April 2, 2019, the date this Proxy Statement is made available, the Board consists of ten directors, divided into the 

following three classes:  

•  Class I directors: Kathy Crusco, Kevin DeNuccio and Michael Everett, whose current terms will expire at the 2020 

Annual Meeting;  

•  Class II directors: Don Listwin, Kevin Peters and J. Daniel Plants, whose current terms will expire at the 2021 Annual 

Meeting; and  

•  Class III directors: Christopher Bowick, Kira Makagon, Michael Matthews and Carl Russo, whose current terms will 

expire at the 2019 Annual Meeting.  

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommended, and our Board has approved, Christopher Bowick, Kira 
Makagon, Michael Matthews and Carl Russo as nominees for election to the Board as Class III directors at the 2019 Annual Meeting. 
Messrs. Bowick, Matthews and Russo and Ms. Makagon have each agreed to stand for reelection as Class III directors. Each director 
to be elected will hold office from the date of such director’s election by the stockholders until the third subsequent annual meeting of 
stockholders or until his or her successor is elected and has been qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or 
removal. Shares of common stock represented by executed proxies will be voted, if authority to do so is not withheld, for the election 
of the four Class III director nominees named above.  

The Board expects each of the nominees to be available for election to the Board at the 2019 Annual Meeting. In the event that 

any nominee should be unable to serve or for good cause will not serve, such shares will be voted for the election of such substitute 
nominee as the Board may propose. Each person nominated for election has agreed to serve if elected, and management has no reason 
to believe that any nominee will be unable to serve. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting.  

Our Director Nominees and Board of Directors  

At least annually our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews the skills and characteristics of directors and 

the mix of skills and experience and diversity of the Board in the context of our business strategy, growth initiatives and our customers 
and target market, our business and operating requirements and the long-term interests of our stockholders. In doing so, the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee seeks a board composition that can best perpetuate the success of the business and 
represent stockholder interests. The Committee also considers the tenure of our directors and seeks to maintain a balance of longer 
tenured directors with deep institutional knowledge and newer directors who bring new perspectives to the Board. See further 
discussion under “Board Meetings and Committees — Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee” above regarding the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s evaluation and selection of director nominees.  

The Board believes that all the nominees for reelection are highly qualified and have the skills and experience required for 
effective service on the Board. In particular, Mr. Bowick, a long-time executive in the telecommunications industry, brings significant 
industry-specific experience along with technical and operational knowledge and expertise with respect to large communications 
service providers representative of the markets we serve. Ms. Makagon, an innovator in the technology platform space, brings 
substantial expertise in global platform strategy, technology, cybersecurity, operations and high technology executive leadership to our 
Board. Mr. Matthews, a marketing and business strategy executive with global experience, contributes significant expertise in the 
technology industry with a strong background in telecommunications, software, technology and innovation. Mr. Russo, our president 
and chief executive officer, brings industry-specific expertise as well as extensive experience and background about our customers and 
markets, and provides substantial expertise and knowledge regarding our business strategy, markets and operations. We believe the 
skills and attributes of these nominees complement the expertise, background and experience of our other continuing directors.  

Biographical information describing the qualifications and relevant experience, skills and attributes of our Class III nominees 

and our other current directors who will continue in office after the Annual Meeting as of April 2, 2019 is set forth below.  

15 

 
  
Nominees for Election to a Three-Year Term Expiring at the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  

Christopher Bowick 

Independent director 

Age: 63 
Director since 2014 

Calix Board committees: 
Compensation (Chair) 

Other current directorships: 
• 
• 

Minerva Networks (private) 
ComSonics, Inc. (private) 

Kira Makagon  

Independent director 

Age: 55 
Director since 2017 

Calix Board committees: 
Cybersecurity 

Other current directorships: 
None 

Compensation Committee Chair 

Mr. Bowick brings to our Board extensive experience in advising and managing companies 
in the technology and telecommunications industries. Mr. Bowick is principal of The 
Bowick Group, LLC, where he provides technology, product, business and executive-
development advice and counsel to clients in the cable television and telecommunications 
industries. 

From 1998 until his retirement in 2009, Mr. Bowick held various positions at Cox 
Communications. Mr. Bowick joined Cox in 1998 as vice president, technology 
development, and was named senior vice president of engineering and chief technical 
officer in 2000. Mr. Bowick retired as chief technology officer of Cox in June of 2009. At 
Cox, Mr. Bowick was responsible for strategic technology planning, day-to-day technical 
operations and the development and deployment of technology solutions for the company’s 
video, voice, high speed data and wireless products, including the development and 
deployment of telecommunications services, such as circuit-switched telephone, voice over 
IP, high-speed data, digital video, HDTV, video-on-demand and interactive television. 
Mr. Bowick was also responsible for network engineering and network operations for Cox’s 
nation-wide network infrastructure including its national backbone, Metropolitan Area 
Networks and HFC networks. Prior to joining Cox, Mr. Bowick served as group vice 
president of technology and chief technical officer for Jones Intercable, Inc., while 
simultaneously serving as president of Jones Futurex, a designer and manufacturer of triple 
DES, PC-based hardware encryption devices and provider of contract manufacturing 
services. Prior to Jones, Mr. Bowick served as vice president of engineering for Scientific 
Atlanta’s Transmission Systems Business Division, and as a design engineer for Rockwell 
International, Collins Avionics Division. 

Mr. Bowick holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Colorado 
and a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the Georgia Institute of 
Technology. Mr. Bowick is a National Association of Corporate Director (“NACD”) 
Governance Fellow under the NACD’s director credential program. 

Ms. Makagon brings to the Board extensive experience in global platform strategy, 
technology, cybersecurity, operations and high technology executive leadership. Since 
August 2012, Ms. Makagon has served as executive vice president of innovation at 
RingCentral, Inc., a publicly-held provider of cloud-based global collaborative 
communications solutions. 

From January 2012 to July 2012, Ms. Makagon served as the senior vice president of 
products of iCrossing, a global digital marketing agency owned by Hearst Corporation. 
From June 2009 to December 2011, she held various executive leadership roles at Red Aril, 
Inc., an online media technology company, serving as founder, chief executive officer and 
member of the board of directors from June 2009 to April 2010, and president from April 
2010 to December 2011. Prior to joining Red Aril, Ms. Makagon held various executive 
leadership roles at NebuAd, Inc., an online data and media company, serving as co-founder 
and president from September 2006 to July 2008, chief executive officer from August 2008 
to December 2008, and consultant and board member from January 2009 to May 2009. 
Ms. Makagon has also served in various roles at Exigen Group, a provider of SaaS 
workflow platforms and call center solutions, including president, ventures and alliances, 
and executive vice president, marketing and business development, as well as serving on the 
board of directors. Prior to that, Ms. Makagon co-founded and held key executive positions 
in flagship online marketing and CRM companies, including Octane Software, which was 
acquired by E.piphany, and Scopus Technology, where she brought multiple generations of 
CRM products to market. 

Ms. Makagon holds a Bachelor of Science in computer science and a Master of Business 
Administration from the University of California, Berkeley. 

16 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Michael Matthews  

Independent director 

Age: 62 
Director since 2010 

Calix Board committees: 
• 
• 

Audit 
Cybersecurity 

Other current directorships: 
• 

AwareX, Inc. (private) 

Carl Russo 

Director 

Age: 62 
Director since 1999 

Calix Board committees: 
None 

Other current directorships: 
None 

Mr. Matthews is a marketing and business strategy executive with significant exposure to 
the telecommunications industry and to global markets. Mr. Matthews brings to our Board 
over 30 years of experience in the technology industry, and a strong background in 
telecommunications, software, technology and innovation. Mr. Matthews currently serves 
as an advisor to the TM Forum, a global trade association with over 850 member companies 
including communication service providers, digital service providers and enterprises. Since 
January 2016, Mr. Matthews has served as chief executive officer and chairman of AwareX, 
Inc., a privately-held software technology company. 

From January 2012 through September 2013, Mr. Matthews served as chief corporate 
development officer for the information technology company AGT International GMBH, 
where he was responsible for AGT’s research and development, new business ventures and 
marketing. From September 2008 to December 2011, Mr. Matthews served as head of 
strategy and business development at Nokia Siemens Networks, a telecommunications 
company, where he directed the company’s strategic planning and investments, mergers and 
acquisitions program and strategic alliances and partnerships. From February 2003 to 
January 2008, Mr. Matthews served as chief marketing officer at Amdocs Inc., a publicly-
held software and services provider. From September 1999 to March 2002 he served as the 
executive vice president, sales and marketing, at Groove Networks, a privately held 
software company which was acquired by Microsoft Corporation. Prior to this, he served in 
leadership positions across technology companies in the United States and Australia such as 
Platinum Technology, Inc. a database management software company which was acquired 
by Computer Associates, Inc., Sterling Software, a software company which was acquired 
by Computer Associates, Inc., and Digital Equipment Corporation, which was acquired by 
Compaq Computer Corporation. 

Mr. Matthews has a degree in Civil Engineering from the University of Queensland, 
Australia. 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Mr. Russo has served as Calix’s president and chief executive officer since December 2002. 
As Calix’s president and chief executive officer, Mr. Russo brings substantial expertise and 
knowledge regarding our business strategy, markets and operations to Calix’s board of 
directors. He also brings to the Board an extensive background in the telecommunications 
and networking technology industries. 

From November 1999 to May 2002, Mr. Russo served as vice president of optical strategy 
and group vice president of optical networking of Cisco Systems, Inc. From April 1998 to 
October 1999, Mr. Russo served as president and chief executive officer of Cerent 
Corporation, which was acquired by Cisco. From April 1995 to April 1998, Mr. Russo 
served in various capacities, including as chief operating officer, at Xircom, Inc., which was 
acquired by Intel Corporation. Previously, Mr. Russo served as senior vice president and 
general manager for the hyperchannel networking group of Network Systems Corporation 
and as vice president and general manager of the data networking products division of 
AT&T Paradyne Corporation. Mr. Russo served on the board of directors of Vital Network 
Services, Inc., a privately-held company delivering network lifecycle services, and Xirrus, 
Inc., a privately-held company providing products that enable high-performance wireless 
networks. 

Mr. Russo attended Swarthmore College and previously served on its board of managers. 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE ELECTION OF EACH CLASS III DIRECTOR 
NOMINEE NAMED ABOVE.  

17 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Directors Continuing in Office Until the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  

Kathy Crusco  

Independent director 

Age: 54 
Director since 2017 

Calix Board committees: 
• 

Audit (Audit Committee financial 
expert) 
Strategic 

• 

Other current directorships: 
Plantronics, Inc. (branded as Poly) (member 
of audit committee) 

Kevin DeNuccio  

Independent director 

Age: 59 
Director since 2012 

Calix Board committees: 
Compensation 
• 
Nominating and Corporate Governance 
• 

Other current directorships: 
• 

Juniper Networks, Inc. (member of 
compensation committee) 
SevOne, Inc. (private) 
Zededa (private) 

• 
• 

Ms. Crusco brings to our Board a wealth of experience instilling operational rigor at 
leading technology companies. Since December 2017, Ms. Crusco has served as 
executive vice president and chief financial officer at Kony, Inc., a privately-held 
mobile applications solutions provider. 

From August 2016 until November 2017, Ms. Crusco served as executive vice 
president, chief operating officer and chief financial officer at Epicor Software 
Corporation, a privately-held software company. Ms. Crusco joined Epicor in May 
2011 when the company merged with Activant Solutions Inc., a business management 
software company where she served as senior vice president and chief financial officer 
from May 2007 to November 2010, then as executive vice president and chief financial 
officer. Before joining Activant, she worked for Polycom from 2002 to 2007, rising to 
the role of vice president of worldwide finance during her tenure. Ms. Crusco has also 
held a variety of financial roles at Documentum, Inc., Adaptec, Inc. and Price 
Waterhouse LLP. 

Ms. Crusco holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an emphasis 
in accounting from California State University, Chico. 

Mr. DeNuccio brings to our Board over 25 years of leadership and governance 
experience at communications technology companies and service providers worldwide. 
Mr. DeNuccio is presently general partner of Wild West Capital LLC, a private 
investment firm which he co-founded in July 2012. 

From February 2014 until April 2017, Mr. DeNuccio served as president, chief 
executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Violin Memory, Inc., a 
publicly-held data storage company, which filed a voluntary petition for Chapter 11 
bankruptcy protection in December 2016 and was subsequently acquired by a unit of 
Soros Fund Management LLC. Mr. DeNuccio served as chief executive officer of 
Metaswitch Networks, a telecommunications hardware and software company, from 
February 2010 until June 2012. From January 2007 until the present, Mr. DeNuccio has 
also worked as a private equity investor, both individually and through Wild West 
Capital. Mr. DeNuccio served as chief executive officer of Redback Networks from 
August 2001 until its acquisition by Ericsson in January 2007. From 1995 to 2001, he 
held a number of executive positions at Cisco Systems, Inc., including senior vice 
president of worldwide service provider operations. Prior to joining Cisco, 
Mr. DeNuccio was founder, president, and chief executive officer of Bell Atlantic 
Network Integration, a wholly owned subsidiary of Bell Atlantic (now Verizon 
Communications). He has also held senior management positions at both Unisys 
Corporation’s and Wang Laboratories’ network integration and worldwide channel 
partner businesses. Mr. DeNuccio previously served on numerous public and private 
boards of directors, including Sandisk, Redback and JDS Uniphase Corporation, each a 
publicly-held company. 

Mr. DeNuccio has a Master of Business Administration from Columbia University and 
a Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Northeastern University. 

18 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Michael Everett 

Independent director 

Age: 69 
Director since 2007 

Calix Board committees: 
Audit (Chair and Audit Committee financial 
expert) 

Other current directorships: 
None 

Audit Committee Chair 

Mr. Everett brings to our Board over 30 years of experience in senior management and 
financial operations at communications technology companies, as well as his background as 
a corporate attorney. Mr. Everett was named chief financial officer of the year by San 
Francisco Business Times in 2007 and is admitted to the State Bar of California and the 
New York Bar. 

From May 2007 until his retirement in December 2008, Mr. Everett served as vice president 
of finance at Cisco Systems, Inc. From April 2003 to May 2007, Mr. Everett was chief 
financial officer of WebEx Communications, Inc., a web collaboration service provider that 
was acquired by Cisco. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Everett served as chief financial officer of 
Bivio Networks, Inc., a network appliance company. In 2001, Mr. Everett served as chief 
financial officer of VMware, Inc., an infrastructure software company. From February 1997 
to November 2000, Mr. Everett served as executive vice president and chief financial 
officer of Netro Corporation, a broadband wireless technology provider. Mr. Everett served 
in several senior management positions at Raychem Corporation from 1987 through 1996, 
including senior vice president and chief financial officer from August 1988 to August 
1993, and was involved in the company’s early fiber to the home initiatives. Before joining 
Raychem Corporation, Mr. Everett served as a partner in the law firm of Heller, Ehrman, 
White & McAuliffe LLC. He currently serves on the advisory boards of Moxtra, Inc. and 
Zuora, Inc. and as chair and trustee of the Santa Fe Chamber Music Festival. Mr. Everett 
also formerly served on the board of directors and as chairman of the audit committee of 
Smart Focus, Ltd., a privately-held marketing analytics company, and on the board of 
directors of Broncus Technologies, Inc., a privately-held medical technology company, 
including as chairman of the audit committee and member of the compensation committee. 

Mr. Everett holds a Juris Doctor from the University of Pennsylvania Law School and a 
Bachelor of Arts in History from Dartmouth College. 

Directors Continuing in Office Until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders  

Don Listwin 

Independent director 

Age: 60 
Director since 2007 

Calix Board committees: 
Compensation 
• 
Nominating and Corporate Governance 
• 
(Chair) 
Strategic (Chair – through May 2019) 

• 

Other current directorships: 
• 
• 
• 
• 

AwareX, Inc. (private) 
iSchemaView (private) 
D-Wave Systems, Inc. (private) 
POET Technologies Inc. (member of 
audit and compensation committees) 
Robin Systems, Inc. (private) 
Teradici Corporation (private) 

• 
• 

Chairman of the Board 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair 

Mr. Listwin has served as chairman of our Board since July 2007 and brings over 30 years 
of experience in the networking industry to our Board. Since January 2018, Mr. Listwin has 
served as chief executive officer of iSchemaView, a privately-held medical device 
company. 

Mr. Listwin founded BelizeKIDS.org in 2016, a non-profit organization focused on helping 
children in Belize, and Canary Foundation in 2004, a non-profit organization devoted to the 
early detection of cancer, and has served on the board of directors of both organizations 
since their inception. From January 2008 to January 2009, Mr. Listwin served as chief 
executive officer of Sana Security, Inc., a security software company, which was acquired 
by AVG Technologies. From September 2000 to October 2004, Mr. Listwin served as chief 
executive officer of Openwave Systems Inc., a leader in mobile internet infrastructure 
software. From August 1990 to September 2000, he served in various capacities at Cisco 
Systems, Inc., most recently as executive vice president. Mr. Listwin formerly served on the 
board of directors of Violin Memory, Inc., Isilon Systems, Inc., Openwave Systems Inc. 
(now known as Unwired Planet, Inc.), TIBCO Software Inc., Redback Networks, Inc. and 
E-Tek Dynamics Inc., each a publicly-held company. Mr. Listwin also previously served as 
a member of the board of scientific advisors of the National Cancer Institute. 

Mr. Listwin holds an honorary Doctorate of Law from the University of Saskatchewan and 
a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Saskatchewan. 

19 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Kevin Peters 

Independent director 

Age: 55 
Director since 2014 

Calix Board committees: 
• 
• 

Cybersecurity (Chair) 
Nominating and Corporate Governance 

Other current directorships: 
• 
• 
• 

AwareX, Inc. (private) 
NetNumber Inc. (private) 
UniTek Global Services, Inc. (private) 

J. Daniel Plants 

Independent director 

Age: 52 
Director since 2018 

Calix Board committees: 
Strategic (Chair – effective May 2019) 

Other current directorships: 
Cutera, Inc. (chairman of the board and 
member of compensation committee) 

Cybersecurity Committee Chair 

Mr. Peters brings to our Board a wealth of leadership experience gained over the course 
of a 28-year career with AT&T, one of world’s largest communications companies. 
Since February 2018, Mr. Peters has served as president and chief executive officer of 
NetNumber Inc., a privately-held technology company. 

Mr. Peters formerly served as executive vice president, global customer service for 
AT&T, Inc., from 2012 until his retirement in 2014. Mr. Peters joined AT&T in 1986, 
and held various functional roles, including in information technology, sales, 
engineering and finance until 2000. Mr. Peters then served as vice president, local 
network planning and project management in 2001. During his subsequent career at 
AT&T, Mr. Peters served in the following capacities: senior vice president, network 
engineering from 2003 until 2004; senior vice president, global network technology 
program management, AT&T Labs in 2005; senior vice president-enterprise systems 
and software engineering in 2006; executive vice president, global network operations 
from 2006 until 2009; and chief marketing officer, business from 2010 until 2011. 
Since retiring, Mr. Peters has provided advisory services to a number of companies, 
including Accenture, a global management consulting and professional services firm, 
and J&L Group, a privately-held telecommunications company. In addition to the other 
current directorships described, Mr. Peters also currently volunteers and serves on the 
board of directors of the Crandon Lakes Country Club and the Yogi Berra Museum and 
Learning Center; and serves on the advisory board of the Howe School of Business, 
Stevens Institute of Technology. 

Mr. Peters holds a Master of Business Administration with honors (Beta Gamma 
Sigma) from Columbia University, a Master of Science in Telecommunications 
Engineering from Stevens Institute of Technology and a Bachelor of Science in 
Psychology from Fairfield University, and attended the Harvard University Advanced 
Management Program. 

Strategic Committee Chair 

Mr. Plants brings to our Board extensive experience as a successful investor, director 
and advisor to public companies. Currently, Mr. Plants serves as chief investment 
officer of Voce Capital Management LLC, an investment advisor that he founded in 
2011. 

From July 2007 until May 2009, Mr. Plants served as managing director and head of 
communications technology and media for Needham & Company LLC, an investment 
banking and asset management firm. Prior to joining Needham & Company, Mr. Plants 
held a number of executive leadership roles at investment banking firms Goldman 
Sachs and JPMorgan Chase. Mr. Plants also served on the board of directors of 
Destination Maternity Corporation, a maternity apparel retailer, from November 2014 
until December 2016. 

Mr. Plants holds a Juris Doctor from the University of Michigan Law School and a 
Bachelor of Arts in economics from Baylor University. Mr. Plants is also admitted to 
the New York Bar. 

There are no family relationships among any directors, director nominees or executive officers of Calix.  

20 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Our Executive Officers  

The following is biographical information for our current executive officers who were not discussed above.  

Name 

Cory Sindelar 
Michael Weening 

Position(s) 

Age  
50  Chief Financial Officer 
50  Executive Vice President, Field Operations 

Cory Sindelar has served as Calix’s chief financial officer and principal financial officer since October 1, 2017, and previously 

served as Calix’s interim chief financial officer and principal financial officer from May 31, 2017 to September 30, 2017. Prior to 
joining Calix, Mr. Sindelar served from December 2011 to April 2017 as the chief financial officer of Violin Memory, Inc., a publicly-
held data storage company, which filed a voluntary petition for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in December 2016 and was 
subsequently acquired by a unit of Soros Fund Management LLC. He also previously served as chief financial officer of Kilopass 
Technology, Inc. from November 2010 to December 2011, and as chief financial officer of Ikanos Communications, Inc. from 
September 2006 to July 2010. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Sindelar held various finance positions at EMC Corporation. From 2000 to 
2003, Mr. Sindelar was vice president, corporate controller and principal accounting officer at Legato Systems, Inc., an enterprise 
software company, which was acquired by EMC. Mr. Sindelar holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an 
emphasis in accounting from Georgetown University.  

Michael Weening has served as Calix’s executive vice president of field operations since July 2018, and previously served as 
executive vice president of sales and marketing from November 2016 until June 2018, and as executive vice president of sales from 
June 2016 until November 2016. Prior to joining Calix, Mr. Weening held various executive leadership roles at Salesforce.com, a 
customer relationship management company. From August 2014 until June 2016, Mr. Weening served as senior vice president of 
global customer success and services at Salesforce.com, and from May 2012 until August 2014 as senior vice president of customer 
and sales growth in Japan and Asia Pacific at Salesforce.com. From May 2009 until May 2012, Mr. Weening served as vice president 
of business sales at Bell Mobility in Canada. Prior to joining Bell Mobility, Mr. Weening also held various sales leadership roles at 
Microsoft Corporation in Canada and the United Kingdom. Mr. Weening holds a Bachelor of Arts in Business Administration from 
Brock University.  

Independence of the Board  

The NYSE prescribes independence standards for listed companies. These standards require a majority of the Board to be 
independent. They also require each member of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee of the Board to be independent. No director qualifies as independent unless the Board determines that the 
director has no direct or indirect material relationship with us. The Board also evaluates each director’s independence to serve on our 
Board and committees under the applicable requirements of the SEC. On an annual basis, each director and executive officer is 
obligated to complete a director and officer questionnaire which requires disclosure of any transactions with us in which the director 
or executive officer, or any member of his or her immediate family, have a direct or indirect material interest. We also review our 
relationship with any entity employing a director or on which the director currently serves as a member of the board.  

After review of all relevant transactions or relationships between each director, or any of his or her immediate family members, 

and Calix, its senior management and its independent registered public accounting firm, the Board has affirmatively determined that 
all of Calix’s current directors are independent directors within the meaning of the applicable NYSE standards, except for Mr. Russo, 
Calix’s current president and chief executive officer. All of the committees of our Board are comprised entirely of directors 
determined by the Board to be independent within the meaning of the NYSE standards and applicable SEC regulations.  

21 

 
  
  
  
  
  
APPROVAL OF THE CALIX, INC. 2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN  

PROPOSAL NO. 2  

Summary  

On March 22, 2019, the Board adopted, subject to stockholder approval, the Calix, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2019 

Plan”). The 2019 Plan is intended to replace our 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Upon stockholder approval of the 
2019 Plan, the 2019 Plan will become effective and will supersede and replace in its entirety the 2010 Plan, and no further awards will be 
granted under the 2010 Plan; however, the terms and conditions of the 2010 Plan will continue to govern any outstanding awards granted 
thereunder. If the 2019 Plan is not approved by our stockholders, it will not become effective, the 2010 Plan will continue in effect, and we 
may continue to grant awards under the 2010 Plan, subject to its terms, conditions and limitations, using the shares available for issuance 
thereunder.  

Employees and consultants of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, as well as members of our Board, are eligible to receive 

awards under the 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and 
nonqualified stock options (“NQSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), other stock or 
cash-based awards and dividend equivalents to eligible individuals.  

The Board approved a 1,700,000 share reserve under the 2019 Plan, such that the number of shares available for issuance under the 

2019 Plan is equal to the sum of (i) 1,700,000 shares of our common stock, (ii) any shares of our common stock that are available for 
issuance under the 2010 Plan as of the effective date of the 2019 Plan, and (iii) any shares of our common stock subject to issued and 
outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan that expire, are cancelled or otherwise terminate following the effective date of the 2019 Plan. In 
designing the 2019 Plan, we sought to implement a number of important compensation and governance best practices to ensure the 2019 Plan 
furthers our compensation plan objectives and supports long-term stockholder interests. Specifically, compared to our 2010 Plan, we 
(i) removed the evergreen provisions so that increases in the share pool for the 2019 Plan would require stockholder approval, (ii) eliminated 
any reload rights associated with awards, (iii) adopted minimum vesting requirements for awards and (iv) prohibited dividend payments on 
unvested awards. Furthermore, we adopted a policy that any award to our NEOs under the 2019 Plan would be subject to our Compensation 
Recovery Policy with clawback provisions that will apply to any awards to NEOs under the 2019 Plan. In addition, the following items will 
not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan: (i) the payment of dividend equivalents in cash in conjunction 
with any outstanding awards and (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in assumption of, or in 
substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by our company or any of its subsidiaries, except 
as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  

On March 25, 2019, the record date for the 2019 Annual Meeting (the “Record Date”), the Company had an aggregate of 54,163,829 

common shares outstanding. On the Record Date, the Company had a total of approximately 1,029,559 common shares reserved for issuance 
and available for future grants under the 2010 Plan. As of the Record Date, there were approximately 629,196 full-value awards issued and 
outstanding and approximately 6,390,368 options outstanding under our prior plans, including the 2010 Plan, with an approximate weighted 
average exercise price of the outstanding options of $7.61 and an approximate weighted average remaining contractual term for the 
outstanding options of eight years.  

Approval of the 2019 Plan will constitute approval pursuant to the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422 of the Code, 

relating to ISOs.  

Key Features of the 2019 Plan  

•  No repricing of awards without stockholder approval. Under the 2019 Plan, awards may not be repriced, replaced or regranted 
through cancellation or modification without stockholder approval if the effect would be to reduce the exercise price for the 
shares underlying the award.  

•  No evergreen feature/stockholder approval required for share reserve increases. The 2019 Plan does not provide for an annual 
increase in the share reserve, and the 2019 Plan may not be amended to increase the share reserve without stockholder approval.  

•  No reload features. Awards granted under the 2019 Plan are not subject to any reload provisions.  
•  Minimum vesting requirements. Subject to limited exceptions, no awards granted under the 2019 Plan may vest until the first 

anniversary of the date of grant.  

•  No payment of dividends on unvested awards. Under the 2019 Plan, no dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of shares 

underlying an unvested award may be paid.  

•  Requirement that all awards granted to NEOs are subject to clawback. Awards granted to our NEOs under the 2019 Plan are 

subject to the clawback provisions under our Compensation Recovery Policy.  

Background on Share Request  

In its determination to approve the 2019 Plan, our Board reviewed an analysis prepared by Radford, its compensation consultant, 
which included an analysis of our historical share usage, certain burn rate metrics and the costs of the 2019 Plan. Specifically, our Board 
considered the following:  

22 

 
  
• 

In determining the reasonableness of the 2019 Plan share reserve, our Board considered our historic burn rate. In 2018, 
2017 and 2016, we granted equity awards representing a total of approximately 404,146 shares, 4,032,236 shares, and 
2,516,681 shares, respectively, under the 2010 Plan. This level of equity awards represents a three-year average burn rate 
of approximately 4.66% of weighted average ordinary shares outstanding. Equity burn rate is calculated by dividing the 
number of shares subject to equity awards granted during the fiscal year (without adjusting for forfeitures) by the 
weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the fiscal year. The following table lists all grants of performance-
based stock options against actual shares earned by our NEOs in each of the last three fiscal years.  

Carl Russo 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cory Sindelar 
Chief Financial Officer 
Michael Weening  
Executive Vice President, Field Operations   
Gregory Billings   
Senior Vice President, Services 

Performance-Based Stock Options  

2016  

2017  

2018  

Granted  

Earned  

Granted  

Earned  

Granted  

Earned  

  —    

  —    

 420,000   

  —    

  —    

  —    

  —    

  —    

 108,000   

  —    

  —    

  54,000 (1) 

  —    

  —    

 344,000   

  —    

  —    

 102,000 (1) 

  —    

  —    

 201,000   

  —    

  —    

  63,000 (1) 

(1)  Shares earned in 2018 represent the vested portion of the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards granted to Messrs. Sindelar, 

Weening and Billings. Vesting of the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards were contingent upon achievement of a 2018 
financial performance metric, with 50% of the shares earned based on performance scheduled to vest on January 1, 2019 and the 
remaining 50% scheduled to vest in substantially equal installments over the subsequent 24 months. In February 2019, the 
Compensation Committee certified attainment of the 2018 performance metric. See discussion in our Compensation Discussion 
and Analysis under “Performance-Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance.”  

•  We expect the share authorization under the 2019 Plan to provide us with enough shares for awards for approximately one 

year through the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders, assuming we continue to grant awards consistent with our current 
practices and historical usage, as reflected in our historical burn rate. We cannot predict our future equity grant practices, 
the future price of our shares or future hiring activity with any degree of certainty at this time, and the share reserve under 
the 2019 Plan could last for a shorter or longer time.  

•  Radford’s analysis, which is based on generally accepted evaluation methodologies, concluded that the number of shares 
under the 2019 Plan is well within generally accepted standards as measured by an analysis of the plan cost relative to 
industry standards.  

In light of the factors described above, and that the ability to continue to grant equity compensation is vital to our ability to 
continue to attract and retain employees in the competitive labor markets in which we compete, our Board has determined that the size 
of the share reserve under the 2019 Plan is reasonable and appropriate at this time.  

A summary of the principal provisions of the 2019 Plan is set forth below. The summary is qualified by reference to the full text 

of the 2019 Plan, which is attached as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement.  

Administration  

The Compensation Committee (or, with respect to awards to non-employee directors, our Board) (together, the “administrator”) 
is charged with the general administration of the 2019 Plan. The 2019 Plan provides that, subject to certain limitations, our Board and 
the Compensation Committee may from time to time delegate its authority to grant awards to a committee consisting of one or more 
members of our Board or the Compensation Committee or one or more of our officers. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2019 
Plan, the administrator will have the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made; to determine the type of awards to 
be granted, the number of shares to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards; to determine when awards can be 
settled in cash, shares, other awards or whether to cancel, forfeit or surrender awards; to prescribe the form award agreements; to 
accelerate vesting or lapse restrictions; and to make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the 
administration of the 2019 Plan. The administrator will also be authorized to adopt, amend or rescind rules relating to the 
administration of the 2019 Plan, excluding certain matters described below that will require the approval of our stockholders.  

Eligibility  

Persons eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan include all members of the Board, currently comprised of nine non-employee 

directors and approximately 767 employees (including three NEOs) of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as consultants of the 
Company and its subsidiaries, in each case, as determined by the administrator of the 2019 Plan. Only employees may be granted ISOs 
under the 2019 Plan.  

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Limitation on Awards and Shares Available  

If our stockholders approve the 2019 Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under 2019 Plan will be equal to the sum 
of (i) 1,700,000 shares of our common stock, (ii) any shares of our common stock that are available for issuance under the 2010 Plan 
as of the effective date of the 2019 Plan, and (iii) any shares of our common stock subject to issued and outstanding awards under the 
2010 Plan that expire, are cancelled or otherwise terminate following the effective date of the 2019 Plan. In addition, the following 
items will not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan: (i) the payment of dividend equivalents in cash 
in conjunction with any outstanding awards and (ii) to the extent permitted by applicable law or any exchange rule, shares issued in 
assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by our company or 
any of its subsidiaries, except as may be required by reason of Section 422 of the Code.  

Awards granted under the 2019 Plan must vest no earlier than one year measured from the date of grant and no award agreement 

may reduce or eliminate such minimum vesting requirement, provided that an award may provide that such minimum vesting 
restrictions may lapse or be waived upon a participant’s termination of service. In addition, up to an aggregate of five percent of the 
number of shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan may be granted without regard to the foregoing minimum vesting 
requirement. For the purposes of awards to non-employee directors, a vesting period shall be deemed to be one year if it runs from the 
date of one annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders to the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, so long as the 
period between such meetings is not less than 50 weeks.  

As of March 25, 2019, the closing price of a share of our common stock on the NYSE was $7.75.  

Awards  

The 2019 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NQSOs, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, dividend equivalents and other share or 

cash-based awards. All awards under the 2019 Plan will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of 
the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. No fractional shares shall 
be issued or delivered pursuant to the 2019 Plan or any award thereunder.  

The 2019 Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs, dividend 
equivalents and other stock or cash awards, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in an agreement with the person 
receiving the award and will set forth the type, terms and conditions of the award, including exercise price, vesting schedule, and 
treatment of awards upon termination of employment, if applicable. Vesting provisions may require that certain conditions be met, 
such as continued employment or specified performance goals, before an awardee may receive the shares underlying an award or 
before such shares become freely tradeable and nonforfeitable.  

Stock Options. Stock options, including ISOs and NQSOs may be granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan. The option exercise price 
of all stock options granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock 
on the date of grant, or in the case of ISOs granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined 
voting power of all classes of our capital stock, 110% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant. Stock options may be 
exercised as determined by the administrator, but in no event more than ten years after their date of grant, or in the case of ISOs 
granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all class of our capital 
stock, five years. The aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which options intended to be incentive stock options are 
exercisable for the first time by an employee in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000, or such other amount as the Code 
provides.  

Restricted Stock. Restricted stock may be granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan. A restricted stock award is the grant of shares of 

common stock at a price determined by the administrator (which may be zero), that is nontransferable and may be subject to 
substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions are met. Conditions may be based on continuing employment or service or 
achieving performance goals. During the period of restriction, participants holding shares of restricted stock may have full voting and 
dividend rights with respect to such shares. The restrictions will lapse in accordance with a schedule or other conditions determined by 
the administrator. Dividends that otherwise would be paid prior to vesting are held by the Company and will be paid to the participants 
only to the extent that the vesting conditions are met.  

Stock Appreciation Rights/SARs. Stock appreciation rights or SARs may be granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan, either alone or in 
tandem with other awards. A SAR is the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share 
of common stock on the date of exercise of the SAR over the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant of the 
SAR. SARs may be paid in cash or stock. SARs may be exercised as determined by the administrator, but in no event more than 
10 years after their date of grant.  

Restricted Stock Units/RSUs. Restricted stock units or RSUs represent the right to receive shares of common stock at a specified 
date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right. If the RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU award we 
shall deliver to the holder of the RSU unrestricted shares of common stock which will be freely transferable. The administrator will 
specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the grantee for the common stock.  

24 

 
  
Dividend Equivalents / Dividends. Dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends per share of common stock paid by 
the Company, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by an Award (other than a dividend equivalent award, option 
or SAR) held by the participant. Dividend Equivalents will not be granted on options or stock appreciation rights. In addition, no 
dividend or dividend equivalents will be paid in respect of shares underlying any unvested awards.  

Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of common stock 

and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, our common stock. Other stock or cash based 
awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone 
payments and as payment in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is 
eligible to receive awards. The administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may 
include vesting conditions based on continued service, performance and/or other conditions.  

Prohibition on Repricing Without Stockholder Approval  

Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving our company, the terms of outstanding awards may not be amended 

without the approval of our stockholders to (a) reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding options or SARs or (b) cancel 
outstanding options or SARs in exchange for cash, other awards or options or SARs with an exercise price per share that is less than 
the exercise price per share of the original options or SARs.  

Awards Subject to Clawback  

The 2019 Plan allows the administrator to subject awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or 

constructively received by a participant) granted under the 2019 Plan to the clawback provisions of our Compensation Recovery 
Policy and any clawback policy we adopt to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street 
Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such clawback policy was 
in place at the time of grant of an award, to the extent set forth in such clawback policy and/or in the applicable award agreement.  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS  

Adjustment Upon Certain Events  

In the event of a stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization, 
distribution of assets or any other corporate event affecting the common stock or the share price of the common stock in a manner that 
causes dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits under the 2019 Plan, the administrator will make proportionate and 
equitable adjustments, in its discretion, to: (i) the aggregate number and types of shares of stock that may be issued under the 2019 
Plan; (ii) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards; (iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding awards 
(including any applicable performance targets); and/or (iv) the grant or exercise price for any outstanding awards.  

In addition, in such a case as noted above or in the event of any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the 

Company or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, the administrator, may, in its discretion, 
subject to the terms of the 2019 Plan, take any of the following actions if it determines that such action is appropriate in order to 
prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2019 Plan or with respect 
to any award: (i) provide for either the payment and termination of the award or the replacement of the award; (ii) provide that the 
awards shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by 
similar awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate 
adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (iii) make adjustments in the number and type of shares of stock (or other 
securities or property) subject to outstanding awards and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and 
the criteria included in, outstanding awards which may be granted in the future; (iv) provide for the acceleration of vesting or 
exercisability of the awards; (v) replace such Awards with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or (vi) provide 
that the awards cannot vest or be exercised after the event that triggers the action.  

If a Change in Control of the Company occurs (as defined in the 2019 Plan), all outstanding options and SARs that are not 

exercised shall be assumed or substituted by the surviving corporation and other outstanding awards shall be converted into similar 
awards of the surviving corporation. If the surviving corporation refuses to assume or substitute for an award, the award shall 
accelerate and become fully vested and exercisable upon the Change in Control and all restrictions on the award shall lapse.  

25 

 
  
Transferability of Awards  

Except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved from time to 

time by the administrator or as otherwise provided by the administrator, no award granted under the 2019 Plan may be assigned, 
transferred or otherwise disposed of by the awardee, unless and until the award has been exercised or the shares underlying the award 
have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to the shares have lapsed.  

Rights as a Stockholder  

An awardee will not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by an award until the awardee becomes 

the owner of the shares.  

No Rights as Employee  

Nothing in the 2019 Plan or in any award agreement will give any awardee under the 2019 Plan any right to continue as an 
employee, consultant or non-employee director for our Company or any of our Subsidiaries or will interfere with or restrict in any way 
the rights of any such entity to discharge any awardee at any time.  

Data Privacy  

The 2019 Plan provides that, as a condition of receipt of any award, each awardee explicitly consents to the collection, use and 

transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data by and among, as applicable, our Company and subsidiaries, including any 
transfer of this data required to a broker or other third party with whom our Company or any of our Subsidiaries or the awardee may 
elect to deposit any shares, to implement, administer and manage the awardee’s participation in the 2019 Plan.  

Tax Withholding  

We may deduct or withhold, or require an awardee to remit to our Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable 

withholding tax obligations with respect to any taxable event concerning the awardee arising as a result of the 2019 Plan or any award. 
The administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement, or in satisfaction of such additional 
withholding obligations as an awardee may have elected, allow the awardee to satisfy these obligations by means of cash or check, 
wire transfer of immediately available funds, shares, broker-assisted cashless exercise or any other form of legal consideration 
acceptable to the administrator. The Administrator may allow the awardee to elect to have us withhold shares otherwise issuable under 
any award (or allow the surrender of shares). The number of shares which may be withheld (or surrendered) will be no greater than the 
number of shares having a fair market value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities 
based on the maximum statutory withholding rates in the awardee’s applicable jurisdictions for federal, state, local and foreign income 
and payroll taxes.  

Amendment and Termination  

The 2019 Plan may be amended, modified or terminated at any time and from time to time; provided that, no amendment, 

suspension or termination of the 2019 Plan shall, without the consent of the awardee, materially and adversely affect any rights or 
obligations under any award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides or such action is 
to comply with the requirements of any applicable clawback policy or Section 409A of the Code.  

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 2019 Plan requires us to obtain stockholder approval within twelve (12) months before or 

after doing any of the following (other than in connection with certain corporate events, as described above):  

• 

Increasing the maximum number of shares available under the 2019 Plan;  

•  Reducing the price per share of any outstanding option or SAR granted under the 2019 Plan; and  

•  Cancelling any option or SAR in exchange for cash or another option or SAR having a lower per share exercise price.  

In addition, subject to applicable law and the limitations above, the administrator may amend, modify or terminate any 
outstanding award, including substituting another award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or settlement, 
and converting an ISO to an NQSO. The awardee’s consent to such action will be required unless (a) the administrator determines that 
the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the awardee, or (b) the change is otherwise 
permitted under the 2019 Plan.  

26 

 
  
Expiration Date  

The 2019 Plan will expire on, and no award will be granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan after March 22, 2029, the tenth 
anniversary of the date the 2019 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors. Any award outstanding on the expiration date of the 
2019 Plan will remain in force according to the terms of the 2019 Plan and the applicable award agreement.  

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES  

This discussion regarding federal tax consequences is intended for the general information of our share owners, not 2019 Plan 

awardees. Alternative minimum tax and state and local income taxes are not discussed and may vary depending on individual 
circumstances and from locality to locality.  

Code Section 162(m)  

Under Code Section 162(m), income tax deductions of publicly-traded companies may be limited to the extent total 
compensation (including, without limitation, base salary, annual bonus, RSU settlement and nonqualified benefits) for certain 
executive officers exceeds $1 million (less the amount of any “excess parachute payments” as defined in Code Section 280G) in any 
one year. Under the tax rules in effect before 2018, the Code Section 162(m) deduction limit did not apply to qualified “performance-
based” compensation that was established by an independent compensation committee and conformed to certain restrictive conditions 
stated under the Code and related regulations. However, the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 eliminated this performance-based 
compensation exception effective January 1, 2018, subject to a special rule that “grandfathers” certain awards and arrangements that 
were in effect on or before November 2, 2017. As a result, compensation awarded in excess of $1 million to our current and former 
NEOs generally is not deductible.  

Code Section 409A  

Certain awards under the 2019 Plan may be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Code Section 409A, 

which imposes additional requirements on the payment of deferred compensation. These requirements generally provide that, if at any 
time during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan fails to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A or is not 
operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts deferred under the nonqualified deferred compensation plan for the then-
current taxable year and all preceding taxable years, by or for any awardee with respect to whom the failure relates, are includible in 
the gross income of the awardee for the taxable year to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously 
included in gross income. If a deferred amount is required to be included in income under Code Section 409A, the amount will be 
subject to income tax at regular income tax rates plus a 20 percent penalty, as well as potential premium interest tax.  

Federal Tax Treatment of Award Types  

With respect to NQSOs, the Company is generally entitled to deduct and the optionee recognizes taxable income in an amount 
equal to the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise. A participant 
receiving ISOs will not recognize taxable income upon grant. Additionally, if applicable holding period requirements are met, the 
participant will not recognize taxable income at the time of exercise. However, the excess of the fair market value of the Common 
Stock received over the option price is an item of tax preference income potentially subject to the alternative minimum tax. If stock 
acquired upon exercise of an ISO is held for a minimum of two years from the date of grant and one year from the date of exercise, the 
gain or loss (in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value on the date of sale and the exercise price) upon 
disposition of the stock will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss, and the Company will not be entitled to any deduction. If the 
holding period requirements are not met, the ISO will be treated as one which does not meet the requirements of the Code for ISOs 
and the tax consequences described for NQSOs will apply.  

The current federal income tax consequences of other awards authorized under the 2019 Plan generally follow certain basic 
patterns: SARs are taxed and deductible in substantially the same manner as NQSOs; nontransferable restricted stock subject to a 
substantial risk of forfeiture results in income recognition equal to the excess of the fair market value over the price paid, if any, only 
at the time the restrictions lapse (unless the recipient elects to accelerate recognition as of the date of grant); stock-based performance 
awards, dividend equivalents and other types of awards are generally subject to tax at the time of payment. Compensation otherwise 
effectively deferred is taxed when paid. In each of the foregoing cases, the Company will generally have a corresponding deduction at 
the time the participant recognizes income, subject to Section 162(m) with respect to covered employees. An award of a retainer, 
committee fee or meeting-based fee generally realizes ordinary income and we are entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the 
amount of such retainer or fees upon payment thereof.  

27 

 
  
New Plan Benefits  

Other than with respect to annual grants of stock options to our non-employee directors that will be made immediately following 

the date of the Annual Meeting, all future awards under the 2019 Plan (assuming it is approved by stockholders) are subject to the 
discretion of the plan administrator, and therefore it is not possible to determine the benefits that will be received in the future by other 
participants in the 2019 Plan (although the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2018 table in this Proxy Statement describes all equity 
awards granted to our named executive officers during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 under the 2010 Plan).  

Name and Position 

Carl Russo, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cory Sindelar, Chief Financial Officer 
Michael Weening, Executive Vice President, Field Operations  
All current executive officers as a group 
All current directors who are not executive officers as a group (1) 
All employees who are not executive officers as a group 

Dollar 
Value ($)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
  1,080,000 
—   

Number of 
Shares 
Underlying 
Award Grants 
(#)  

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

(1)  Our Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy provides that each director who is a non-employee director (provided 

that such director has served as a director for at least six months prior to such date) will automatically be granted RSUs valued 
at $120,000 (based on the per share closing price of our common stock on the date of such annual meeting of stockholders), 
which will be granted on the first business day after the Annual Meeting and vest on the earlier of the first anniversary of the 
grant date or the day prior to the next annual general meeting of our stockholders, subject to continuous service as a director 
until such vesting date, except in the event of certain terminations of service.  

To be approved, this proposal must receive a “For” vote from the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of common 

stock which are present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the proposal. Abstentions will have the same effect as an 
“Against” vote for purposes of determining whether this matter has been approved. Broker non-votes will not be counted for any 
purpose in determining whether this matter has been approved.  

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” APPROVAL OF THE  
CALIX, INC. 2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN AS DISCUSSED ABOVE.  

28 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
PROPOSAL NO. 3  

APPROVAL OF THE CALIX, INC.  
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN  

We are asking our stockholders to approve the Calix, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) to 

increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the ESPP by 2,500,000 shares. This would increase the total shares 
authorized for issuance under the ESPP from 7,300,000 shares to 9,800,000 shares. Our Board, upon recommendation of the 
Compensation Committee, approved the increase by 2,500,000 shares of the shares authorized for issuance effective as of March 22, 
2019, subject to stockholder approval.  

The purpose of the ESPP is to provide our employees with an opportunity to purchase the Company’s common stock so that 
they may increase their proprietary interest in our success and to align employee interests to those of our stockholders. We believe that 
the ESPP is an important component of the benefits package that we offer to our employees, is a key factor in recruiting and retaining 
talented and high caliber employees in a competitive market and serves to incentivize employee performance aligned with our 
business strategy and growth initiatives. In the past two years, we averaged approximately 400 employees participating in the ESPP in 
each purchase period.  

Under the ESPP, eligible employees purchase our common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. All eligible 
employees of the Company (or of any subsidiary) shall have equal rights and privileges under the ESPP. The ESPP qualifies as an 
employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).  

Our stockholders last approved an increase in the shares authorized for issuance under the ESPP in May 2017 which increased 

the shares available for issuance under the ESPP to 7,300,000. As of March 25, 2019, a total of 5,750,431 shares have been purchased 
under the ESPP since its inception in July 2010. Given the current rate of participation by our employees in the ESPP and the 
expansion of ESPP eligibility to our employees in China, we expect that the additional 2,500,000 share increase to the ESPP will 
cover two to three years of purchases.  

The current purchase periods under the ESPP, as set by the Compensation Committee of our Board, provide for six-month 
purchase periods commencing May 15 and November 15 of each year. If approved by our stockholders, the increase in shares for the 
ESPP will go into effect for the six-month purchase period commencing November 15, 2019 with an exercise date of May 14, 2020.  

A copy of the proposed ESPP is included as Appendix B to this Proxy Statement.  

Summary of the ESPP  

The principal features of the ESPP are summarized below. The following summary of the ESPP is not a complete description of 
all the provisions of the ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the ESPP, which is filed with the SEC 
as Appendix B to this Proxy Statement. Any stockholder who wishes to obtain a copy of the ESPP may do so by written request to the 
Calix’s Corporate Secretary at 2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.  

Administration. Our Board has appointed our Compensation Committee to serve as the administrator of the ESPP. The ESPP 
administrator has final authority for interpretation of any provisions of the ESPP or of any right to purchase stock granted under the 
ESPP. The Plan administrator may request advice or assistance or employ such other persons as are necessary for proper 
administration of the Plan. Interpretations and constructions of the administrator of any provision of the ESPP or of any rights under it 
is conclusive and binding on all persons. We bear all expenses and liabilities incurred by the ESPP administrator.  

Offerings. The ESPP provides for the grant to employees of rights to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 
reduced prices through payroll deductions. “Purchase Periods” are six-month periods that are set as November 15 through May 14 and 
May 15 through November 14 of each year, unless otherwise determined by our Compensation Committee as administrator of the 
ESPP. However, in no event may a Purchase Period be longer than 27 months in length.  

Shares Available Under ESPP. Under the proposed ESPP, the maximum number of our shares of common stock which will be 

authorized for sale under the ESPP is 9,800,000, an increase of 2,500,000 shares from the share reserve last approved by our 
stockholders in May 2017. The shares made available for sale under the ESPP may be authorized but unissued shares or reacquired 
shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP.  

29 

 
  
Eligibility and Enrollment. Any employee of the Company (and such present or future subsidiaries of the Company as our Board 

may designate) who (i) is customarily employed more than twenty hours a week; (ii) is customarily employed more than five months 
per calendar year and (iii) who is an employee at the commencement of a Purchase Period is eligible to participate in the ESPP. 
However, no employee is eligible to participate in the ESPP if, immediately after the election to participate, such employee would 
own stock of the Company (including stock such employee may purchase under outstanding options) representing 5% or more of the 
total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company. In addition, 
no employee is permitted to participate if the rights of the employee to purchase common stock of the Company under the ESPP and 
any other qualified employee stock purchase plans would accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such 
stock (determined at the time the right is granted) for each calendar year. Eligible employees become participants in the ESPP by 
executing a participation agreement and filing it with the Company’s stock administrator. By enrolling in the ESPP, a participant is 
deemed to have elected to purchase the maximum number of whole shares of common stock that can be purchased with the 
compensation withheld during each Purchase Period for which the participant is enrolled. No participant will be eligible to purchase 
more than 2,000 shares of stock within any Purchase Period. Termination of a participant’s status as an eligible employee for any 
reason, including death, is treated as an automatic withdrawal from the ESPP.  

As of March 25, 2019, two of our current executive officers and approximately 737 current non-executive officer employees in 

the U.S., Canada and China are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Mr. Russo is not eligible to participate in the ESPP based on his 
total share holdings of Calix common stock. In addition, consultants and non-employee directors are not eligible to participate in the 
ESPP.  

Payroll Deductions. The payroll deductions made for each participant may be not less than 1% nor more than 15% of a 

participant’s base salary compensation. Compensation is defined in the ESPP, and generally includes cash renumeration that would be 
reported as income for federal income tax purposes. Payroll deductions commence with the first paycheck issued during the Purchase 
Period for which the participant is enrolled and are deducted from subsequent paychecks throughout the Purchase Period unless 
changed or terminated as provided in the ESPP. A participant may decrease (but not increase) his or her payroll deduction 
authorization once during any Purchase Period. If a participant wishes to increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she 
may do so effective for the next Purchase Period by submitting a new election.  

Exercise Date; Purchase of Stock. The “Exercise Date” of each Purchase Period occurs on the last trading day of each Purchase 

Period. On the Exercise Date, each participant’s accumulated payroll deductions are applied to the purchase of whole shares of 
common stock at a purchase price which is the lower of 85% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on the first 
trading day or on the last trading day of the applicable Purchase Period. The fair market value of the common stock on a given date is 
defined as the closing price on that day as reported by the NYSE. As of March 25, 2019, the closing price of our common stock on the 
NYSE was $7.75 per share.  

A participant may cancel his or her payroll deduction authorization at any time at least seven days before the last day of the 
Purchase Period. Upon cancellation, the participant’s account balance will be refunded in cash without interest. A participant who 
ceases contributions to the ESPP during any Purchase Period shall not be permitted to resume contributions to the ESPP during the 
same Purchase Period.  

Unless a participant has previously canceled his or her participation in the ESPP in accordance with the terms of the ESPP, the 
participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her purchase right in full as of each Exercise Date. Upon exercise, the participant 
will purchase the number of whole shares that his or her accumulated payroll deductions will buy at the purchase price, subject to the 
participation limitations listed above.  

A participant may not assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) 
payroll deductions credited to a participant’s account or any rights or interest, including purchase rights, under the ESPP, and during a 
participant’s lifetime, purchase rights under the ESPP shall be exercisable only by such participant. Any such attempt at assignment, 
transfer, pledge or other disposition will not be given effect.  

Adjustments upon Changes in Recapitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of any increase or 

decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or any other 
capital adjustment, the payment of a stock dividend, or other increase or decrease in such shares affected without receipt of 
consideration, we will proportionately adjust the aggregate number of shares of our common stock offered under the ESPP, the 
number and price of shares which any participant has elected to purchase pursuant under the ESPP and the maximum number of 
shares which a participant may elect to purchase in any single Purchase Period.  

30 

 
  
If there is a proposal to dissolve or liquidate the Company, then the ESPP will terminate, and any amounts that a participant has 

paid towards the purchase of common stock under the ESPP will be refunded without interest. If the Company undergoes a merger 
with or into another corporation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, each outstanding Purchase Period will be assumed or an 
equivalent Purchase Period substituted by the successor corporation or the parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the 
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding Purchase Period, then the outstanding Purchase Period will 
be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date to take place before the date of the proposed sale or merger. We will notify each 
participant in writing at least five days prior to any such new Exercise Date.  

Amendment and Termination. Our Board may amend, suspend or terminate the ESPP at any time. The ESPP shall terminate 
upon the earlier of (i) such date as is determined by the Company in its sole discretion or (ii) the date on which all shares available for 
issuance under the ESPP shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under the ESPP. However, the Board may not 
amend the ESPP without obtaining stockholder approval within 12 months before or after such amendment to the extent required by 
applicable laws.  

Federal Income Tax Consequences  

Generally, no federal income tax consequences will arise at the time an employee purchases shares of common stock under the 

ESPP. If an employee disposes of shares purchased under the ESPP less than one year after the shares are purchased or within two 
years of the enrollment date, the employee will be deemed to have received compensation taxable as ordinary income for the taxable 
year in which the disposition occurs in the amount of the difference between the fair market value of the shares of common stock at 
the time of purchase and the amount paid by the employee for the shares. The amount of such ordinary income recognized by the 
employee will be added to the employee’s basis in the shares for purposes of determining capital gain or loss upon the disposition of 
the shares by the employee.  

If an employee does not dispose of the shares of common stock purchased under the ESPP until at least one year after the shares 
are purchased and at least two years after the enrollment date, the employee will be deemed to have received compensation taxable as 
ordinary income for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair 
market value of the shares of common stock on the date of disposition over the purchase price paid by the employee, or (b) the excess 
of the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the enrollment date over the purchase price paid by the employee. The 
amount of such ordinary income recognized by the employee will be added to the employee’s basis in the shares for purposes of 
determining capital gain or loss upon the disposition of the shares by the employee.  

We generally will not be entitled to a tax deduction with respect to the shares of common stock purchased by an employee under 

the ESPP, unless the employee disposes of the shares less than one year after the shares are transferred to the employee or less than 
two years after the enrollment date, in which case we will generally be entitled to a tax deduction corresponding to the amount of 
ordinary income recognized by the employee.  

31 

 
  
New Plan Benefits  

The increase in shares authorized for issuance under the proposed ESPP applies to future Purchase Periods under the ESPP, 

starting with the Purchase Period commencing November 15, 2019 and closing with an Exercise Date of May 14, 2020. The number 
of shares of common stock that may be purchased under the ESPP is dependent upon the stock’s market value on the first and last day 
of each future Purchase Period, the voluntary election by each eligible employee to participate and the amount each participant has 
elected to apply to a Purchase Period, and is not currently determinable. The following table states the amounts which were received 
by each of the named individuals and groups under our ESPP for our last completed fiscal year, and the number of shares of common 
stock purchased under the ESPP from its inception through March 25, 2019.  

Name and Position 

Carl Russo (2) 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Cory Sindelar 
Chief Financial Officer 
Michael Weening  
Executive Vice President, Field Operations   
Gregory Billings   
Senior Vice President, Services 
Executive Group   
Non-Executive Director Group (3)   
Non-Executive Officer Employee Group 

Dollar Value of 
Shares 
Purchased in 2018 
($)(1)  

Number of Shares 
Purchased in 2018  

Number of Shares 
Purchased from 
Inception through 
March 25, 2019  

—    

33,500  

33,080  

—    
66,580  
—    
7,384,228  

—     

4,000   

3,960   

—     
7,960   
—     
898,162   

—    

4,000  

6,374  

—    
10,374  
—    
5,740,057  

(1)  Represents fair market value at date of purchase. The average purchase price of the shares was $5.25.  
(2)  Mr. Russo is not eligible to participate in the ESPP based on his total share holdings of Calix common stock.  
(3)  Non-executive directors are not eligible to participate in the ESPP.  

To be approved, this proposal must receive a “For” vote from the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of common 

stock which are present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the proposal. Abstentions will have the same effect as an 
“Against” vote for purposes of determining whether this matter has been approved. Broker non-votes will not be counted for any 
purpose in determining whether this matter has been approved.  

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” APPROVAL OF THE  
CALIX, INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN AS DISCUSSED ABOVE.  

32 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL NO. 4  

APPROVAL ON A NON-BINDING, ADVISORY BASIS OF THE  

COMPENSATION OF OUR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS (“SAY-ON-PAY”)  

We are seeking an advisory vote from our stockholders to approve the compensation paid to our NEOs, as disclosed in this 

Proxy Statement under the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section (“CD&A”) below.  

Our Compensation Committee, with advice and information from its external compensation consultant, has structured our 
executive compensation program to stress a pay-for-performance philosophy. The compensation opportunities provided to our NEOs 
are significantly dependent on Calix’s financial performance, the performance of Calix’s stock and the NEO’s individual performance, 
which are intended to drive creation of sustainable stockholder value. The Compensation Committee intends to continue to emphasize 
what it believes to be responsible compensation arrangements that attract, retain and motivate high-caliber executive officers to 
achieve Calix’s short- and long-term business strategies and objectives.  

Our Board previously determined to hold an advisory “say-on-pay” vote every year. In accordance with this determination and 
Section 14A of the Exchange Act, you have the opportunity to vote “For” or “Against” or to “Abstain” from voting on the following 
non-binding resolution relating to executive compensation:  

“RESOLVED, that the stockholders approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation paid to Calix’s NEOs as disclosed in 
Calix’s proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the compensation disclosure rules of the SEC, including 
the compensation discussion and analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion of the proxy statement.”  

In deciding how to vote on this proposal, we encourage you to consider Calix’s executive compensation philosophy and 

objectives, the design principles and the elements of Calix’s executive compensation program described in our CD&A below. As 
described in the CD&A, a guiding principle of our compensation philosophy is that pay should be linked to performance and that the 
interests of our executives and stockholders should be aligned. Our compensation program is a mix of short- and long-term 
components, cash and equity elements and fixed and contingent payments in proportions we believe will provide the proper 
incentives, reward our NEOs, help us achieve our goals and increase stockholder value. For example:  

•  Chief Executive Officer Compensation Aligned with Stockholder Interests. A significant portion of our chief executive 

officer’s compensation is performance-based and reflects a market-based cash compensation package. As a holder of more 
than 10% of our common stock consistently since Calix’s initial public offering, our chief executive officer is a significant 
stockholder and his personal wealth has consistently been, and continues to be, tied directly to sustained stock price 
appreciation and performance, which provides direct alignment with stockholder interests.  

•  Other NEOs Compensation Substantially Tied to Performance. Our other NEOs earn a significant portion of their total 
compensation based upon increases in Calix’s stock price and a significant portion of their variable cash and long-term 
equity compensation is contingent upon Calix’s financial performance along with our Compensation Committee’s 
assessment of executive performance.  

•  Change in Control and Severance Benefits Not Grossed Up. Calix provides limited change in control and severance 

benefits to provide NEOs security and to remain competitive in attracting and retaining executive talent. Calix does not 
provide for any tax gross up to any NEO in connection with any change in control or severance benefits.  

To be approved, on a non-binding and advisory basis, the compensation paid to our NEOs must receive a “For” vote from the 

holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of common stock which are present or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on 
the proposal. Abstentions will have the same effect as “Against” votes for purposes of determining whether this matter has been 
approved. Broker non-votes will not be counted for any purpose in determining whether this matter has been approved.  

While your vote on this proposal is advisory and will not be binding, we value the opinions of Calix’s stockholders on executive 
compensation matters and will take the results of this advisory vote into consideration when making future decisions regarding Calix’s 
executive compensation program. Unless the Board modifies its determination of the frequency of future “say on pay” advisory votes, 
the next “say-on-pay” advisory vote will be held at our 2020 Annual Meeting of stockholders.  

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE APPROVAL OF THE COMPENSATION PAID 
TO THE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AS DISCLOSED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT UNDER THE 
COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE RULES OF THE SEC.  

33 

 
  
PROPOSAL NO. 5  

RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT  

REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Our Audit Committee has engaged KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal 
year ending December 31, 2019 and is seeking ratification of such selection by our stockholders at the Annual Meeting. KPMG has 
audited our financial statements since February 29, 2016. Representatives of KPMG are expected to be present at the Annual Meeting. 
They will have an opportunity to make a statement if they so desire and will be available to respond to appropriate questions.  

Neither our bylaws nor other governing documents or law require stockholder ratification of the selection of KPMG as our 

independent registered public accounting firm. However, our Audit Committee is submitting the selection of KPMG to our 
stockholders for ratification as a matter of good corporate practice. If our stockholders fail to ratify the selection, the Audit Committee 
will reconsider whether or not to retain KPMG. Even if the selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in its discretion may direct the 
appointment of a different independent registered public accounting firm at any time during the year if they determine that such a 
change would be in the best interests of Calix and its stockholders.  

To be approved, the ratification of the selection of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm must receive a 
“For” vote from the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of common stock which are present or represented by proxy 
and entitled to vote on the proposal. Abstentions will have the same effect as an “Against” vote for purposes of determining whether 
this matter has been approved. Broker non-votes will not be counted for any purpose in determining whether this matter has been 
approved.  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

The following table provides information regarding the fees for the audit and other services provided by KPMG for the fiscal 

years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 (in thousands).  

Audit Fees 
Audit-Related Fees 
Tax Fees 
All Other Fees 

Total Fees 

Fiscal Years Ended December 31,  

2018  

1,480 
—   
—   
—   

1,480 

$ 

$ 

2017 

1,497  
200  
—    
—    

1,697  

$ 

$ 

Audit Fees  

Audit fees of KPMG consist of fees billed or expected to be billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual 

consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended 2018 and 2017, the audit of the effectiveness of our internal control over 
financial reporting and the review of our consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-Q quarterly reports for the fiscal 
years ended 2018 and 2017. Audit fees also include services that are typically provided by the independent registered public 
accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings for our international subsidiaries for those fiscal years.  

Audit-Related Fees  

Audit-related fees of KPMG consist of assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit 

or review of our financial statements and are not reported above under “Audit Fees.” The services for the fees under this category 
include approximately $200,300 for the fiscal year ended 2017 for consultation and review of ASC Topic 606 adoption.  

Pre-Approval Policy and Procedures  

Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting 
firm. Our Audit Committee may delegate authority to one or more members of the Audit Committee to provide such pre-approvals, 
provided that such approvals are presented to the Audit Committee at a subsequent meeting. This policy is set forth in the charter of 
the Audit Committee and available under “Governance” in the Investor Relations section of our website at investor-
relations.calix.com.  

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE RATIFICATION OF THE SELECTION OF 
KPMG LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING  
DECEMBER 31, 2019.  

34 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
Compensation Discussion and Analysis  

Executive Summary  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Our compensation and benefits programs reflect our philosophy of compensation and incentivizing all of our employees, 

including our named executive officers (“NEOs”), in ways that support two primary objectives:  

• 

• 

attract, reward and retain exceptional talent in the markets in which we operate  

identify and reward outstanding performance that reflects Calix principles and values and aligns with long-term 
stockholder value creation  

To help us achieve these objectives, a significant portion of our NEOs’ compensation is at risk with significant upside potential 

for strong performance as well as downside exposure for underperformance. NEOs with greater responsibilities and the ability to 
directly impact our Company’s goals and long-term results bear a greater proportion of the risk if these goals and results are not 
achieved.  

The following discussion describes and analyzes our compensation objectives and policies as well as the material components of 

our compensation program for our NEOs during 2018. Our NEOs for 2018 were:  

•  Carl Russo, President and Chief Executive Officer  

•  Cory Sindelar, Chief Financial Officer  

•  Michael Weening, Executive Vice President, Field Operations  

•  Gregory Billings, Senior Vice President, Services  

Compensation Philosophy and Process  

We strive to find the best talent, resources and infrastructure to serve our customers and strategically expand our systems and 
services portfolio. Our goal is to attract and retain highly qualified executives to manage and oversee each of our business functions. 
We seek out individuals who we believe will be able to contribute to our business and our vision of future success, culture, principles 
and values and who will promote the long-term interests and growth of our Company. Our compensation philosophy is intended to 
promote a team-oriented approach to performance as a portion of each NEO’s incentive compensation is based on achievement against 
the same performance objectives as our broad-based incentive plan.  

Our executive compensation program aims to achieve the following:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

enable us to attract, retain and drive a high caliber, talented leadership team to execute on our business strategy  

foster a goal-oriented leadership team with a clear understanding of long-term business objectives and shared corporate 
principles and values  

ensure that the elements of compensation provided to our employees and executives are balanced, individually and in 
combination, and do not encourage excessive risk-taking  

reflect the competitive environment of our industry and our changing business needs  

allocate our resources effectively and efficiently in the development and selling of market-leading technology, systems 
and services  

•  maintain pay parity and fair compensation practices across our organization  

In furtherance of these goals, our executive compensation program is designed to:  

• 

• 

be market competitive, including targeting benchmarking and evaluating compensation levels and compensation practices 
to our peer group  

emphasize pay for performance  

35 

 
  
• 

• 

• 

share risks and rewards with our stockholders  

align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders  

reflect our principles and values  

Our executive compensation program in 2018 consisted of the following components:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

base salary  

incentive-based cash compensation  

grants of equity awards that vest contingent on corporate performance and that include a component that vest on continued 
service if performance thresholds are met  

health, welfare and retirement benefits  

In November 2018, our Compensation Committee conducted its annual review of our executive compensation program with its 

independent compensation consultant, Radford, including a review of our pay philosophy, compensation mix, short and long-term 
incentive plan structures, equity plan risk assessment and severance plan, and concluded that overall our executive compensation 
program was consistent with market practice. In reaching these conclusions, our Compensation Committee, in consultation with 
Radford, also reviewed governance and pay-for-performance guidelines issued by proxy advisory firms.  

Stockholder Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation  

We hold an advisory, non-binding stockholder vote on executive compensation every year. At our 2018 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders, our stockholders voted to approve the compensation of our NEOs, with approval of over 95% of the votes cast. Our 
Compensation Committee reviewed these voting results along with the results from our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, noting 
the strong level of our stockholders’ support for our NEOs’ compensation. The Compensation Committee also reviewed our 
compensation programs with Radford and management, including consideration of governance and pay-for-performance guidelines 
issued by proxy advisory firms. The Compensation Committee regularly reviews executive compensation programs, in conjunction 
with Radford, and makes changes it determines are appropriate. The Compensation Committee intends to continue to take into 
consideration the outcome of our stockholders’ future advisory “say-on-pay” votes when making future compensation decisions for 
the NEOs.  

Role of Our Compensation Committee  

Our Compensation Committee approves and interprets our executive compensation and benefit plans and policies. The 

Compensation Committee is appointed by the Board and consists entirely of directors who are non-employee directors for purposes of 
Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. In 2018, our Compensation Committee determined the compensation for all of our NEOs. Except for 
our chief executive officer’s compensation and performance, each NEO’s individual performance and contributions to our Company 
for each fiscal year is assessed by our chief executive officer who reports his recommendations regarding each element of the NEOs’ 
compensation to the Compensation Committee. Our chief executive officer does not participate in any formal discussion with the 
Compensation Committee regarding decisions on his own compensation and he recuses himself from meetings in which his 
compensation is assessed or discussed.  

Competitive Market Review  

The market for experienced executive leaders is highly competitive in our industry. We strive to attract and retain highly 
qualified executives to effectively lead each of our business functions. In doing so, we draw upon a pool of talent that is highly sought 
after by both large and established technology and telecommunications companies in our geographic area and by other competitive 
companies in development or growth phases. Established organizations in our industry seek to recruit top talent from emerging 
companies in the sector just as smaller organizations look to attract and retain the best talent from the industry as a whole. We also 
compete for key talent on the basis of: our vision of future success; our culture and values; the cohesiveness and productivity of our 
teams; and the excellence of our technical and leadership teams. The competition for technical and non-technical skills is aggressive 
across the sector, and we expect it to remain high for the foreseeable future.  

36 

 
  
Our Compensation Committee determines compensation for our NEOs, in large part based upon our financial resources as well 

as competitive market data. In setting executive compensation for 2018, our Compensation Committee conducted a review of our 
NEOs’ compensation, as well as a mix of elements used to compensate our NEOs, and compared that information with data provided 
by Radford, as discussed below.  

Our 2018 peer group criteria consisted of companies within the technology industry with revenues between $200 million and 
$1.2 billion and market capitalizations between $150 million and $1.5 billion that we believe compete with us for executive talent. 
Our 2018 peer group was set by our Compensation Committee based on recommendations from Radford, consideration of ISS and 
Glass Lewis peer group criteria, and discussion with management. Although Aerohive Networks and Digi International are both below 
$200 million in revenue, our Compensation Committee determined to retain these companies in our 2018 peer group because both 
companies are within range based on our market capitalization. Although Infinera and Oclaro were both above $1.5 billion in market 
capitalization at the time of our 2018 peer group evaluation and selection, our Compensation Committee determined to retain Infinera 
in our 2018 peer group because Infinera is a local talent competitor and has been included in our peer group in prior years, and to 
retain Oclaro because Oclaro’s revenue is within range for our peer group and is on ISS and Glass Lewis’ peer group list for Calix. 
Our 2018 peer group consisted of the following companies:  

8x8, Inc. 

• 
•  A10 Networks, Inc. 
•  ADTRAN, Inc. 
•  Aerohive Networks, Inc. 
•  Barracuda Networks, Inc. (1) 
•  Broadsoft, Inc. (1) 
•  CalAmp Corp. 
•  Comtech Telecommunications Corp. 
•  Digi International Inc. 

Five9 Inc. 

•  Extreme Networks, Inc. 
• 
•  Gigamon Inc. (1) 
•  Harmonic Inc. 
• 
•  Oclaro, Inc. (1) 
• 
• 
• 

ShoreTel, Inc. (1) 
Silver Spring Networks, Inc. (1) 
Sonus Networks, Inc. (1) 

Infinera Corporation 

 (1)  Represents companies that were acquired after our 2018 peer group evaluation and selection.  

Our revenue was at the 65th percentile and our market cap was positioned at the 10th percentile of our 2018 peer group. We 

determine our approximate position relative to the appropriate market benchmark by comparing our practices and levels: by target 
annual cash compensation, which includes base salary, target annual incentive opportunity; and by total direct compensation, which 
includes target cash compensation and equity compensation. Our Compensation Committee seeks to set the total target cash 
compensation for our NEOs at approximately the 50th percentile of our peer group, when looking at the group in the aggregate.  

During 2018, our Compensation Committee continued to engage Radford as its independent executive compensation consultant. 

Radford was hired directly by our Compensation Committee and works with management only at our Compensation Committee’s 
direction to interpret results, make recommendations and assist in setting compensation levels for our executive officers. After review 
and consultation with Radford, our Compensation Committee determined that Radford is independent and that there is no conflict of 
interest in retaining Radford currently or during 2018.  

Weighting of Elements in our Compensation Program  

The use and weight of each compensation element is based on a determination by our Compensation Committee of the 
importance of each element in meeting our overall corporate objectives for each year as well as our long-term business strategy. We 
also take into consideration assessments of our compensation program, including an assessment of compensation program risk, 
conducted by Radford for the Compensation Committee.  

37 

 
  
  
Chief Executive Officer Compensation 

In 2012, Mr. Russo’s base salary was set at $500,000 per year and his performance target under our cash incentive plan was set 

to be equal to 100% of his annual base salary. For 2018, Mr. Russo’s base salary and performance target remained as set in 2012. 
Mr. Russo was not granted any equity awards during 2018, but continues to be a significant stockholder (with stock ownership of 
approximately 12.09% of common stock outstanding) with his personal wealth tied directly to sustained stock price appreciation and 
performance, which provides direct alignment with stockholder interests. Mr. Russo’s 2018 total target cash compensation is between 
the 25th and 50th percentile of our peer group of companies.  

Other NEO Compensation 

As with our chief executive officer compensation, we put a significant amount of the total potential compensation of our other 

NEOs in 2018 “at risk” based on our achievements of corporate financial targets aligned with our business strategy.  

The 2018 weighting of compensation elements for our other NEOs in 2018 as a group is as follows: 

Base Salary 

Base salary reflects the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities of each NEO as well as competitive market 
conditions. Base salary is one component of total cash compensation. During 2018, our Compensation Committee adjusted the base 
salaries of Messrs. Sindelar and Weening from $320,000 to $352,000 based on the recommendations of our chief executive officer and 
Radford and our Compensation Committee’s assessment of the executive’s base salary relative to the base salaries paid to similarly 
situated executives at our peer group of companies.  

38 

The table below sets forth the annual base salary for each NEO as set by our Compensation Committee as of December 31, 

2018.  

Name of Executive Officer 

Carl Russo 
Cory Sindelar (1)  
Michael Weening (1) 
Gregory Billings   

Annual Base 
Salary  
$  500,000   
352,000   
352,000   
300,000   

(1)  Each of Messrs. Sindelar’s and Weening’s base salaries increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018.  

The annual base salaries of our NEOs are reviewed at least once a year, and our Compensation Committee intends to make 

adjustments to reflect performance considerations as well as competitive conditions.  

Cash Incentive Compensation  

Our NEOs participate in our executive cash incentive plan. To be consistent with market practice, our Compensation 
Committee, in consultation with Radford, determined that as of 2017 Mr. Weening would no longer participate in cash incentive 
awards under the sales-based incentive compensation plan for our sales organization, although he would continue to receive payments 
under the 2016 sales-based incentive compensation plan for shipments against bookings attained in 2016, which amounted to less than 
$5,000 for 2018 and is not expected to be material to Mr. Weening’s compensation in future years. Mr. Weening continues to 
participate in our executive cash incentive plan.  

The executive cash incentive plan provides for funding based on quarterly corporate financial targets and an annual payout 

based on assessment of the NEO’s performance for the year. The cash incentive plan does not provide for any guaranteed payments. 
Our chief executive officer recommends, and our Compensation Committee determines, the achievement as to individual performance 
of each NEO. Our chief executive officer’s performance is evaluated and determined solely by our Compensation Committee.  

Our Compensation Committee sets target incentive opportunities for each NEO under the plan in an amount equal to a 

percentage of the NEO’s annual base salary. We seek to align the performance targets of our cash incentive plan to our business 
strategy and long-term stockholder interests. Our Compensation Committee establishes targets for our quarterly corporate financial 
targets based on the annual operating plan approved by our Board at the beginning of the year and based on quarterly financial 
information prepared by management. In general, in order for the cash incentive compensation pool to be funded, the financial targets 
need to be achieved for that particular quarter, which for 2018 consisted of both revenue and non-GAAP operating income (loss) 
targets, although our Compensation Committee retains discretion over whether or not the plan is funded quarter over quarter. Non-
GAAP operating income (loss), for the purposes of the cash incentive plan, is calculated as operating income (loss) on a GAAP basis 
less certain items that are not considered indicative of our normal operating performance, consisting of: non-cash stock-based 
compensation, gain on sale of product line, restructuring charges (benefit) and U.S. tariff and tariff-related costs.  

These performance metrics were selected by our Compensation Committee in order to incentivize revenue growth and 
operational efficiencies as key measures of our operational performance at this stage of our development. The non-GAAP operating 
income (loss) component is a measure that is required in addition to the revenue target to mitigate risks of revenue generation 
activities at the expense of achieving profitability goals. The Compensation Committee believes that the use of these targets 
incentivizes long-term stockholder value.  

Even though our Compensation Committee has established target cash incentive opportunities for each NEO, once our corporate 

performance goals are achieved and the cash incentive compensation pool is funded, our Compensation Committee retains discretion 
to adjust cash incentive compensation paid to each individual up or down, ranging from 0% to 125% of the individual’s target cash 
incentive opportunity in 2018, based upon assessment of individual performance by our Compensation Committee, including upon 
consultation with Mr. Russo (except as to Mr. Russo’s compensation).  

39 

 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the total cash incentive compensation targets set by our Compensation Committee for our NEOs for 2018 is as 

follows:  

Total Target Cash Incentive Opportunity  

Named Executive Officer 

Carl Russo 
Cory Sindelar (1)  
Michael Weening (2) 
Gregory Billings   

Target Cash 
Incentive Plan 
Opportunity  

$ 

500,000  
201,600  
302,400  
165,000  

Target Cash 
Incentive Plan 
Opportunity as a 
Percentage of Base 
Salary  

100% 
60% 
90% 
55% 

(1)  Mr. Sindelar’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018. Accordingly, his target cash incentive 
plan opportunity for 2018 is pro-rated at 60% of his base salary from January 1 through June 30, 2018 and July 1 through 
December 31, 2018.  

(2)  Mr. Weening’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018. Accordingly, his target cash incentive 
plan opportunity for 2018 is pro-rated at 90% of his base salary from January 1 through June 30, 2018 and July 1 through 
December 31, 2018.  

Achievement Against Quarterly Financial Targets  

The table below sets forth the quarterly financial targets under our cash incentive plan and the Compensation Committee’s 
determination of our achievement for each fiscal quarter of 2018 for purposes of funding the cash incentive plan (in thousands, except 
for percentages).  

Fiscal Quarter 

First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

Target  

Achievement  

Non-GAAP 
Operating Income 
(Loss)  

Non-GAAP 
Operating Income 
(Loss) (1)  

Revenue  

Compensation 
Committee 
Determination 
of Funding (2)  

(5,000)  $  99,403   $ 

400  
2,400  
8,800  

  111,702    
  114,699    
  115,500    

(9,716) 
411  
3,018  
7,443  

0% 
100% 
100% (3) 
0% 

Revenue  
$108,000   $ 
  111,000     
  115,000     
  122,000     

(1)  Reconciliation of these non-GAAP amounts to GAAP is provided in Appendix C.  
(2)  Our executive cash incentive plan requires achievement of both quarterly revenue and non-GAAP operating income (loss) 

(3) 

targets in each quarter.  
In making its determination of corporate achievement against the third quarter financial targets, the Compensation Committee 
exercised its discretion under the executive cash incentive plan to fund the bonus at 100% after considering the significant 
accomplishments of the executive team, the Company’s significant achievement above target for non-GAAP operating income 
and the closeness of the reported revenue to the set target.  

Summary of Payouts of Cash Incentive Compensation  

The table below summarizes the annual payout awarded to each NEO under the cash incentive plan on amounts funded for 
2018. The payout awards are determined by our Compensation Committee following assessment of corporate performance and in 
consultation with Mr. Russo as to each NEO other than Mr. Russo. In addition, after the assessment of the funding for awards under 
our 2018 cash incentive plans on a company-wide basis, including consideration of recommendations by Mr. Russo, the 
Compensation Committee exercised its discretion to downward adjust the award payout under the 2018 cash incentive plan for the 
NEOs by $278,000 in favor of increasing funding for non-executive awards. The amounts awarded to each of Messrs. Russo, Sindelar 
and Weening, reflecting an allocation of this downward adjustment, is as set forth below.  

40 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officer 

Carl Russo 
Cory Sindelar (1)  
Michael Weening (2) 
Gregory Billings   

Target Cash Incentive 
Plan Opportunity  

$ 

500,000  
201,600  
302,400  
165,000  

Amount Funded  
250,000 
$ 
100,800 
151,200 
82,500 

Actual 
Award Payout  
 —    
$ 
86,800  
142,145 (3) 
82,500  

(1)  Mr. Sindelar’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018. Accordingly, his target cash incentive 
plan opportunity for 2018 is pro-rated at 60% of his base salary from January 1 through June 30, 2018 and July 1 through 
December 31, 2018.  

(2)  Mr. Weening’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018. Accordingly, his target cash incentive 
plan opportunity for 2018 is pro-rated at 90% of his base salary from January 1 through June 30, 2018 and July 1 through 
December 31, 2018.  

(3)  Amount for Mr. Weening represents an award payout of $137,200 under the cash incentive plan plus a payment of $4,945 in 
2018 under the 2016 sales-based incentive compensation plan for shipments against bookings Mr. Weening attained in 2016. 
Mr. Weening no longer participated in the sales-based incentive compensation plan as of January 1, 2017.  

Compensation Committee Discretion  

Our Compensation Committee may, from time to time, exercise discretion to award discretionary cash bonuses to its NEOs, 
which awards are made on an infrequent basis and intended to recognize exemplary performance. No discretionary bonuses were 
awarded to any NEO in 2018. Similarly, our Compensation Committee may, from time to time, exercise discretion to downward 
adjust incentive awards to our NEOs.  

Equity-Based Incentives  

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan provides our key employees, including our NEOs, with stock-based incentives to align 

their interests with the interests of our stockholders.  

We believe that award of stock-based compensation to our key employees and executives encourages strong long-term financial 

and operational performance and provides them the opportunity to participate in the long-term appreciation of our stock value. Our 
Compensation Committee also reviews the equity “burn” rate annually to ensure it is aligned with peer/industry practices.  

We generally provide grants of stock-based awards to our NEOs under our 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan on an annual 
basis as determined by our Compensation Committee. Stock-based awards are generally in the form of stock option grants or restricted 
stock units (“RSUs”) with either time-based vesting or performance-based vesting. Awards with time-based vesting typically vest as 
to 25% of the shares subject to the award after the first twelve months of service and in equal quarterly installments thereafter with full 
vest in four years, subject to continued service through each vesting date. Awards with performance-based vesting typically vest 
contingent on achievement of corporate goals or other financial targets.  

Initial awards at the time of hire generally vest solely based on the continued service of the NEO. The size and terms of the 
initial option or RSU grant made to each new NEO upon joining the Company is primarily based on competitive conditions applicable 
to the NEO’s specific position and the value of unvested equity the executive is leaving at his or her prior company. In addition, we 
consider the number of shares of our common stock underlying options and RSUs granted to other executives in comparable positions 
within the Company.  

Subsequent RSU awards and stock options are granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, generally in 

recognition of a promotion or extraordinary performance, or as an annual refresh grants to continue to incentivize future performance. 
Annual refresh equity awards in recent years have generally included threshold performance criteria which are intended to reduce or 
eliminate the economic benefit of such awards in the event we do not achieve specified performance objectives. Because the 
performance-based awards are contingent upon the Company achieving financial targets as established by the Compensation 
Committee based on our business strategy and long-term growth initiatives, we believe the award to each NEO is aligned to the 
interests of our stockholders. If achieved, a portion of the shares underlying the performance-based awards vest immediately and a 
portion vests over time based on continuous service. We believe these awards provide an appropriate blend of performance-based 
incentive and executive-retention impact with a service-based vesting component. We believe that award size, performance target and 
vest terms are such that a significant portion of each NEO’s total compensation would be attained only if we achieved performance 
aligned with our growth initiatives and long-term stockholder value. We believe that our equity awards also provide an important 
retention tool for our NEOs, as they are typically subject to vesting over a longer period of time, generally four years, based on the 
Compensation Committee’s assessment of the circumstances, such as timing of award, retention or other considerations.  

41 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Compensation Committee generally evaluates annual refresh grants of stock-based awards for our NEOs with any such equity 

awards expected to be tied to the following year’s financial performance and with vesting over a future service period, generally four years 
from the date of grant. In particular, the Company believes that the financial performance targets chosen for its equity awards to executives 
align with its objective of creating long-term stockholder value.  

Performance-Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance  

In December 2017, the Compensation Committee evaluated an annual refresh grant of performance-based stock options for our 
executives tied to a specific financial target for 2018 (the “2018 Performance-Based Equity Award”). After consideration, the Compensation 
Committee approved the grant of a 2018 Performance-Based Equity Award on December 29, 2017 to each NEO that would be earned and 
vest, contingent upon achievement of the Company’s 2018 non-GAAP operating income goal, as to 50% of the shares of common stock 
underlying the stock option grant on January 1, 2019, subject to the Compensation Committee’s certification of the achievement of the 
financial target, and as to 50% of the shares of common stock underlying the stock option grant, in substantially equal quarterly installments 
over the subsequent 24 months. The 2018 Performance-Based Equity Award included an option to purchase 108,000 shares of common stock 
for Mr. Sindelar, an option to purchase 204,000 shares of common stock for Mr. Weening and an option to purchase 126,000 shares of 
common stock for Mr. Billings. At his request, Mr. Russo did not receive a stock option grant in connection with the 2018 Performance-
Based Equity Award. The Compensation Committee determined to select a financial target of 2018 non-GAAP operating income for the 
2018 Performance-Based Equity Award to align the equity awards to what it considered to be a key financial metric for the Company for 
2018. The Compensation Committee elected to provide for 50% vesting, subject to achievement of the target 2018 non-GAAP operating 
income, in recognition that our NEOs did not vest into any stock option grants under the performance-based equity awards granted in 2017 as 
the 2017 financial targets were not achieved, and in consideration of the importance of the non-GAAP operating income target as part of the 
Company’s execution on its strategic objectives and focus on long-term stockholder value.  

In November 2018, the Compensation Committee exercised its discretion to modify the performance target for the 2018 Performance-

Based Equity Award such that the stock option would be earned if the Company was profitable for the year ended December 31, 2018 as 
measured by non-GAAP net income, which represented a significant year-over-year improvement of approximately $1.24 per share 
compared to a non-GAAP net loss in the prior year. Previously, the Compensation Committee had set the target at a specified non-GAAP 
operating income target of $12.5 million. The Compensation Committee made this modification after consideration of several factors, 
including the importance to long-term stockholder value of the Company’s achievement of profitability on a non-GAAP net income basis, the 
opportunity the Company had of achieving profitability for 2018 in light of the second and third quarter performance improvements and work 
underway on the Company’s ramp of its new platforms, while recognizing the challenges related to the continued transformation of the 
Company’s business model and certain external factors impacting operating performance. The Compensation Committee also considered the 
importance of incentivizing and retaining executive talent and noted that no equity awards had been granted to the NEOs in 2017. The 
Compensation Committee determined that the modified target represented a performance target that was challenging but attainable with 
concerted effort and execution, and therefore would incentivize strong executive performance toward the desired financial objective. No other 
modifications were made to the terms of the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Award. In February 2019, following review of the Company’s 
financial performance for 2018, the Compensation Committee certified that, based on the Company’s reported non-GAAP net income of 
$0.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the performance target for the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Award was met 
and each stock option immediately vested in respect of 50% of the shares subject thereto with the remaining shares underlying the options to 
vest in eight substantially equal quarterly installments.  

Performance-Based Grant – 2019 Financial Performance  

In February 2019, the Compensation Committee evaluated an annual refresh grant of performance-based stock options for our 
executives tied to specific financial targets for 2019 (the “2019 Performance-Based Equity Award”). After consideration, the Compensation 
Committee approved the grant of a 2019 Performance-Based Equity Award on February 14, 2019 to each NEO, with the actual number of 
shares earned contingent upon achievement of both annual and quarterly corporate financial targets for revenue, non-GAAP gross margin and 
non-GAAP earnings per share for fiscal year 2019 (collectively, the “2019 Performance Targets”). The 2019 Performance-Based Equity 
Award would vest, subject to the Compensation Committee’s certification of the achievement of the 2019 Performance Targets, as to 25% of 
the shares of common stock earned on the date of such certification, and as to the remaining 75% of the shares of common stock earned, in 
substantially equal quarterly installments over the subsequent 36 months. No shares are awarded unless all of the 2019 Performance Targets 
are met. If all of the 2019 Performance targets are met, each NEO receives 100% of their target shares. Furthermore, each NEO may receive a 
number of shares above their target shares for achievement of at least 125% above the non-GAAP earnings per share target, up to a maximum 
of 200% of the target shares for achievement above 125% of the earnings per share target. The 2019 Performance-Based Equity Award 
includes an option to purchase up to 240,000 shares of common stock for Mr. Sindelar, an option to purchase up to 300,000 shares of 
common stock for Mr. Weening and an option to purchase up to 150,000 shares of common stock for Mr. Billings, in each case with the 
number of shares representing the target share opportunity at 200% of the target shares. At his request, Mr. Russo did not receive a stock 
option grant in connection with the 2019 Performance-Based Equity Award. In determining the 2019 Performance Targets, the Compensation 
Committee set the 2019 Performance Targets to align each NEO’s opportunity to earn the equity awards to the Company’s 2019 focus on 
gross margin expansion, disciplined operating expense investment, deliberate revenue growth and increased predictability, such that the 
NEO’s equity awards are “at risk” based on the Company’s performance in these areas. The Compensation Committee determined to provide 
for 25% vesting upon achievement of the 2019 Performance Targets and time-based vesting for the remaining award shares over the 
subsequent 36 months such that the 2019 Performance-Based Equity Awards both incentivizes corporate financial performance and provides 
retention value for each NEO.  

42 

 
  
Change in Control and Severance Benefits  

We provide our NEOs with certain change in control and severance benefits under our Amended and Restated Executive 
Change in Control and Severance Plan (“CICSP”), which our Compensation Committee adopted in July 2010. In September 2017, our 
Compensation Committee amended the CICSP to expand eligibility to include additional members of senior management and to 
amend certain benefits in the event of a termination in connection with a change in control. Our Compensation Committee provides 
change in control and severance benefits to our senior management to, among other things, provide security to our NEOs including in 
the event of a change in control of the Company.  

Under the CICSP, in the event an eligible NEO’s employment with us is terminated by us other than for Cause (as defined in the 
CICSP), death or disability and such termination is outside of the Change in Control Period (as defined below), he or she is eligible to 
receive (i) a cash severance payment in an amount equal to 12 months of base salary and a pro-rata portion of the eligible NEO’s 
annual bonus opportunity at target, (ii) 12 months accelerated vesting of equity awards and (iii) 12 months of health insurance benefit 
continuation, subject to certain exceptions.  

In the event an eligible NEO’s employment with us is terminated by us other than for Cause, or the eligible NEO terminates his 

or her employment for Good Reason (as defined in the CICSP) during a period of time commencing 60 days prior to a change in 
control and ending 12 months following the change in control (the “Change in Control Period”), he or she is eligible to receive (i) a 
cash severance payment in an amount equal to: 24 months of base salary (in the case of Mr. Russo) or 12 months of base salary (in the 
case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings); 200% of the annual bonus opportunity at target (in the case of Mr. Russo) or 100% 
of the annual bonus opportunity at target (in the case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings); and a pro-rata portion the eligible 
NEO’s annual bonus opportunity at target, subject to attainment of the performance criteria with respect to the eligible NEO’s bonus 
opportunity, (ii) 100% acceleration of all equity awards and (iii) 24 months of health insurance benefit continuation (in the case of 
Mr. Russo) or 12 months of health insurance benefit continuation (in the case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings), in each case 
subject to certain exceptions.  

Our NEOs must execute, and not revoke during any applicable revocation period, a general release of claims against us in order 

to be eligible for any severance benefits. We do not provide for any tax gross-up payments under our CICSP or otherwise in 
connection with executive severance benefits.  

Benefits  

We provide the following benefits, as applicable to all employees, including our NEOs:  

•  medical, dental and vision insurance  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment and business travel and accident insurance  

employee assistance program  

health and dependent care flexible spending accounts  

transportation flexible spending accounts  

employee stock purchase plans  

short- and long-term disability  

401(k) plan for U.S. employees  

•  Registered Retirement Savings Plan for Canadian employees, including for Mr. Weening, and a pension plan for 

employees in certain other countries outside of the U.S. and Canada  

• 

health club membership reimbursement  

Perquisites  

Our NEOs participate in the same benefit programs as other employees and do not receive any other perquisites.  

43 

 
  
Clawback Policy  

In early 2019, we adopted a clawback policy that applies to all executive officers and covers all compensation under the cash 

incentive programs and all equity awards granted or awarded after the date the policy was adopted. The policy applies in the event our 
financial statements are restated as a result of material non-compliance with financial reporting rules and provides our Board of 
Directors with broad discretion as to what actions may be taken based on circumstances leading to the restatement, including recovery 
of incentive-based compensation received by an executive officer in excess of what the executive officer would have been paid under 
the restatement. Our Compensation Committee monitors regulatory developments with respect to compensation policies and will 
recommend to our Board of Directors any changes to the current policy that are necessary or appropriate in light of guidance issued by 
the SEC.  

Policy Prohibiting Speculative Transactions and Hedging or Pledging  

In accordance with our insider trading policy, we do not permit any officer, director or employee, and their respective family 
members, to directly or indirectly participate in certain trading activities related to our common stock that are considered aggressive or 
speculative in nature, including short sales, publicly traded options, hedging transactions, margin purchases and pledging our common 
stock.  

Tax and Accounting Considerations  

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code  

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code disallows a tax deduction for “excess parachute payments” and Section 4999 of the 
Code imposes a 20% excise tax on any person who receives excess parachute payments. Our NEOs are not eligible to receive any tax 
gross-up payments in the event any payments made or that may be made to them become subject to this excise tax. The Compensation 
Committee will take into account the implications of Section 280G in determining potential payments to be made to our executives in 
connection with a change in control. Nevertheless, to the extent that certain payments upon a change in control are classified as excess 
parachute payments, such payments may not be deductible under Section 280G.  

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code  

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which governs the form and timing of payment of deferred compensation, imposes 
a 20% tax and an interest penalty on the recipient of deferred compensation that is subject to but does not comply with Section 409A. 
As a general matter, it is our intention to design and administer our compensation and benefits plans and arrangements for all of our 
employees and other service providers, including our NEOs, so that they are either exempt from, or satisfy the requirements of, 
Section 409A of the Code. The Compensation Committee will take into account the implications of Section 409A in determining the 
form and timing of compensation awarded to our executives and will strive to structure any nonqualified deferred compensation plans 
or arrangements to be exempt from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.  

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code  

Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1 million in 

any taxable year for our CEO, our CFO, any employee who is one of the top three highest compensated executive officers for the tax 
year; or for any employee who was a covered employee for any preceding taxable year beginning after December 31, 2016 referred to 
as “covered employees.” Further, since the enactment of tax reform legislation on December 22, 2017 (the “2017 Tax Reform Act”), 
“qualified performance-based compensation” is exempt from this $1 million limitation only if payable pursuant to a written binding 
contract in effect on November 2, 2017 (and that has not subsequently been materially modified). The Compensation Committee has 
not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation and as a result of 
the 2017 Tax Reform Act, a deduction for any compensation paid to our NEOs in excess of $1 million is disallowed.  

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation  

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”) for our 
stock-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their stock-based 
awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-
based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to render service in exchange for the award. 
Grants of stock options, restricted stock, RSUs and other stock-based awards under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted 
for under ASC Topic 718. Our Compensation Committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant 
compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As 
accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with 
our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.  

44 

 
  
Summary Compensation Table  

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs during 2018, 2017 and 2016.  

Name and Principal Position 

Carl Russo 

President and Chief Executive Officer  

Cory Sindelar (4)  

Chief Financial Officer 

Michael Weening (5) 

Executive Vice President, Field Operations 

Gregory Billings (6) 

Senior Vice President, Services 

Year  

Salary 
($)  

Bonus 
($)  

Non-Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Compensation 
($) (2)  

Option 
Awards 
($) (1)  

All Other 
Compensation 
($) (3)  

Total 
($)  

—      
—     
  2018    500,000   
—       1,440,222   
  2017    500,000   
—      
—     
  2016    500,000   
383,670   
—      
  2018    336,000   
—       1,026,959   
  2017    73,846   
  2018    336,000   
724,710   
—      
   2017    320,000    140,000     1,012,738   
  2016    166,154    50,000     1,249,098   
447,615   
  2018    300,000   
—      
721,066   
  2017    300,000    85,000    

—     
—     
225,000   
86,800   
—     
142,145   
59,293   
144,450   
82,500   
—     

—      500,000   
—     1,940,222   
—      725,000   
6,979    813,449   
102,215   1,203,020   
7,703   1,210,558   
5,813   1,537,844   
2,066   1,611,768   
8,250    838,365   
7,691   1,113,757   

(1)  Amounts reported in 2018 represent the incremental value to the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards granted to Messrs. 

Sindelar, Weening and Billings as a result of the November 2018 modification to the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards, 
which were originally granted in 2017. This incremental value as reported for 2018 was calculated in accordance with ASC 
Topic 718, excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions, assumes 100% performance 
and are not adjusted for subsequent changes in our stock performance or the level of ultimate vesting. For a further discussion 
on these performance-based stock option awards, see above under “Performance-Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance.” 
For a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuations of the stock options, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

(2)  Amounts reported for Mr. Weening in 2018 include $4,945 in payment in 2018 under the 2016 sales-based incentive 

compensation plan for shipments against bookings Mr. Weening attained in 2016. Mr. Weening no longer participated in the 
sales-based incentive compensation plan as of January 1, 2017.  

(3)  Amounts reported for 2018 represent (i) employer matching contributions of $6,979 we made for Mr. Sindelar pursuant to our 
U.S. 401(k) Plan, (ii) employer matching contributions of $7,703 we made for Mr. Weening to the Canadian Registered 
Retirement Savings Plan (“RRSP”), a tax-deferred capital accumulation plan in which our Canadian employees can participate 
and (iii) employer matching contributions of $8,250 we made for Mr. Billings pursuant to our U.S. 401(k) Plan, Payments under 
the RRSP are set in Canadian dollars and were converted to U.S. dollars using an average exchange rate of CAD1.00 to 
US$0.7697. Amount reported for Mr. Sindelar in 2017 represent (i) compensation in the amount of $100,000 we made to 
Mr. Sindelar under a consulting arrangement pursuant to which Mr. Sindelar served as our interim chief financial officer and 
principal financial officer and (ii) employer matching contributions of $2,215 we made for Mr. Sindelar pursuant to our U.S. 
401(k) Plan.  

(4)  Mr. Sindelar’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018.  
(5)  Mr. Weening’s base salary increased from $320,000 to $352,000 effective July 1, 2018.  
(6)  Mr. Billings’ employment with Calix commenced on December 19, 2016. He was designated a named executive officer for 

2017 and 2018.  

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2018  

The following table lists grants of plan-based awards to our NEOs in 2018 and their related fair value as of the respective grant 

date.  

Name 
Carl Russo 
Cory Sindelar 

Michael Weening  

Gregory Billings   

Estimated Possible 
Payouts Under 
Non-Equity Incentive 
Plan Awards  

Target 
($) (1)  

Estimated Possible 
Payouts Under Equity 
Incentive Plan Awards  

Target 
(#)  

500,000   
201,600   
—     
302,400   
—     
165,000   
—     

—   
—   
108,000 (2) 
—   
204,000 (2) 
—   
126,000 (2) 

Exercise 
or Base 
Price of 
Option 
Awards 
($/Sh)  
  —   
  —   
5.95 
  —   
5.95 
  —   
5.95 

Grant Date 
Fair Value 
of Option 
and Stock 
Awards 
($) (3)  

—    
—    
    383,670  
—    
    724,710  
—    
    447,615  

Grant 
Date  

—    
—    

  12/29/2017 (2) 

—    

  12/29/2017 (2) 

—    

  12/29/2017 (2) 

(1)  These amounts represent possible payouts if the incentive plan performance goals are achieved at target level under our cash 

incentive plan for 2018, which do not provide for threshold or maximum levels. See discussion above under “Summary of 
Payouts of Cash Incentive Compensation.”  

(2)  Amounts reported represent shares underlying options that comprised the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards granted to 
Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings that were modified in November 2018 after originally being granted in 2017. The 
number of shares subject to such stock option grants eligible to vest are contingent upon achievement of a 2018 financial 
performance metric, with 50% of the shares earned based on performance scheduled to vest on January 1, 2019 and the 
remaining 50% scheduled to vest in substantially equal installments over the subsequent 24 months. In February 2019, the 
Compensation Committee certified attainment of the 2018 performance metric. See discussion above under “Performance 
Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance.”  

(3)  Amounts reported represent the incremental value to the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards granted to Messrs. Sindelar, 
Weening and Billings that were modified in November 2018 after originally being granted in 2017. This incremental value was 
calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting 
conditions, assumes 100% performance and are not adjusted for subsequent changes in our stock performance or the level of 
ultimate vesting. See discussion above under “Performance-Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance.” For a discussion of 
the assumptions used in the valuations of the stock options, see Note 7 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2018  

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2018.  

Name 

Carl Russo 

Cory Sindelar 

Michael Weening   

Gregory Billings 

Grant 
Date  
1/28/2014 
2/21/2013 
2/24/2011 
12/29/2017 
10/1/2017 
12/29/2017 
6/27/2016 
12/29/2017 
  11/1/2017  
  12/21/2016  

Option Awards  

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised 
Options Exercisable 
(#)  

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised 
Options Unexercisable 
(#)  

Equity Incentive Plan 
Awards: Number of 
Securities Underlying 
Unexercised Unearned 
Options 
(#)  

120,000   
200,000   
100,000   
—     
75,000   
—     
237,500   
—     
25,000   
150,000   

—    
—    
—    
—    
225,000 (2) 
—    
142,500 (2) 
—    
25,000 (3) 
150,000 (2) 

—    
—    
—    

  108,000 (1) 

—    

  204,000 (1) 

—    

  126,000 (1) 

—    
—    

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($)  

Option 
Expiration 
Date  
1/28/2024 
8.18 
2/21/2023 
8.41 
19.75 
2/24/2021 
5.95  12/29/2027 
5.05 
10/1/2027 
5.95  12/29/2027 
6.38 
6/27/2026 
5.95  12/29/2027 
5.45 
11/1/2027 
7.70  12/21/2026 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(1)  Represents the 2018 Performance-Based Equity Awards that vest based on attainment of 2018 financial performance metrics, 
with 50% of the shares earned based on performance vesting on January 1, 2019 and the remaining 50% scheduled to vest in 
substantially equal installments over the subsequent 24 months. In February 2019, the Compensation Committee certified 
attainment of the 2018 performance metric. At his election, Mr. Russo did not receive a 2018 Performance-Based Equity Award. 
See discussion above under “Performance-Based Grant – 2018 Financial Performance.”  

(2)  The stock option grant vests over four years, with 25% of the common stock subject to the grant vesting on the one-year 

anniversary of the grant date, and the remainder vesting quarterly thereafter in substantially equal installments over the next 36 
months, subject to the NEO’s continued employment with Calix through the applicable vesting dates.  

(3)  Represents Mr. Billings’ performance-based stock option grant pursuant to his amended offer letter. The stock option grant vests 

over four years, with 25% of the common stock subject to the grant vesting and becoming exercisable on December 19, 2017 
and the remainder vesting and becoming exercisable quarterly thereafter in substantially equal installments over the next 36 
months, subject to Mr. Billings’ continued employment with Calix through the applicable vesting dates.  

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2018  

None of our NEOs exercised stock options or held stock awards that vested during 2018. 

47 

 
  
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control  

Each of our NEOs is entitled to severance upon a termination without cause or, only during a change in control, a resignation for 

good reason under our CICSP. See the section above entitled “Change in Control and Severance Benefits” for more information 
regarding the benefits provided under our CICSP.  

The table below sets forth the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to each of our NEOs upon a termination 
of employment without cause or, following a change in control, resignation for good reason if our NEO’s employment had terminated 
on December 31, 2018 or a change in control was consummated on December 31, 2018, as applicable, taking into account the NEO’s 
compensation as of that date.  

Executive Benefits and Payments upon Termination 

Carl Russo 

Cash severance (1) 
Value of accelerated vesting of equity awards (2) 
Health insurance benefit continuation (3) 

Total  

Cory Sindelar 

Cash severance (1) 
Value of accelerated vesting of equity awards (2) 
Health insurance benefit continuation (3) 

Total  

Michael Weening 

Cash severance (1) 
Value of accelerated vesting of equity awards (2) 
Health insurance benefit continuation (3) 

Total  

Gregory Billings 

Cash severance (1) 
Value of accelerated vesting of equity awards (2) 
Health insurance benefit continuation (3) 

Total  

Involuntary Termination for Reasons Other Than 
Cause, Death or Disability, or Voluntary  Termination 
for Good Reason Only During a Change in Control  

Not in Connection with a 
Change in Control 
($)  

60 Days Prior to 
or 12 Months 
Following a 
Change in Control 
($)  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,000,000   
—     
18,967   

1,018,967   

563,200   
634,650   
18,614   

1,216,464   

668,800   
853,100   
4,927   

1,526,827   

465,000   
536,675   
34,539   

1,036,214   

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,500,000  
—    
37,913  

2,537,913  

774,400  
1,467,900  
18,614  

2,260,914  

985,600  
1,255,425  
4,927  

2,245,952  

630,000  
893,800  
34,539  

1,558,339  

(1) 

(2) 

In the event of termination not in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is eligible to receive a cash severance 
payment in an amount equal to 12 months base salary and a pro-rata portion of the eligible NEO’s annual bonus opportunity at 
target. In the event of termination in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is eligible to receive a cash 
severance payment in an amount equal to: 24 months of base salary (in the case of Mr. Russo) or 12 months of base salary (in 
the case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings); 200% of the annual bonus opportunity at target (in the case of Mr. Russo) 
or 100% of the annual bonus opportunity at target (in the case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings); and a pro-rata portion 
the eligible NEO’s annual bonus opportunity at target, subject to attainment of the performance criteria with respect to the 
eligible NEO’s bonus opportunity.  
In the event of termination not in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is eligible to receive 12 months 
accelerated vesting of equity awards. In the event of termination in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is 
eligible to receive 100% acceleration of all equity awards. The value of accelerated vesting of equity awards amounts was 
calculated based on a closing trading price of $9.75 per share at December 31, 2018. The value associated with stock option 
grants for which the per share exercise price is higher than the closing trading price of $9.75 per share is reflected as zero.  

48 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
(3) 

In the event of termination not in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is eligible to receive 12 months of 
health insurance benefit continuation. In the event of termination in connection with a Change in Control, an eligible NEO is 
eligible to receive) 24 months of health insurance benefit continuation (in the case of Mr. Russo) or 12 months of health 
insurance benefit continuation (in the case of Messrs. Sindelar, Weening and Billings).  

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification  

Calix’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that limit the liability of Calix’s directors for 

monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, Calix’s directors will not be personally liable to 
Calix or Calix’s stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to Calix or Calix’s stockholders;  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware 
General Corporation Law; or  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  

Calix’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that Calix is required to 

indemnify Calix’s directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Calix’s amended and restated 
bylaws also provide that Calix is obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of 
any action or proceeding, and permit Calix to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any 
liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether Calix would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or 
her under the provisions of Delaware law. Calix has entered into and expects to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify Calix’s 
directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by the Board. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for 
indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred 
by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. Calix believes that these provisions and indemnification agreements are 
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. Calix also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance.  

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in Calix’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and 
amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against Calix’s directors and officers for breach of 
their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against Calix’s directors and officers, even though an 
action, if successful, might benefit Calix and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the 
extent that Calix pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification 
provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to Calix’s directors, officers and 
controlling persons under the above provisions, or otherwise, Calix has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such 
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. At present, there is no 
pending litigation or proceeding involving any of Calix’s directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and 
Calix is not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.  

CEO PAY RATIO  

As required by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 402(u) of 
Regulation S-K, we are required to disclose the ratio of our principal executive officer’s annual total compensation to the annual total 
compensation of our median employee.  

During fiscal 2018, Mr. Russo was the principal executive officer of Calix. For 2018, the annual total compensation for 
Mr. Russo was $500,000, as disclosed under the Summary Compensation Table above, and the annual total compensation for our 
median employee was $133,788, calculated using the same methodology as applied for Mr. Russo in the Summary Compensation 
Table above, resulting in a pay ratio of approximately 4:1.  

Due to restructuring activities in the first half of 2018 that resulted in a shift in our employee population, we determined to 

reidentify the median employee for 2018. In accordance with Item 402(u) of Regulation S-K, and consistent with the process 
developed to identify the median employee for 2017, we identified the median employee for 2018 by (i) aggregating for each 
applicable employee, as of October 1, 2018 (the median employee determination date): (A) annual base salary for permanent salaried 
employees, or hourly rate multiplied by expected work schedule, for hourly employees and (B) the target incentive compensation for 
2018, and (ii) ranking this compensation measure for our employees from lowest to highest. This calculation was performed for all 
employees, excluding Mr. Russo, whether employed on a full-time, part-time or seasonal basis.  

49 

 
We believe the pay ratio reported above is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules. Because the 
SEC rules allow companies to utilize different methodologies and companies have different employee populations and compensation 
practices, the pay ratio reported by other companies may not be comparable to the pay ratio reported above.  

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION  

Our Compensation Committee reviews compensation for our non-employee directors on an annual basis, taking into 

consideration market data for our peer group, recommendations from Radford based on market data analysis and governance 
considerations issued by proxy advisory firms. Compensation for our non-employee directors consists of cash retainers for service on 
the Board and Board committees, with an initial equity award granted upon joining the Board and an annual equity award granted on 
the date of each annual meeting of stockholders. We do not provide for any per meeting fees for attendance at meetings. Members of 
the Board who are employees of Calix do not receive any additional compensation for their service as directors.  

Cash Compensation  

Under Calix’s Non-Employee Director Cash Compensation Policy, directors who were not employed by Calix or one of our 
affiliates received the following cash retainers for their service on the Board (including service on committees of the Board) during 
2018:  

Base Retainer 
Board and Committee Chair Service Premiums (in addition to Base Retainer) 

Board Chair 
Audit Committee Chair 
Compensation Committee Chair 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Chair 
Cybersecurity Committee Chair 
Strategic Committee Chair 

Non-Chair Committee Service Premiums (in addition to Base Retainer) 

Audit Committee 
Compensation Committee 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
Cybersecurity Committee 
Strategic Committee  

Amount  
$ 40,000   

  40,000   
  35,000   
  20,000   
  10,000   
  10,000   
  10,000   

  10,000   
  7,500   
  5,000   
  5,000   
  5,000   

Except for the addition of retainers for the Cybersecurity Committee upon the formation of that Committee in 2017 and for the 

Strategic Committee upon the formation of that Committee in 2018, the cash retainers for the Board have remained the same since 
2014.  

Equity Compensation  

Under our Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, non-employee directors will automatically be granted RSUs 

valued at $200,000 (based on the per share closing price of our common stock on the date such director commences service) upon 
their election or appointment to the Board. The initial grant is prorated based on the non-employee director’s start date through the 
applicable vesting date and will vest with respect to 100% of the RSUs on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant 
or the day immediately preceding the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders following the year of grant.  

Each director who is a non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of stockholders (provided that such 

director has served as a director for at least six months prior to such date) will also automatically be granted RSUs valued at $120,000 
(based on the per share closing price of our common stock on the date of such annual meeting of stockholders). The annual grants vest 
as to 100% of the RSUs on the day immediately prior to the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders following the date of 
grant, subject to continued service to Calix through the applicable vesting date.  

Members of the Board who are Calix employees and who subsequently terminate employment with Calix and remain on the 
Board are not eligible for initial grants of RSUs but are eligible, after termination of employment with Calix, for annual grants of 
RSUs.  

50 

 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
All options, RSUs and other equity awards held by a non-employee director, regardless of when granted, automatically 

accelerate in the event of a change in control of Calix.  

Director Stock Ownership  

Under our director stock ownership guidelines, each director is expected to acquire and maintain ownership of Calix common 

stock having a value of no less than four (4) times the annual Board cash retainer, which achievement of the requisite stock ownership 
expected on or before the date five years after the initial appointment date of such director. If a director fails to meet these guidelines, 
shares from such director’s annual equity grants will be held until the guidelines are met. Each of our directors is currently in 
compliance with our director stock ownership guidelines.  

Other Arrangements  

We reimburse non-employee directors for travel, lodging and other expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at 

Board and committee meetings.  

Director Compensation Table  

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended 

December 31, 2018.  

Name 

Don Listwin 
Christopher Bowick 
Kathy Crusco 
Kevin DeNuccio   
Michael Everett 
Michael Flynn (2) 
Kira Makagon 
Michael Matthews 
Kevin Peters 
J. Daniel Plants 

Fees Earned or 
Paid in Cash  

$ 

100,996  
55,295  
53,159  
50,618  
75,000  
24,464  
45,000  
55,000  
55,000  
35,259  

Stock 
Awards (1)  
$ 120,000  
  120,000  
  120,000  
  120,000  
  120,000  
—    
  120,000  
  120,000  
  120,000  
  199,999  

Total  
$ 220,996  
  175,295  
  173,159  
  170,618  
  195,000  
24,464  
  165,000  
  175,000  
  175,000  
  235,258  

(1)  Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of RSUs granted in 2018 calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718 for share-based 
payment transactions and exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. We value 
RSUs based on the closing trading price of our common stock on the date of grant. Mr. Plants’ initial RSU grant upon his 
appointment to the Board was calculated based on a value of $200,000 divided by the per share closing price of our common 
stock on March 14, 2018, the date Mr. Plants commenced service as a director, and rounded down to the nearest whole share.  

(2)  Mr. Flynn retired from the Board effective as of the Annual Meeting on May 16, 2018.  

As of December 31, 2018, outstanding options and RSUs held by our current non-employee directors were as follows:  

Name 

Don Listwin 
Christopher Bowick 
Kathy Crusco 
Kevin DeNuccio   
Michael Everett 
Kira Makagon 
Michael Matthews 
Kevin Peters 
J. Daniel Plants 

Stock Options (#)  

7,500    
—      
—      
—      
10,000    
—      
12,500    
—      
—      

Restricted Stock Units (#)  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
18,320  
27,586  

51 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION  

The following table provides certain information as of December 31, 2018, with respect to all of our equity compensation plans 

in effect on that date.  

Number of 
Securities to 
be Issued 
Upon 
Exercise of 
Outstanding 
Options and 
Restricted 
Stock Units 
(a)  

Weighted- 
Average 
Exercise 
Price of 
Outstanding 
Options 
(b)  

Number of 
Securities 
Remaining 
Available for 
Future 
Issuance 
Under Equity 
Compensation 
Plans 
(Excluding 
Securities 
Reflected in 
Column(a))  

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders (1) 
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders (2) 

  4,992,157 (3) $ 
300,000    $ 

7.58  (4) 
5.05 

6,619,186 (6) 

—   

Total 

  5,292,157    $ 

7.40  (4)(5)   

6,619,186 

(1) 

Includes our Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan, Amended and Restated Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan and Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Also includes 17,101 stock 
options assumed through our acquisition of Occam Networks in 2011.  

(2)  Consists of a Nonstatutory Inducement Stock Option Grant, which constitutes an employment inducement award for 

Mr. Sindelar under NYSE Listed Company Manual Rule 303A.08 that was approved by the Compensation Committee on 
September 28, 2017. The NYSE approved the Supplemental Listing Application for the Inducement Award on October 30, 
2017. The Nonstatutory Inducement Stock Option Grant was awarded on October 1, 2017 and provides Mr. Sindelar the right to 
purchase up to 300,000 shares of our common stock for an exercise price of $5.05 per share. The Nonstatutory Inducement 
Stock Option Grant has a term of 10 years and vests and becomes exercisable over four years from the date of grant. In the event 
of a termination of Mr. Sindelar’s employment, the unvested portion of the Nonstatutory Inducement Stock Option Grant would 
be immediately forfeited and Mr. Sindelar would have three months, or 12 months in the case of death or disability, to exercise 
the vested portion of the option.  
Includes 850,068 shares of common stock subject to RSUs, including performance-based RSUs, that will entitle each holder the 
issuance of one share of common stock for each unit and 4,142,089 shares of common stock subject to stock options.  

(3) 

(4)  The weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options excludes RSUs, which do not have an exercise price.  
(5)  The weighted-average remaining term for outstanding options is 7.3 years.  
(6) 

Includes 1,549,569 shares available for future issuance under the Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 
2,763,889 shares available for future issuance under the Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan and 2,305,728 shares available for future issuance under the 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan. The 2010 Equity Incentive 
Award Plan contains an “evergreen” provision under which the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under 
the plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year through 2020, equal to the lesser of (A) 666,666 shares, (B) 2% of 
the shares of stock outstanding (on an as converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (C) such 
smaller number of shares of stock as determined by our Board.  

52 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT  

The information contained in this report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” to be “filed” with the SEC or be 
subject to Regulation 14A or Regulation 14C (other than as provided in Item 407 of Regulation S-K) or to the liabilities of Section 18 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC except 
to the extent that Calix specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934.  

The Compensation Committee of the Board has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by 

Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee of the 
Board recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Proxy Statement.  

Compensation Committee 

Christopher Bowick, Chair 
Kevin DeNuccio 
Don Listwin 

53 

 
  
  
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT 

The information contained in this report shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material,” to be “filed” with the SEC or be 
subject to Regulation 14A or Regulation 14C (other than as provided in Item 407 of Regulation S-K) or to the liabilities of Section 18 
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC except 
to the extent that Calix specifically incorporates it by reference into a document filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934.  

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with Calix management and KPMG LLP the audited consolidated financial 

statements of Calix contained in the Calix Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Audit Committee 
has also discussed with KPMG LLP the matters required to be discussed by AS No. 1301, as amended, as adopted by the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T.  

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from KPMG LLP required by the Public Company 

Accounting Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning 
independence and has discussed with KPMG LLP its independence.  

Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the 

audited consolidated financial statements be included in Calix’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its year ended December 31, 2018 
for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

Audit Committee 

Michael Everett, Chair 
Kathy Crusco 
Michael Matthews 

54 

 
  
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

Calix’s Board and Audit Committee have adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the policies and 
procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions that may be deemed “related person transactions” 
under the rules of the SEC. This policy covers any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, 
arrangements or relationships, in which Calix was or is to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person 
had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the 
related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment 
by Calix of a related person. For purposes of the policy, a “related person” is a director, officer or greater than 5% beneficial owner of 
Calix’s stock and their immediate family members.  

Calix recognizes that related person transactions can present potential or actual conflicts of interest or create the appearance of a 
conflict of interest. Management presents to the Audit Committee each proposed related person transaction, including all relevant facts 
and circumstances, and the Audit Committee reviews the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, 
including if the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in arm’s length dealings with an unrelated third 
party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction, takes into account the conflicts of interest and corporate 
opportunity provisions of Calix’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and either approves or disapproves the related person 
transaction. Any related person transaction may be consummated and shall continue only if the Audit Committee has approved or 
ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. No director may participate in approval of a related 
person transaction for which he or she is a related person. As required under rules issued by the SEC, transactions that are determined 
to be directly or indirectly material to a related person are or will be disclosed in Calix’s proxy statements.  

During fiscal year 2018, Calix has not participated in any transactions, nor are there any currently proposed transactions in 
which Calix will participate, where the amount involved exceeds, or would exceed, $120,000, and in which any related person had or 
will have a direct or indirect material interest.  

HOUSEHOLDING OF PROXY MATERIALS  

The SEC has adopted rules that permit companies and intermediaries (e.g., brokers) to satisfy the delivery requirements for 
Notices of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, proxy statements and annual reports with respect to two or more stockholders 
sharing the same address by delivering a single Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials, or proxy statement and annual 
report, as applicable, addressed to those stockholders. This process, which is commonly referred to as “householding,” potentially 
means extra convenience for stockholders and cost savings for companies.  

This year, a number of brokers with account holders who are Calix stockholders will be “householding” our proxy materials. A 
single Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials may be delivered to multiple stockholders sharing an address unless contrary 
instructions have been received from the affected stockholders. Once you have received notice from your broker that it will be 
“householding” communications to your address, “householding” will continue until you are notified otherwise or until you notify 
your broker or Calix that you no longer wish to participate in “householding.”  

If, at any time, you no longer wish to participate in “householding” and would prefer to receive a separate Notice of Internet 
Availability of Proxy Materials, you may (1) notify your broker, (2) direct your written request to: Investor Relations, Calix, Inc., 
2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95134 or (3) contact our Investor Relations department by telephone at (408) 474-0080. 
Stockholders who currently receive multiple copies of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials at their address and 
would like to request “householding” of their communications should contact their broker. In addition, Calix will promptly deliver, 
upon written or oral request to the address or telephone number above, a separate copy of the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy 
Materials to a stockholder at a shared address to which a single copy of the documents was delivered.  

The Board knows of no other matters that will be presented for consideration at the Annual Meeting. If any other matters are 

properly brought before the Annual Meeting, it is the intention of the persons named in the proxy card to vote on such matters in 
accordance with their best judgment.  

OTHER MATTERS  

55 

 
ANNUAL REPORTS  

The 2018 Annual Report to Stockholders, including our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K (which is not a part of our proxy 

soliciting materials), will be mailed with this Proxy Statement to those stockholders that request and receive a copy of the proxy 
materials in the mail. Stockholders that received the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials can access this Proxy Statement 
and our 2018 Annual Report at www.proxyvote.com.  

We have filed our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 with the SEC. It is available free of 
charge in the “SEC Filings” section of our website at investor-relations.calix.com or at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon 
written request by a Calix stockholder, we will mail without charge a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the 
financial statements and financial statement schedules, but excluding exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K. Exhibits to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K are available upon payment of a reasonable fee, which is limited to our expenses in furnishing the 
requested exhibit. All requests should be directed to Investor Relations, Calix, Inc., 2777 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 
95134.  

By Order of the Board of Directors 

April 2, 2019 

Suzanne Tom 
Corporate Secretary 

56 

 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
CALIX, INC.  
2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN  

ARTICLE 1.  

PURPOSE  

Appendix A  

The purpose of the Calix, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Award Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the 
“Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of Calix, Inc. (the “Company”) by linking the individual interests of the 
members of the Board, Employees and Consultants to those of Company stockholders and by providing such individuals with an 
incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to Company stockholders. The Plan is further intended to provide 
flexibility to the Company in its ability to attract, incentivize and retain the services of members of the Board, Employees and 
Consultants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.  

ARTICLE 2.  

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION  

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly 

indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.  

2.1 “Administrator” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article 11. With 

reference to the duties of the Committee under the Plan which have been delegated to one or more persons pursuant to Section 11.6, or 
as to which the Board has assumed, the term “Administrator” shall refer to such person(s) unless the Committee or the Board has 
revoked such delegation or the Board has terminated the assumption of such duties.  

2.2 “Applicable Accounting Standards” shall mean Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States, International 

Financial Reporting Standards or such other accounting principles or standards as may apply to the Company’s financial statements 
under United States federal securities laws from time to time.  

2.3 “Applicable Law” shall mean any applicable law, including without limitation: (a) provisions of the Code, the Securities 
Act, the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations thereunder; (b) corporate, securities, tax or other laws, statutes, rules, requirements 
or regulations, whether federal, state, local or foreign; and (c) rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on 
which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded.  

2.4 Reserved.  

2.5 “Award” shall mean an Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock Unit award, an 

Other Stock or Cash Based Award or a Dividend Equivalent award, which may be awarded or granted under the Plan.  

2.6 “Award Agreement” shall mean any written notice, agreement, terms and conditions, contract or other instrument or 
document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium, which shall contain such terms and conditions with respect to 
an Award as the Administrator shall determine consistent with the Plan.  

2.7 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.  

2.8 “Cause” shall mean (a) a Holder (i) has committed willful fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) has repeatedly 

failed to execute the duties and responsibilities of Holder’s service to the Company as reasonably requested by Company’s 
management, or (iii) has committed an incurable material breach of the Company’s Confidential Information and Invention 
Assignment Agreement, or (b) Holder has been convicted of, or has admitted culpability with respect to, a felony or a crime involving 
moral turpitude causing material harm to the standing or reputation of Company, in each case as determined in good faith by the 
Administrator.  

A-1 

 
  
2.9 “Change in Control” shall mean and includes each of the following:  

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a 

registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as 
such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its parents or subsidiaries, 
an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or 
indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial 
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the 
total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or  

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board 
together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the 
Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.9(a) or Section 2.9(c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election 
by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were 
directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for 
any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or  

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company 

through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other 
disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the 
acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:  

(i) Which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to 
represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result 
of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s 
assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or 
indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after 
the transaction, and  

(ii) After which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined 

voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this 
Section 2.9(c)(ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the 
voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or  

(d) The Company’s stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.  

In addition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award which provides for the deferral of 

compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) with 
respect to such Award must also constitute a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) to the 
extent required by Section 409A.  

The Committee shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a 

Change in Control of the Company has occurred pursuant to the above definition, and the date of the occurrence of such Change in 
Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.  

2.10 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, together with the regulations and 

official guidance promulgated thereunder, whether issued prior or subsequent to the grant of any Award.  

2.11 “Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board, or another committee or subcommittee of the Board 

or the Compensation Committee of the Board described in Article 11 hereof.  

2.12 “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.  

2.13 “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.  

A-2 

 
  
2.14 “Constructive Termination” shall mean Holder’s resignation that constitutes a Termination of Service following (a) a 

material reduction (without Holder’s written consent) in Holder’s title, job duties, responsibilities and job requirements inconsistent 
with Holder’s position with Company and Holder’s prior duties, responsibilities and requirements taking into account the differences 
in job title and duties that are normally occasioned by reason of an acquisition of one company by another and that do not actually 
result in a material change in duties, responsibilities and requirements; (b) a material reduction of a Holder’s base compensation 
without the Holder’s written consent (except an equal, across-the-board reduction in the compensation of all similarly-situated 
employees of Company or the surviving entity that is approved by the Board); or (c) the relocation of Holder’s principal office that 
increases Holder’s one way commute more than thirty-five (35) miles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a resignation shall not 
constitute a “Constructive Termination” unless the event or condition giving rise to such resignation continues more than thirty 
(30) days following the Holder’s written notice of such condition provided to the Company within ninety (90) days of the first 
occurrence of such event or condition and such resignation is effective within thirty (30) days following the end of such notice period.  

2.15 “Consultant” shall mean any consultant or adviser engaged to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary who 
qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on 
a Form S-8 Registration Statement.  

2.16 “Director” shall mean a member of the Board, as constituted from time to time.  

2.17 “Director Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.  

2.18 “Dividend Equivalent” shall mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares, 

awarded under Section 9.2.  

2.19 “DRO” shall mean a “domestic relations order” as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income 

Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, or the rules thereunder.  

2.20 “Effective Date” shall mean the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s 

stockholders.  

2.21 “Eligible Individual” shall mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or a Non-Employee Director, as determined 

by the Administrator.  

2.22 “Employee” shall mean any officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and 

the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Subsidiary.  

2.23 “Equity Restructuring” shall mean a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock 
dividend, stock split, spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number 
or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes a change in 
the per-share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.  

2.24 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.  

2.25 “Expiration Date” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 12.1(c).  

2.26 “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a Share determined as follows:  

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the 
NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market), (ii) listed on any national market 
system or (iii) quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a Share 
as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing 
sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other 
source as the Administrator deems reliable;  

(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated 

quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean 
of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high 
bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street 
Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or  

A-3 

 
  
(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated 

quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the 
Administrator in good faith.  

2.27 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” shall mean an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) 
more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation (as defined in 
Section 424(f) of the Code) or parent corporation thereof (as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code).  

2.28 “Holder” shall mean a person who has been granted an Award.  

2.29 “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option and conforms to the 

applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  

2.30 “Non-Employee Director” shall mean a Director of the Company who is not an Employee.  

2.31 “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.  

2.32 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option or which is designated as an 

Incentive Stock Option but does not meet the applicable requirements of Section 422 of the Code.  

2.33 “Option” shall mean a right to purchase Shares at a specified exercise price, granted under Article 5. An Option shall be 

either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that Options granted to Non-Employee 
Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Stock Options.  

2.34 “Option Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.  

2.35 “Organizational Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Company’s articles of incorporation, certificate of 

incorporation, bylaws or other similar organizational documents relating to the creation and governance of the Company, and (b) the 
Committee’s charter or other similar organizational documentation relating to the creation and governance of the Committee.  

2.36 “Other Stock or Cash Based Award” shall mean a cash payment, cash bonus award, stock payment, stock bonus award, 
performance award or incentive award that is paid in cash, Shares or a combination of both, awarded under Section 9.1, which may 
include, without limitation, deferred stock, deferred stock units, performance awards, retainers, committee fees and meeting-based 
fees.  

2.37 “Permitted Transferee” shall mean, with respect to a Holder, any “family member” of the Holder, as defined in the General 

Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (or any successor form thereto), or any other transferee 
specifically approved by the Administrator after taking into account Applicable Law.  

2.38 “Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 1.  

2.39 “Prior Plans” shall mean, collectively, the following plans of the Company: the Calix Networks, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive 

Award Plan, the Calix Networks, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and the Calix Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan, as each 
such plan may be amended from time to time.  

2.40 “Program” shall mean any program adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the Plan containing the terms and conditions 
intended to govern a specified type of Award granted under the Plan and pursuant to which such type of Award may be granted under 
the Plan.  

2.41 “Restricted Stock” shall mean Common Stock awarded under Article 7 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be 

subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.  

2.42 “Restricted Stock Units” shall mean the right to receive Shares awarded under Article 8.  

2.43 “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive 

guidance issued thereunder, including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective 
Date.  

2.44 “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  

A-4 

 
  
2.45 “Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock.  

2.46 “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean an Award entitling the Holder (or other person entitled to exercise pursuant to the 

Plan) to exercise all or a specified portion thereof (to the extent then exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the 
Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of such Award 
from the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of such Award by the number of Shares with respect to which such Award shall 
have been exercised, subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.  

2.47 “SAR Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.  

2.48 “Subsidiary” shall mean any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities 
beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the 
determination, securities or interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of 
securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.  

2.49 “Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a 
merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock, in any case, upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, 
outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity; provided, however, that in no event shall the term 
“Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock 
Appreciation Right.  

2.50 “Termination of Service” shall mean:  

(a) As to a Consultant, the time when the engagement of a Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is 
terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, without limitation, by resignation, discharge, death or retirement, but 
excluding terminations where the Consultant simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or 
any Subsidiary.  

(b) As to a Non-Employee Director, the time when a Holder who is a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director for 

any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding 
terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary.  

(c) As to an Employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Holder and the Company or any 
Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or 
retirement; but excluding terminations where the Holder simultaneously commences or remains in employment or service with the 
Company or any Subsidiary.  

The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to any Termination of 

Service, including, without limitation, whether a Termination of Service has occurred, whether a Termination of Service resulted from 
a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided, however, 
that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the terms of any Program, Award 
Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an 
independent contractor or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to 
the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of 
the Code and the then-applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Holder’s employee-
employer relationship or consultancy relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or 
contracting with such Holder ceases to remain a Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event 
(including, without limitation, a spin-off).  

A-5 

 
  
ARTICLE 3.  

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN  

3.1 Number of Shares.  

(a) Subject to Sections 3.1(b) and 12.2, the aggregate number of Shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to 
Awards under the Plan is (i) 1,700,000 plus (ii) that number of Shares that are available for issuance under the Calix Networks, Inc. 
2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan as of the Effective Date plus (iii) that number of Shares that are subject to equity awards granted 
under the Prior Plans which are outstanding as of the Effective Date and thereafter terminate, expire, lapse or are forfeited for any 
reason and which following the termination, expiration, lapse or forfeiture of such awards do not again become available for issuance 
under the Prior Plans; provided that no more than 1,700,000 Shares may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. Any 
Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Common Stock, treasury 
Common Stock or Common Stock purchased on the open market.  

(b) To the extent all or a portion of an Award or Prior Plan award is forfeited, expires or such Award, Prior Plan award or 
portion thereof is settled for cash (in whole or in part), the Shares subject to such Award, Prior Plan award or portion thereof, shall, to 
the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement, again be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan. Any Shares 
tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any Award shall again be available 
for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock repurchased by the Company prior to vesting so that 
such shares are returned to the Company will again be available for Awards.  

(c) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan, except as may be required by reason 

of Section 422 of the Code. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the 
Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its stockholders and not adopted in 
contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as 
adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition 
or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or 
combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided 
that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the 
pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or 
providing services to the Company or its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.  

3.2 Award Vesting Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, but subject to Section 12.2 of 
the Plan, Awards granted under the Plan shall vest no earlier than the first anniversary of the date the Award is granted and no Award 
Agreement shall reduce or eliminate such minimum vesting requirement; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, 
(i) an Award may provide that such minimum vesting restrictions may lapse or be waived upon the Holder’s Termination of Service, 
(ii) Awards that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock available pursuant to Section 3.1(a) 
may be granted to any one or more Eligible Individuals without respect to such minimum vesting provisions, and (iii) for purposes of 
Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors, a vesting period shall be deemed to be one year if it runs from the date of one annual 
meeting of the Company’s stockholders to the next annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, so long as the period between such 
meetings is not less than 50 weeks.  

ARTICLE 4.  

GRANTING OF AWARDS  

4.1 Participation. The Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all Eligible Individuals, those to whom an 

Award shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award, which shall not be inconsistent with the 
requirements of the Plan. Except for any Non-Employee Director’s right to Awards that may be required pursuant to the Non-
Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy as described in Section 4.6, no Eligible Individual or other Person shall have any 
right to be granted an Award pursuant to the Plan and neither the Company nor the Administrator is obligated to treat Eligible 
Individuals, Holders or any other persons uniformly. Participation by each Holder in the Plan shall be voluntary and nothing in the 
Plan or any Program shall be construed as mandating that any Eligible Individual or other Person shall participate in the Plan.  

4.2 Award Agreement. Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and 
limitations for such Award as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (consistent with the requirements of the Plan and 
any applicable Program). Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be 
necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.  

A-6 

 
  
4.3 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award 

granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional 
limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange 
Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by 
Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to 
such applicable exemptive rule.  

4.4 At-Will Service. Nothing in the Plan or in any Program or Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon any Holder any 

right to continue in the employ of, or as a Director or Consultant for, the Company or any Subsidiary, or shall interfere with or restrict 
in any way the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any 
time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, and with or without notice, or to terminate or change all other terms and 
conditions of employment or engagement, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the 
Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary.  

4.5 Foreign Holders. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or applicable Program to the contrary, in order to comply with 

the laws in countries other than the United States in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have Employees, Non-
Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange or other 
Applicable Law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries shall 
be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; 
(c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals outside the United States to comply with Applicable 
Law (including, without limitation, applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange); (d) establish 
subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable; 
provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1 or the 
Director Limit; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with 
any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any foreign securities exchange.  

4.6 Non-Employee Director Awards.  

(a) Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that 

Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written nondiscretionary formula established by the 
Administrator (the “Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee 
Director Equity Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of 
Shares to be subject to Non-Employee Director Awards, the conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become exercisable 
and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion. The Non-
Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy may be modified by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion, and 
pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem 
relevant from time to time.  

(b) Director Limit. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan or in the Non-Employee Director Equity 

Compensation Policy, the grant date fair value of equity-based Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director during any calendar year 
shall not exceed $750,000 (the “Director Limit”).  

GRANTING OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS  

ARTICLE 5.  

5.1 Granting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals. The Administrator is authorized to grant Options 
and Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals from time to time, in its sole discretion, on such terms and conditions as it may 
determine, which shall not be inconsistent with the Plan.  

A-7 

 
  
5.2 Qualification of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Options intended to qualify as Incentive Stock 

Options only to employees of the Company, any of the Company’s present or future “parent corporations” or “subsidiary 
corporations” as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible 
to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. No person who qualifies as a Greater Than 10% Stockholder may be granted an 
Incentive Stock Option unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. To the 
extent that the aggregate fair market value of stock with respect to which “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 
of the Code, but without regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for the first time by a Holder during any calendar year 
under the Plan, and all other plans of the Company and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation thereof (as defined in 
Section 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively), exceeds $100,000, the Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options 
to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code. The rule set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking 
Options and other “incentive stock options” into account in the order in which they were granted and the fair market value of stock 
shall be determined as of the time the respective options were granted. Any interpretations and rules under the Plan with respect to 
Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Neither the Company nor the 
Administrator shall have any liability to a Holder, or any other Person, (a) if an Option (or any part thereof) which is intended to 
qualify as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or (b) for any action or omission by the Company or 
the Administrator that causes an Option not to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, including without limitation, the conversion of an 
Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option or the grant of an Option intended as an Incentive Stock Option that fails to 
satisfy the requirements under the Code applicable to an Incentive Stock Option.  

5.3 Option and Stock Appreciation Right Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to each Option and Stock 
Appreciation Right shall be set by the Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date 
the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted (or, as to Incentive Stock Options, on the date the Option is 
modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). In addition, in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted 
to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, such price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option 
is granted (or the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code). Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares 
subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of 
grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of 
Section 424 and 409A of the Code.  

5.4 Option and SAR Term. The term of each Option (the “Option Term”) and the term of each Stock Appreciation Right (the 

“SAR Term”) shall be set by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the Option Term or SAR Term, as 
applicable, shall not be more than (a) ten (10) years from the date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, is granted to 
an Eligible Individual (other than a Greater Than 10% Stockholder), or (b) five (5) years from the date an Incentive Stock Option is 
granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder. Except as limited by the requirements of Section 409A or Section 422 of the Code and 
regulations and rulings thereunder or the first sentence of this Section 5.4 and without limiting the Company’s rights under 
Section 10.7, the Administrator may extend the Option Term of any outstanding Option or the SAR Term of any outstanding Stock 
Appreciation Right, and may extend the time period during which vested Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised, in 
connection with any Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise, and may amend, subject to Section 10.7 and 12.1, any other 
term or condition of such Option or Stock Appreciation Right relating to such Termination of Service of the Holder or otherwise.  

5.5 Option and SAR Vesting. The period during which the right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option or Stock Appreciation 

Right vests in the Holder shall be set by the Administrator and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to Section 3.2. 
Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, the applicable Program or by action of the Administrator 
following the grant of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (a) no portion of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right which is 
unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall thereafter become exercisable and (b) the portion of an Option or Stock 
Appreciation Right that is unexercisable at a Holder’s Termination of Service shall automatically expire on the date of such 
Termination of Service.  

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS  

ARTICLE 6.  

6.1 Exercise and Payment. An exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part. However, 

an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not be exercisable with respect to fractional Shares and the Administrator may require 
that, by the terms of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, a partial exercise must be with respect to a minimum number of Shares. 
Payment of the amounts payable with respect to Stock Appreciation Rights pursuant to this Article 6 shall be in cash, Shares (based on 
its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised), or a combination of both, as determined by the 
Administrator.  

A-8 

 
  
6.2 Manner of Exercise. All or a portion of an exercisable Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be deemed exercised upon 
delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company, the stock plan administrator of the Company or such other person or 
entity designated by the Administrator, or his, her or its office, as applicable:  

(a) A written or electronic notice complying with the applicable rules established by the Administrator stating that the 

Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or a portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed or otherwise acknowledge 
electronically by the Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right or such portion thereof;  

(b) Such representations and documents as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable to effect 

compliance with Applicable Law.  

(c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised pursuant to Section 10.3 by any person or persons other than the Holder, 

appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as determined in the sole 
discretion of the Administrator; and  

(d) Full payment of the exercise price and applicable withholding taxes for the Shares with respect to which the Option or 

Stock Appreciation Right, or portion thereof, is exercised, in a manner permitted by the Administrator in accordance with Sections 
10.1 and 10.2.  

6.3 Notification Regarding Disposition. The Holder shall give the Company prompt written or electronic notice of any 
disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option which occurs within (a) two years from the date of granting 
(including the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such 
Holder, or (b) one year after the date of transfer of such Shares to such Holder. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition 
or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Holder in 
such disposition or other transfer.  

ARTICLE 7.  

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK  

7.1 Award of Restricted Stock. The Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock to Eligible Individuals, and shall 

determine the terms and conditions, including the restrictions applicable to each award of Restricted Stock, which terms and 
conditions shall not be inconsistent with the Plan or any applicable Program, and may impose such conditions on the issuance of such 
Restricted Stock as it deems appropriate. The Administrator shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for 
Restricted Stock; provided, however, that if a purchase price is charged, such purchase price shall be no less than the par value, if any, 
of the Shares to be purchased, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law. In all cases, legal consideration shall be required for 
each issuance of Restricted Stock to the extent required by Applicable Law.  

7.2 Rights as Stockholders. Subject to Section 7.4, upon issuance of Restricted Stock, the Holder shall have, unless otherwise 
provided by the Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to said Shares, subject to the restrictions in the Plan, any 
applicable Program and/or the applicable Award Agreement, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or 
made with respect to the Shares to the extent such dividends and other distributions have a record date that is on or after the date on 
which the Holder to whom such Restricted Stock are granted becomes the record holder of such Restricted Stock; provided, however, 
that, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, any extraordinary distributions with respect to the Shares may be subject to the 
restrictions set forth in Section 7.3. In addition, dividends payable in respect to Restricted Stock prior to vesting shall only be paid out 
to the Holder to the extent that the vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the share of Restricted Stock vests.  

7.3 Restrictions. All shares of Restricted Stock (including any shares received by Holders thereof with respect to shares of 

Restricted Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other form of recapitalization) shall be subject to such restrictions 
and vesting requirements as the Administrator shall provide in the applicable Program or Award Agreement, subject to Section 3.2. By 
action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued, the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine to be 
appropriate, accelerate the vesting of such Restricted Stock by removing any or all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the 
applicable Program or Award Agreement.  

A-9 

 
  
7.4 Repurchase or Forfeiture of Restricted Stock. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, if no price was paid by 

the Holder for the Restricted Stock, upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Holder’s rights in 
unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to the Company and 
cancelled without consideration on the date of such Termination of Service. If a price was paid by the Holder for the Restricted Stock, 
upon a Termination of Service during the applicable restriction period, the Company shall have the right to repurchase from the 
Holder the unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions at a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such 
Restricted Stock or such other amount as may be specified in the applicable Program or Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, except as otherwise provided by Section 3.2, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may provide that upon certain events, 
including, without limitation, a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of 
Service or any other event, the Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock then subject to restrictions shall not lapse, such Restricted 
Stock shall vest and cease to be forfeitable and, if applicable, the Company shall cease to have a right of repurchase.  

7.5 Section 83(b) Election. If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed with respect to the 

Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the Holder would 
otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of the Code, the Holder shall be required to deliver a copy of such election to the Company 
promptly after filing such election with the Internal Revenue Service along with proof of the timely filing thereof with the Internal 
Revenue Service.  

ARTICLE 8.  

AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS  

8.1 Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Eligible 

Individual selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the 
Administrator.  

8.2 Term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term of a Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in its 

sole discretion.  

8.3 Purchase Price. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Holder to the Company with 

respect to any Restricted Stock Unit award; provided, however, that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par value of a 
Share, unless otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.  

8.4 Vesting of Restricted Stock Units. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the 

Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems 
appropriate, including, without limitation, vesting based upon the Holder’s duration of service to the Company or any Subsidiary, one 
or more performance criteria, Company performance, individual performance or other specific criteria, in each case on a specified date 
or dates or over any period or periods, as determined by the Administrator, subject to Section 3.2.  

8.5 Maturity and Payment. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of 

Restricted Stock Units, which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of 
the Holder (if permitted by the applicable Award Agreement); provided that, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, 
and subject to compliance with Section 409A, in no event shall the maturity date relating to each Restricted Stock Unit occur 
following the later of (a) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the applicable portion of the 
Restricted Stock Unit vests; or (b) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the 
applicable portion of the Restricted Stock Unit vests. On the maturity date, the Company shall, in accordance with the applicable 
Award Agreement and subject to Section 10.4(f), transfer to the Holder one unrestricted, fully transferable Share for each Restricted 
Stock Unit scheduled to be paid out on such date and not previously forfeited, or in the sole discretion of the Administrator, an amount 
in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the maturity date or a combination of cash and Common Stock as determined 
by the Administrator.  

8.6 Payment upon Termination of Service. An Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be payable while the Holder is an 
Employee, a Consultant or a member of the Board, as applicable; provided, however, that the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may 
provide (in an Award Agreement or otherwise) that a Restricted Stock Unit award may be paid subsequent to a Termination of Service 
in certain events, including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death, retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of 
Service.  

A-10 

 
  
AWARD OF OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS AND DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS  

ARTICLE 9.  

9.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. The Administrator is authorized to grant Other Stock or Cash Based Awards, including 
awards entitling a Holder to receive Shares or cash to be delivered immediately or in the future, to any Eligible Individual. Subject to 
the provisions of the Plan and any applicable Program, the Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock 
or Cash Based Award, including the term of the Award, any exercise or purchase price, performance goals, transfer restrictions, 
vesting conditions and other terms and conditions applicable thereto, which shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, 
subject to Section 3.2. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, or a combination of cash and Shares, as 
determined by the Administrator, and may be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan, 
as stand-alone payments, as a part of a bonus, deferred bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, and/or as payment in lieu 
of compensation to which an Eligible Individual is otherwise entitled.  

9.2 Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the Administrator, either alone or in tandem with another 

Award, based on dividends declared on the Common Stock, to be credited as of dividend payment dates during the period between the 
date the Dividend Equivalents are granted to a Holder and the date such Dividend Equivalents terminate or expire, as determined by 
the Administrator. Such Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional Shares by such formula and at such time and 
subject to such restrictions and limitations as may be determined by the Administrator. In addition, Dividend Equivalents with respect 
to an Award that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such Award shall only be paid out to the Holder to the extent that 
the vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the Award vests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents shall 
be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.  

ARTICLE 10.  

ADDITIONAL TERMS OF AWARDS  

10.1 Payment. The Administrator shall determine the method or methods by which payments by any Holder with respect to any 

Awards granted under the Plan shall be made, including, without limitation: (a) cash or check, (b) Shares (including, in the case of 
payment of the exercise price of an Award, Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Award) or Shares held for such minimum 
period of time as may be established by the Administrator, in each case, having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to 
the aggregate payments required, (c) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Holder has placed a market sell order with a 
broker acceptable to the Company with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise or vesting of an Award, and that the broker has 
been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the aggregate payments 
required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (d) other form of legal 
consideration acceptable to the Administrator in its sole discretion, or (e) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment. 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Holder who is a Director or an “executive officer” of the Company 
within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Awards granted 
under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Company or a loan arranged by 
the Company in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.  

10.2 Tax Withholding. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a 

Holder to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including the Holder’s FICA, 
employment tax or other social security contribution obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event 
concerning a Holder arising as a result of the Plan or any Award. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion and in satisfaction of 
the foregoing requirement, allow a Holder to satisfy such obligations by any payment means described in Section 10.1 hereof, 
including without limitation, by allowing such Holder to have the Company or any Subsidiary withhold Shares otherwise issuable 
under an Award (or allow the surrender of Shares). The number of Shares which may be so withheld or surrendered shall be limited to 
the number of Shares which have a fair market value on the date of withholding or repurchase no greater than the aggregate amount of 
such liabilities based on the maximum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax 
purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income (or such other number as would not result in adverse financial 
accounting consequences for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries). The Administrator shall determine the fair market value of the 
Shares, consistent with applicable provisions of the Code, for tax withholding obligations due in connection with a broker-assisted 
cashless Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise involving the sale of Shares to pay the Option or Stock Appreciation Right 
exercise price or any tax withholding obligation.  

A-11 

 
  
10.3 Transferability of Awards.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.3(b) and 10.3(c):  

(i) No Award under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than (A) by will or 

the laws of descent and distribution or (B) subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such 
Award has been exercised or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have 
lapsed;  

(ii) No Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or otherwise subject to the debts, contracts or 

engagements of the Holder or the Holder’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, 
pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by 
operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy) unless 
and until such Award has been exercised, or the Shares underlying such Award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to 
such Shares have lapsed, and any attempted disposition of an Award prior to satisfaction of these conditions shall be null and void and 
of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by Section 10.3(a)(i); and  

(iii) During the lifetime of the Holder, only the Holder may exercise any exercisable portion of an Award granted 

to such Holder under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the Holder, any exercisable portion 
of an Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Program or Award 
Agreement, be exercised by the Holder’s personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Holder’s 
will or under the then-applicable laws of descent and distribution.  

(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.3(a), the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder or a 

Permitted Transferee of such Holder to transfer an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option (unless such Incentive Stock Option is 
intended to become a Nonqualified Stock Option) to any one or more Permitted Transferees of such Holder, subject to the following 
terms and conditions: (i) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted 
Transferee other than (A) to another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder or (B) by will or the laws of descent and 
distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator, pursuant to a DRO; (ii) an Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee 
shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Award as applicable to the original Holder (other than the ability to 
further transfer the Award to any Person other than another Permitted Transferee of the applicable Holder); and (iii) the Holder (or 
transferring Permitted Transferee) and the receiving Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the 
Administrator, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, 
(B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer. In addition, and 
further notwithstanding Section 10.3(a), hereof, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit a Holder to transfer 
Incentive Stock Options to a trust that constitutes a Permitted Transferee if, under Section 671 of the Code and other Applicable Law, 
the Holder is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Incentive Stock Option while it is held in the trust.  

(c) Notwithstanding Section 10.3(a), a Holder may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, designate a 

beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Holder and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Holder’s death. A 
beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and 
conditions of the Plan and any Program or Award Agreement applicable to the Holder and any additional restrictions deemed 
necessary or appropriate by the Administrator. If the Holder is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under 
Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Holder’s spouse or domestic 
partner, as applicable, as the Holder’s beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Holder’s interest in the Award shall not be 
effective without the prior written or electronic consent of the Holder’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been 
designated or survives the Holder, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Holder’s will or the laws of 
descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Holder at any time; 
provided that the change or revocation is delivered in writing to the Administrator prior to the Holder’s death.  

10.4 Conditions to Issuance of Shares.  

(a) The Administrator shall determine the methods by which Shares shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to 

Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or 
make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, 
with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with Applicable Law and the Shares are covered by an 
effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the 
Administrator may require that a Holder make such reasonable covenants, agreements and representations as the Administrator, in its 
sole discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law.  

A-12 

 
  
(b) All share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject 

to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. 
The Administrator may place legends on any share certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares 
(including, without limitation, restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock).  

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Holder to comply with any timing or other restrictions with 

respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole 
discretion of the Administrator.  

(d) No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether cash shall be 

given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding down.  

(e) The Company, in its sole discretion, may (i) retain physical possession of any stock certificate evidencing Shares until 
any restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and/or (ii) require that the stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by a 
designated escrow agent (which may but need not be the Company) until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that the Holder 
deliver a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to such Shares.  

(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by 

Applicable Law, the Company shall not deliver to any Holder certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and 
instead such Shares shall be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).  

10.5 Forfeiture and ClawBack Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or 
constructively received by a Holder upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying 
the Award and any payments of a portion of an incentive-based bonus pool allocated to a Holder) shall be subject to the provisions of 
any clawback policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any clawback policy adopted to comply with the 
requirements of Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and 
any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such clawback policy was in place at the time of grant of an Award, 
to the extent set forth in such clawback policy and/or in the applicable Award Agreement.  

10.6 Prohibition on Repricing. Subject to Section 12.2, the Administrator shall not, without the approval of the stockholders of 

the Company, (a) authorize the amendment of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right to reduce its price per Share, or 
(b) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award when the Option or Stock Appreciation 
Right price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares. Furthermore, for purposes of this Section 10.6, except 
in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, 
extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of 
shares), the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price per Share of outstanding Options or Stock 
Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or 
Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per Share that is less than the exercise price per Share of the original Options or 
Stock Appreciation Rights without the approval of the stockholders of the Company.  

10.7 Amendment of Awards. Subject to Applicable Law, the Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding 

Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise 
or settlement, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Holder’s consent to such action shall be 
required unless (a) the Administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and 
adversely affect the Holder, or (b) the change is otherwise permitted under the Plan (including, without limitation, under Section 12.2 
or 12.10).  

A-13 

 
  
10.8 Data Privacy. As a condition of receipt of any Award, each Holder explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, 

use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Section 10.8 by and among, as applicable, the 
Company and its Subsidiaries for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation in 
the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries may hold certain personal information about a Holder, including but not limited to, the 
Holder’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security or insurance number or other identification number, 
salary, nationality, job title(s), any shares of stock held in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, details of all Awards, in each case, 
for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries 
may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of a 
Holder’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries may each further transfer the Data to any third parties 
assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. These recipients may 
be located in the Holder’s country, or elsewhere, and the Holder’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than 
the recipients’ country. Through acceptance of an Award, each Holder authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and 
transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Holder’s participation 
in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries or the Holder may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Holder will be held only as long as is 
necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Holder’s participation in the Plan. A Holder may, at any time, view the Data held 
by the Company with respect to such Holder, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data with respect 
to such Holder, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data with respect to the Holder or refuse or withdraw the consents herein 
in writing, in any case without cost, by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Holder’s 
ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Holder may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Holder 
refuses or withdraws his or her consents as described herein. For more information on the consequences of refusal to consent or 
withdrawal of consent, Holders may contact their local human resources representative.  

ARTICLE 11.  

ADMINISTRATION  

11.1 Administrator. The Committee shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein). To the extent necessary to 

comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall take all action with respect to such Awards, and the individuals 
taking such action shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-
employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule. Additionally, to the extent required by 
Applicable Law, each of the individuals constituting the Committee shall be an “independent director” under the rules of any 
securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action 
are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section 11.1 or the Organizational 
Documents. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Organizational Documents or as otherwise required by Applicable Law, 
(a) appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment, (b) Committee members may resign at any 
time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board and (c) vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general 
administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the terms 
“Administrator” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (ii) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority 
hereunder to the extent permitted by Section 11.6.  

11.2 Duties and Powers of Administrator. It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the 

Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Administrator shall have the power to interpret the Plan, all Programs and Award 
Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any Program as are not 
inconsistent with the Plan, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement; 
provided that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that is the subject of any such Program or Award Agreement are not 
materially and adversely affected by such amendment, unless the consent of the Holder is obtained or such amendment is otherwise 
permitted under Section 10.7 or Section 12.10. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and 
all rights and duties of the Committee in its capacity as the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under 
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on 
which the Shares are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.  

A-14 

 
  
11.3 Action by the Administrator. Unless otherwise established by the Board, set forth in any Organizational Documents or as 

required by Applicable Law, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members 
present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Administrator in lieu of a 
meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon 
any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, the 
Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the 
Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.  

11.4 Authority of Administrator. Subject to the Organizational Documents, any specific designation in the Plan and Applicable 

Law, the Administrator has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:  

(a) Designate Eligible Individuals to receive Awards;  

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Eligible Individual (including, without limitation, any 

Awards granted in tandem with another Award granted pursuant to the Plan);  

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;  

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the 

exercise price, grant price, purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for 
vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any 
provisions related to non-competition and clawback and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as 
the Administrator in its sole discretion determines;  

(e) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of 

an Award may be paid in cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;  

(f) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Holder;  

(g) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;  

(h) Establish, adopt, or revise any Programs, rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the 

Plan;  

(i) Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan, any Program or any Award Agreement;  

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Administrator deems 

necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and  

(k) Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Award or portion thereof at any time after the 

grant of an Award, subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects Section 3.2 and Section 12.2.  

11.5 Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Program 

or any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding and 
conclusive on all Persons.  

11.6 Delegation of Authority. The Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members 

of the Board or one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant or amend Awards or to take other administrative actions 
pursuant to this Article 11; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant 
Awards to, or amend Awards held by, the following individuals: (a) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or 
(b) officers of the Company (or Directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided, 
further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under any Organizational 
Documents and Applicable Law. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee 
specifies at the time of such delegation or that are otherwise included in the applicable Organizational Documents, and the Board or 
Committee, as applicable, may at any time rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee 
appointed under this Section 11.6 shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board or the Committee, as applicable, and the 
Board or the Committee may abolish any committee at any time and re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority.  

A-15 

 
  
ARTICLE 12.  

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS  

12.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 12.1(b), the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified, 

suspended or terminated at any time or from time to time by the Board; provided that, except as provided in Section 10.7 and 
Section 12.10, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Holder, materially and adversely 
affect any rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so 
provides.  

(b) Notwithstanding Section 12.1(a), the Board may not, except as provided in Section 12.2, take any of the following 

actions without approval of the Company’s stockholders given within twelve (12) months before or after such action: (i) increase the 
limit imposed in Section 3.1 on the maximum number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan or the Director Limit, (ii) reduce 
the price per share of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan or take any action prohibited under 
Section 10.6, or (iii) cancel any Option or Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for cash or another Award in violation of 
Section 10.6.  

(c) No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and 
notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may any Award be granted under the Plan after the tenth (10 th) 
anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board or (ii) the date the Plan was approved by the 
Company’s stockholders (such anniversary, the “Expiration Date”). Any Awards that are outstanding on the Expiration Date shall 
remain in force according to the terms of the Plan, the applicable Program and the applicable Award Agreement.  

12.2 Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other Corporate 

Events.  

(a) In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other 
distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of the 
Company’s stock or the share price of the Company’s stock other than an Equity Restructuring, the Administrator may make equitable 
adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to: (i) the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued under the 
Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares which 
may be issued under the Plan); (ii) the number and kind of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards; 
(iii) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria 
with respect thereto); (iv) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan; and (v) the number and 
kind of Shares (or other securities or property) for which automatic grants are subsequently to be made to new and continuing Non-
Employee Directors pursuant to Section 4.6.  

(b) In the event of any transaction or event described in Section 12.2(a) or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or 
events affecting the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or of 
changes in Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and on such terms and 
conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or 
event, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is 
appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 
Plan or with respect to any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in 
Applicable Law or Applicable Accounting Standards:  

(i) To provide for the termination of any such Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or other property with 

a value equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Holder’s rights (and, 
for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction or event described in this Section 12.2 the 
Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the 
Holder’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment);  

(ii) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary 

thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a 
parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and applicable exercise or purchase 
price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;  

A-16 

 
  
(iii) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares of the Company’s stock (or other securities or 

property) subject to outstanding Awards, and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price), and the criteria 
included in, outstanding Awards and Awards which may be granted in the future;  

thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the applicable Program or Award Agreement;  

(iv) To provide that such Award shall be exercisable or payable or fully vested with respect to all Shares covered 

(v) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or  

(vi) To provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after such event.  

(c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 

Sections 12.2(a) and 12.2(b):  

(i) The number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price 

thereof, if applicable, shall be equitably adjusted (and the adjustments provided under this Section 12.2(c)(i) shall be nondiscretionary 
and shall be final and binding on the affected Holder and the Company); and/or  

(ii) The Administrator shall make such equitable adjustments, if any, as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, 

may deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with respect to the aggregate number and kind of Shares that may be issued 
under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitation in Section 3.1 on the maximum number and kind of Shares 
which may be issued under the Plan).  

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan but subject to Section 12.2(e), in the event of a Change in Control, 

each outstanding Award shall be assumed or an equivalent Award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of 
the successor corporation. In the event a Holder experiences a Termination of Service by the Company without Cause or Constructive 
Termination within the twelve (12) month period commencing upon a Change in Control, each Award held by such Holder shall 
become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Award shall lapse, in each case, as of 
immediately prior to such Termination of Service or Constructive Termination.  

(e) In the event that the successor corporation in a Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for an Award upon a 
Change in Control, such Award shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable and all forfeiture restrictions on such Award 
shall lapse, in each case, as of immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control. If an Award is exercisable in lieu of 
assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Holder that the Award shall be fully 
exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, contingent upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, 
and the Award shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  

(f) For the purposes of this Section 12.2, an Award shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the 
Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the 
consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for 
each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of 
consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in 
the Change in Control was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent, the Administrator may, with the 
consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each Share 
subject to an Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent equal in fair market value to the per-share 
consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control  

(g) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may include such further provisions and limitations in any Award, agreement 

or certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests of the Company that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the 
Plan.  

(h) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Section 12.2 or in any 

other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent it would (i) cause the Plan to violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, 
(ii) result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or violate the exemptive conditions of Rule 16b-3 of 
the Exchange Act, or (iii) cause an Award to fail to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A.  

A-17 

 
  
(i) The existence of the Plan, any Program, any Award Agreement and/or the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or 

restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, 
recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the 
Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference 
stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for 
Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or 
any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.  

(j) In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or 
other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the Shares or 
the share price of the Common Stock including any Equity Restructuring, for reasons of administrative convenience, the 
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award during a period of up to thirty (30) days prior to 
the consummation of any such transaction.  

12.3 Approval of Plan by Stockholders. The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s stockholders within 

twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.  

12.4 No Stockholders Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or in an applicable Program or Award Agreement, a Holder 

shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares covered by any Award until the Holder becomes the record owner 
of such Shares.  

12.5 Paperless Administration. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an 
automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive 
voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Awards by a Holder may be permitted through the use of 
such an automated system.  

12.6 Effect of Plan upon Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or 
incentive plans in effect for the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company 
or any Subsidiary: (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for Employees, Directors or Consultants of the 
Company or any Subsidiary, or (b) to grant or assume options or other rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection 
with any proper corporate purpose including without limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition 
by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any corporation, partnership, limited liability 
company, firm or association.  

12.7 Compliance with Laws. The Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of 

Shares and the payment of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all 
Applicable Law (including but not limited to state, federal and foreign securities law and margin requirements), and to such approvals 
by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be necessary or advisable in 
connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such 
securities shall, if requested by the Company, provide such assurances and representations to the Company as the Company may deem 
necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Law. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may take whatever 
actions it deems necessary or appropriate to effect compliance with Applicable Law, including, without limitation, placing legends on 
share certificates and issuing stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the 
Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. To the extent 
permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to 
conform to Applicable Law.  

12.8 Titles and Headings, References to Sections of the Code or Exchange Act. The titles and headings of the Sections in the 
Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, 
shall control. References to sections of the Code or the Exchange Act shall include any amendment or successor thereto.  

12.9 Governing Law. The Plan and any Programs and Award Agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and 
enforced under the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws thereof or of any other jurisdiction.  

A-18 

 
  
12.10 Section 409A. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to 
Section 409A, the Plan, the Program pursuant to which such Award is granted and the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall 
incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. In that regard, to the extent any Award under the Plan or any other 
compensatory plan or arrangement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to Section 409A, and such Award or other 
amount is payable on account of a Holder’s Termination of Service (or any similarly defined term), then (a) such Award or amount 
shall only be paid to the extent such Termination of Service qualifies as a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A, and 
(b) if such Award or amount is payable to a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A then to the extent required in order to 
avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such Award or other compensatory payment shall not be payable prior to the 
earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Holder’s Termination of Service, or (ii) the date of 
the Holder’s death. To the extent applicable, the Plan, the Program and any Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with 
Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the 
Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may (but is not obligated to), without a 
Holder’s consent, adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Program and Award Agreement or adopt other policies and 
procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator 
determines are necessary or appropriate to (A) exempt the Award from Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the 
benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (B) comply with the requirements of Section 409A and thereby avoid the application 
of any penalty taxes under Section 409A. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to the tax treatment of any Award 
under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company shall have no obligation under this Section 12.10 or otherwise to take any action 
(whether or not described herein) to avoid the imposition of taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award 
and shall have no liability to any Holder or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are 
determined to constitute non-compliant, “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to the imposition of taxes, penalties and/or 
interest under Section 409A.  

12.11 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to 

any payments not yet made to a Holder pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Program or Award Agreement 
shall give the Holder any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.  

12.12 Indemnification. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law and the Organizational Documents, each member of the 
Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed 
upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or 
she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and 
from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; 
provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes 
to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of 
indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Organizational Documents, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or 
any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.  

12.13 Relationship to other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits 

under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any 
Subsidiary except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.  

12.14 Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Subsidiaries.  

* * * * *  

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Calix, Inc. on                          , 2019.  

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Calix, Inc. on                          , 2019.  

Executed on this     day of                     , 2019.  

Corporate Secretary 

A-19 

 
  
  
  
  
Appendix B  

CALIX, INC.  
AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN  

Section 1. Establishment of the Plan.  

The Calix, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as may be amended from time to time, the “Plan”) 

provides Eligible Employees with an opportunity to purchase the Company’s common stock so that they may increase their 
proprietary interest in the success of the Company. The Plan, which provides for the purchase of stock through payroll withholding, is 
intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The Plan amends and restates the Amended and Restated Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan effective as of May 17, 2017 (the “Prior Plan”) in its entirety, subject to stockholder approval of this Plan at the annual 
meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019. In the event the Company’s stockholders fail to approve the Plan as set forth herein 
at the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2019, then this Plan shall be deemed void ab initio and the Prior Plan shall 
continue in effect in accordance with its terms.  

Section 2. Definitions.  

(a) “Board of Directors” or “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.  

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  

(c) “Company” means Calix, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  

(d) “Company Affiliate” means any company which is either the parent corporation of the Company (as determined in 

accordance with Section 424 of the Code) or a Subsidiary.  

(e) “Compensation” means the cash remuneration paid to a Participant during a Purchase Period that is reported on Form W-2 
for federal income tax purposes (including salary deferrals to the Company’s 401(k) retirement savings plan and contributions to any 
Code Section 125 plan adopted by the Company). Compensation shall include incentive compensation, commissions, profit sharing 
payments and bonuses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall exclude overtime and shift differential payments and any 
special payments (e.g., moving or auto allowances, educational reimbursements, welfare benefits, amounts realized from the exercise, 
sale exchange or other disposition of any stock option and premiums for life and disability insurance).  

(f) “Date of Exercise” means the last trading day of each Purchase Period.  

(g) “Eligible Employee” means any Employee of a Participating Company (i) who is customarily employed for at least twenty 
(20) hours per week, (ii) who is customarily employed for more than five (5) months per calendar year, and (iii) who is an Employee 
at the commencement of a Purchase Period.  

In the event an Eligible Employee fails to remain in the continuous employ of a Participating Company customarily for at least 

twenty (20) hours per week during a Purchase Period, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the 
payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be returned to him or her; provided that a Participant who goes on an unpaid 
leave of absence shall be permitted to remain in the Plan during such leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if 
such Participant is not guaranteed reemployment by contract or statute and the leave of absence extends beyond ninety (90) days, such 
Participant shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave of 
absence. Payroll deductions for a Participant who has been on an unpaid leave of absence will resume at the same rate as in effect 
prior to such leave upon return to work unless changed by such Participant.  

(h) “Employee” means any person who renders services to a Participating Company in the status of an employee within the 
meaning of Code Section 3401(c). “Employee” shall not include any Board member of a Participating Company who does not render 
services to the Participating Company in the status of an employee within the meaning of Code Section 3401(c).  

(i) “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any given date, the value of a share of Stock determined as follows:  

(A) If the Stock is listed on any established stock exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global 
Market and the NASDAQ Global Select Market) or national market system, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for a 
share of Stock as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a share of Stock on the date 
in question, the closing sales price for a share of Stock on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The 
Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Plan Administrator deems reliable;  

B-1 

 
  
(B) If the Stock is not listed on an established stock exchange or national market system, but the Stock is regularly quoted 
by recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there 
are no high bid and low asked prices for a share of Stock on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a share of Stock on the 
last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Plan 
Administrator deems reliable; or  

(C) If the Stock is neither listed on an established stock exchange or a national market system nor regularly quoted by a 

recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be established by the Plan Administrator in good faith.  

(j) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 5 hereof.  

(k) “Participating Company” means the Company and such present or future Subsidiaries of the Company as the Board of 

Directors shall from time to time designate.  

(l) “Plan Account” means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 8(a).  

(m) “Plan Administrator” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 4.  

(n) “Purchase Period” shall mean the period commencing on November 15, 2019 and ending on May 14, 2020 and the six 

(6) month periods commencing on each November 15 and May 15 thereafter. The duration and timing of Purchase Periods may be 
changed by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion. In no event may a Purchase Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months in 
length.  

(o) “Purchase Price” means the price at which Participants may purchase Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, as determined 

pursuant to Section 6.  

(p) “Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.025, of the Company.  

(q) “Stock Administrator” means the Company’s Stock Administration Department or such other person(s) as may be retained 

by the Company to perform or otherwise be delegated some or all of the duties of the Stock Administrator under this Plan.  

(r) “Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.  

Section 3. Shares Authorized.  

The maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued under the Plan shall be 9,800,000 shares of Stock (subject to 

adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof), which may be either authorized but unissued Stock or reacquired Stock, including shares 
of Stock purchased on the open market.  

Section 4. Administration.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Plan shall be administered by the Board or by a committee (the “Plan 

Administrator”) appointed by the Board of Directors which shall consist of not less than two members of the Board. References in this 
Plan to the “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Board if no Plan Administrator has been appointed. The interpretation and 
construction by the Plan Administrator of any provision of the Plan or of any right to purchase stock qualified hereunder shall be 
conclusive and binding on all persons.  

(b) No member of the Board or the Plan Administrator shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with 

respect to the Plan or the right to purchase Stock hereunder. The Plan Administrator shall be indemnified by the Company against the 
reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or 
proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which it may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or 
in connection with the Plan or any stock purchased thereunder, and against all amounts paid by it in settlement thereof (provided such 
settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by it in satisfaction of a judgment in any such 
action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that the Plan 
Administrator is liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of its duties; provided that within sixty (60) days after 
institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, the Plan Administrator shall in writing offer the Company the opportunity, at its own 
expense, to handle and defend the same.  

B-2 

 
  
(c) All costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company. The Board or the Plan 

Administrator may request advice for assistance or employ such other persons as are necessary for proper administration of the Plan.  

(d) At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, the Stock Administrator or such persons providing advice or assistance pursuant 

to Section 4(c), any elections, submission or filings made under the Plan by Eligible Employees and/or any statements or notices 
provided under the Plan to Eligible Employees in each case may be made electronically or through such “paperless” means as the Plan 
Administrator, the Stock Administrator or such persons may determine appropriate.  

Section 5. Eligibility and Participation.  

(a) Any person who qualifies or will qualify as an Eligible Employee on the first day of a Purchase Period may elect to 
participate in the Plan for such Purchase Period. An Eligible Employee may elect to participate by submitting the prescribed 
enrollment form. The enrollment form shall be filed with the Stock Administrator no later than the filing deadline imposed and 
communicated to Eligible Employees with respect to the Purchase Period for which such enrollment form is intended to be effective 
by the Stock Administrator, and if none is so imposed and/or communicated, then no later than five (5) days before the Purchase 
Period for which such enrollment form is intended to be effective. The Eligible Employee shall designate on the enrollment form the 
percentage of his or her Compensation which he or she elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock, which may be any whole 
percentage from 1 to 15% of the Participant’s compensation.  

(b) By enrolling in the Plan, a Participant shall be deemed to have been granted an option on the first day of each Purchase 

Period for which he or she is enrolled to purchase the maximum number of whole shares of Stock which can be purchased with the 
amount of the Participant’s Compensation which is withheld during the Purchase Period for which the Participation is enrolled. 
However, with respect to any Purchase Period, no Participant shall be eligible to purchase more than two thousand (2,000) shares of 
Stock provided that such amount shall not result in the limitations set forth in Section 13 being exceeded. Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, the Plan Administrator, or a committee appointed by the Plan Administrator, which committee may be comprised solely of 
employees of the Company, shall have the right to amend the limit set forth in this Section 5(b); provided, however, that in no event 
shall the limit exceed two thousand (2,000) shares of Stock per Purchase Period or the limitations set forth in Section 13.  

(c) Once enrolled, a Participant will continue to participate in the Plan for each succeeding Purchase Period until he or she 
terminates participation or ceases to qualify as an Eligible Employee. A Participant who withdraws from the Plan in accordance with 
Section 9 may again become a Participant in a subsequent Purchase Period, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee, by following the 
procedure described in Section 5(a).  

Section 6. Purchase Price.  

The Purchase Price for each share of Stock shall be the lesser of (a) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of such 
share on the first trading day of an applicable Purchase Period or (b) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of such share 
on the Date of Exercise for an applicable Purchase Period.  

Section 7. Employee Contributions.  

A Participant may purchase shares of Stock solely by means of payroll deductions. Payroll deductions, as designated by the 

Participant pursuant to Section 5(a), shall commence with the first paycheck issued during the Purchase Period and shall be deducted 
from each subsequent paycheck throughout the Purchase Period; provided, however, that, with respect to a Participant, the Company 
shall be entitled to discontinue payroll deductions for such Participant during a Purchase Period to the extent that the Company 
determines that the payroll deductions for such Participant during such Purchase Period will cause the Participant to exceed the 
limitations set forth in Sections 5 or 13; provided, further, that the Company will recommence payroll deductions for such Participant 
on the first day of the next Purchase Period to the extent the limitation set forth in Section 13 has not been exceeded. If a Participant 
desires to decrease the rate of payroll withholding during a Purchase Period, he or she may do so one time during a Purchase Period by 
submitting the prescribed percentage change form with the Stock Administrator. Such decrease will be effective no later than the first 
day of the second payroll period which begins following the receipt of the new percentage change form. If a Participant desires to 
increase or decrease the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so effective for the next Purchase Period by submitting a new 
percentage change form with the Stock Administrator on or before the date imposed and communicated to Eligible Employees by the 
Stock Administrator, and if none is so imposed and/or communicated, then no later than five (5) days before the Purchase Period for 
which such change is to be effective.  

Section 8. Plan Accounts; Purchase of Shares.  

(a) The Company will maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. At the close of each pay period, the 

amount deducted from the Participant’s Compensation will be credited to the Participant’s Plan Account.  

B-3 

 
  
(b) As of each Date of Exercise, the amount then in the Participant’s Plan Account will be divided by the Purchase Price, and 
the number of whole shares which results (subject to the limitations described in Sections 5(b), 8(c) and 13) shall be purchased from 
the Company with the funds in the Participant’s Plan Account. The number of shares of Stock so purchased shall be delivered to a 
brokerage account designated by the Plan Administrator and kept in such account pursuant to the enrollment form (which shall be 
uniform) between each Participant and the Company and subject to the conditions described therein (which may include, without 
limitation, restrictions on transferability of the shares of Stock so purchased).  

(c) In the event that the aggregate number of shares which all Participants elect to purchase during a Purchase Period shall 
exceed the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the Plan, then the number of shares to which each Participant shall 
become entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction the numerator of which is 
the sum of the number of shares the Participant has elected to purchase pursuant to Section 5, and the denominator of which is the sum 
of the number of shares which all employees have elected to purchase pursuant to Section 5. Any cash amount remaining in the 
Participant’s Plan Account under these circumstances shall be refunded to the Participant.  

(d) Any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account caused by a surplus due to fractional shares after deducting the 

amount of the Purchase Price for the number of whole shares issued to the Participant shall be carried over in the Participant’s Plan 
Account for the succeeding Purchase Period, without interest. Any amount remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account caused by 
anything other than a surplus due to fractional shares shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.  

(e) Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, as soon as practicable following the end of each Purchase Period, 
the Company shall deliver to each Participant a Plan Account statement setting forth the amount of payroll deductions, the Purchase 
Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.  

Section 9. Withdrawal from the Plan.  

A Participant may elect to withdraw from participation under the Plan at any time up to seven (7) days prior to the last day of a 

Purchase Period by submitting the prescribed withdrawal form with the Stock Administrator. As soon as practicable after a 
withdrawal, payroll deductions shall cease and all amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan Account will be refunded in cash, without 
interest. A Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant in future Purchase Periods, unless he or she again 
enrolls in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.  

Section 10. Effect of Termination of Employment or Death.  

(a) Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic 
withdrawal from the Plan under Section 9. A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination 
of employment.  

(b) A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the 

Participant’s Account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to the purchase of shares but prior to delivery 
to him or her of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any 
cash from the Participant’s Account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to the last day of a Purchase Period.  

(c) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by submitting the prescribed designation of 
beneficiary change form with the Stock Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant in the absence of a valid designation 
of a beneficiary who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor 
or administrator of the estate of the Participant; or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the 
Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or 
relatives of the Participant; or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company 
may designate.  

Section 11. Rights Not Transferable.  

The rights or interests of any Participant in the Plan, or in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the 
Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or by any other manner other than as 
permitted by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the Participant’s lifetime, purchase rights in the Plan shall be 
exercisable only by the Participant. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights 
or interest under the Plan, other than as permitted by will or the laws of descent and distribution, such act shall be treated as an 
automatic withdrawal under Section 9.  

B-4 

 
  
Section 12. Recapitalization, Etc.  

(a) The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the number and price of shares which any Participant has 

elected to purchase pursuant to Section 5 and the maximum number of shares which a Participant may elect to purchase under the Plan 
in any Purchase Period shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock resulting 
from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or any other capital adjustment, the payment of a stock dividend, or other increase or 
decrease in such shares affected without receipt of consideration by the Company.  

(b) In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, this Plan shall terminate, and all amounts which each Participant 

has paid towards the Purchase Price of Stock hereunder shall be refunded, without interest.  

(c) In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, an acquisition of the Company or the merger of 

the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Purchase Period shall be assumed or an equivalent Purchase Period 
substituted by the successor corporation or acquiror or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation or acquiror. In the event that 
the successor corporation or acquirer refuses to assume or substitute for the Purchase Period, the Purchase Period shall be shortened 
by setting a new Date of Exercise (the “New Exercise Date”). The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the applicable 
transaction. The Company shall notify each Participant in writing at least five (5) days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Date of 
Exercise for the Purchase Period has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the purchase shall automatically occur on the 
New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Purchase Period pursuant to Section 9.  

(d) The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company’s right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, 

merger, consolidation, reorganization or other corporate transaction.  

Section 13. Limitation on Stock Ownership.  

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no Participant shall be permitted to elect to participate in the Plan (i) if 
such Participant, immediately after his or her election to participate, would own stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the 
total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Company Affiliate, or (ii) if under the terms of the 
Plan the rights of the Employee to purchase Stock under this Plan and all other qualified employee stock purchase plans of the 
Company or its Company Affiliates would accrue at a rate which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) of Fair Market 
Value of such Stock (determined at the time such right is granted) for each calendar year for which such right is outstanding at any 
time. For purposes of this Section, ownership of stock shall be determined by the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code, and 
Participants shall be considered to own any stock which they have a right to purchase under this or any other stock plan.  

Section 14. No Rights as an Employee.  

Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person the right to remain in the employ of a Participating Company. Each 

Participating Company reserves the right to terminate the employment of any person at any time and for any reason.  

Section 15. Rights as a Stockholder.  

A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares he or she may have a right to purchase under the 

Plan until the date of issuance to the brokerage account designated by the Plan Administrator the shares of Stock issued pursuant to the 
Plan.  

Section 16. Use of Funds.  

All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, 

and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions in separate accounts.  

Section 17. Amendment or Termination of the Plan.  

Except as otherwise provided herein, the Board of Directors shall have the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any 

time without notice. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to stockholder approval only to the extent required by applicable laws, 
regulations or rules. The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) such date as is determined by the Company in its sole discretion or 
(ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been sold pursuant to purchase rights exercised under 
the Plan.  

B-5 

 
  
Section 18. Governing Law.  

The Plan shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.  

Section 19. Stockholder Approval.  

No purchase rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised, and no shares of Stock shall be issued hereunder, until such time 

as (i) the Plan shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Company; and (ii) the Company shall have complied with all 
applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including the registration of the shares of Stock issuable under the 
Plan on a Form S-8 registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), all applicable listing requirements of 
any securities exchange on which the Stock is listed for trading and all other applicable requirements established by law or regulation. 
Such stockholder approval shall be prior to the earlier to occur of: (a) the first Date of Exercise of the Plan and (b) the twelve 
(12) month anniversary of the adoption of the Plan, provided, however, that such approval may not occur prior to twelve (12) months 
before the adoption of the Plan. In the event the Plan shall not have been approved by the stockholders of the Company prior to the 
first Date of Exercise of the Plan, the Plan shall terminate and all purchase rights granted under the Plan shall be canceled and become 
null and void.  

Section 20. Equal Rights and Privileges.  

All Eligible Employees of the Company (or of any Subsidiary) will have equal rights and privileges under this Plan so that this 

Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code or applicable Treasury regulations 
thereunder. Any provision of this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 423 and the Treasury regulations and other guidance 
promulgated thereunder will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Plan Administrator, be reformed to 
comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 or such Treasury regulations or guidance.  

******  

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Calix, Inc. on                          , 2019.  

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the stockholders of Calix, Inc. on                          , 2019.  

Executed on this      day of                     , 2019.  

Corporate Secretary 

B-6 

 
  
  
  
  
Calix, Inc.  

Reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP Measures  

(In thousands)  

(Unaudited)  

Appendix C  

GAAP operating income (loss) 
Adjustments to reconcile GAAP operating income 
(loss) to non-GAAP operating income (loss): 

Stock-based compensation 
Restructuring charges (benefit) 
U.S. tariff and tariff-related costs 
Gain on sale of product line 

Three Months Ended  

March 31, 
2018  
$  (11,109) 

June 30, 
2018  
$  (2,926 ) 

September 29, 
2018  

December 31, 
2018  

$ 

676  

$ 

 (5,155) 

Year Ended 
December 31, 
2018  
 (18,514) 

$ 

2,757  
5,340  
—    
(6,704) 

2,544   
793   
  —     
  —     

2,499  
(157) 
—    
—    

9,674  
(271) 
3,195  
—    

17,474  
5,705  
3,195  
(6,704) 

Non-GAAP operating income (loss) 

$ 

 (9,716) 

$ 

 411   

$ 

 3,018  

$ 

 7,443  

$ 

 1,156  

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information  

Calix uses certain non-GAAP financial measures to supplement its consolidated financial statements, which are presented in 

accordance with GAAP. In this proxy statement, Calix has presented non-GAAP operating income (loss). This non-GAPP measure is 
provided as a performance target in our executive cash incentive plan as the measure primarily excludes certain non-cash charges for 
stock-based compensation, restructuring charges (benefit), U.S. tariff and tariff-related costs and gain on sale of product line, which 
Calix believes are not indicative of its core operating results. The presentation of this non-GAAP measure is not meant to be a 
substitute for results presented in accordance with GAAP, but rather should be evaluated in conjunction with the comparable GAAP 
measure. A reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure to the most directly comparable GAAP measure is provided above. The non-
GAAP financial measures used by Calix may be calculated differently from, and therefore may not be comparable to, similarly titled 
measures used by other companies.  

C-1 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number: 001-34674

Calix, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

2777 Orchard Parkway
San Jose, California
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

68-0438710
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

95134
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (408) 514-3000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.025 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Act.   Yes:  

    No:  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Act.   Yes:  

    No:  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes:  

    No:  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes:  

    No:  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not 
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated 
by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    

 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting 
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer

Non-accelerated filer

Emerging Growth Company

Accelerated Filer

Smaller Reporting Company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act).    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes:  

    No:  

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based upon the closing sale price on the New 

York Stock Exchange on June 29, 2018, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was 
approximately $346 million. Shares held by each executive officer, director and by each other person (if any) who owns more than 10% of 
the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status 
is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of February 25, 2019, the number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding was 54,040,657.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2019 annual meeting of stockholders are incorporated by reference in Items 10, 
11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III.

Calix, Inc.

Form 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.

Business..................................................................................................................................................

Item 1A.

Risk Factors............................................................................................................................................

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments ..................................................................................................................

Item 2.

Item 3.

Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.

Item 7.

Properties................................................................................................................................................

Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................................

Mine Safety Disclosures.........................................................................................................................

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities ....................................................................................................................................

Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................................................

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.................

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...............................................................

Item 8.

Item 9.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................................................

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.........................................................................................................................

Item 9B.

Other Information...................................................................................................................................

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.....................................................................

Item 11.

Executive Compensation........................................................................................................................

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters....................................................................................................................................................

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.......................................

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services.................................................................................................

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules..........................................................................................

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary .............................................................................................................................

Signatures ...............................................................................................................................................

5

19

39

39

39

39

40

41

42

52

54

82

82

82

83

83

83

83

83

84

86

87

3

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report includes forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than 
statements of historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding Calix’s future financial position, business 
strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can 
identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” 
“anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “predict,” “will,” “would,” “project,” “potential” or the negative of these terms or 
other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements include Calix’s expectations concerning the outlook for its business, 
productivity, plans and goals for future operational improvements and capital investments, operational performance, future 
market conditions or economic performance and developments in the capital and credit markets and expected future financial 
performance.

Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, and actual results or events may differ 
materially from those projected or implied in those statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include:

• our ability to predict our revenue and reduce and control costs related to our products or service offerings,

including larger scale turnkey network improvement projects that may span several quarters;

• our ability to increase our sales to larger communications service providers, or CSPs, globally;

• the capital spending patterns of CSPs, and any decrease or delay in capital spending by CSPs due to macro-

economic conditions, regulatory uncertainties, or other reasons;

• the impact of government-sponsored programs on our customers and the impact to our customers of the recent

U.S. government shutdown;

• intense competition;

• our ability to develop new products or enhancements that support technological advances and meet changing

CSP requirements;

• our ability to ramp sales and achieve market acceptance of new our products and CSPs’ willingness to deploy

our new products;

• the concentration of our customer base as well as our dependence on a limited number of key customers;

• the length and unpredictability of our sales cycles and timing of orders;

• our lack of long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers;

• our exposure to the credit risks of our customers;

• fluctuations in our gross margin;
• the interoperability of our products with CSP networks;
• our dependence on sole-, single- and limited-source suppliers;

• our ability to manage our relationships with our third-party, including contract manufacturers, or CMs, original

design manufacturers, or ODMs, logistics providers, component suppliers and development partners;

• our ability to forecast our manufacturing requirements and manage our inventory;

• our products’ compliance with industry standards;

• our ability to expand our international operations;

• our ability to protect our intellectual property and the cost of doing so;

• the quality of our products, including any undetected hardware defects or bugs in our software;

• our ability to estimate future warranty obligations due to product failure rates;

• our ability to obtain necessary third-party technology licenses at reasonable costs;

• the regulatory and physical impacts of climate change and other natural events;

• the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key management personnel;

• our ability to build and sustain an adequate and secure information technology infrastructure; and

• our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls.

Calix cautions you against placing undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect our current beliefs and are 
based on information currently available to us as of the date a forward-looking statement is made. Forward-looking statements 
set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date of its filing. We undertake no obligation to revise 
forward-looking statements to reflect future events, changes in circumstances or changes in beliefs. In the event that we do 
update any forward-looking statements, no inference should be made that we will make additional updates with respect to that 
statement, related matters or any other forward-looking statements.

4

PART I

ITEM 1. 

Business

Company Overview

Calix, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “Calix,” “we,” “our” or “us”) was incorporated in August 1999 and is a Delaware 
corporation. Calix is a leading global provider of cloud and software platforms, systems and services required to deliver the 
unified access network and smart premises of tomorrow. Our mission is to connect everyone and everything. Calix platforms 
empower our customers to build new business models, rapidly deploy new services and make the promise of the smart home 
and business a reality. Innovative communications service providers, or CSPs, rely on Calix platforms to help them master and 
monetize the complex infrastructure between their subscribers and the cloud. Our platforms and services help our customers 
build next generation networks by embracing a DevOps operating model, optimizing the subscriber experience by leveraging 
big data analytics and turning the complexity of the smart home and business into new revenue streams.

We are the pioneer in software defined access, or SDA, and our portfolio of solutions is designed to help CSPs meet emerging 
threats from web-scale players and reinvent how they serve their device-enabled subscribers. Our platforms enable our 
customers to capitalize on the opportunity that is being generated by the Internet of Things, or IoT, augmented and virtual 
reality applications and autonomous technologies. Our customers, who are embracing our strategic platforms, recognize that 
providing a sensational subscriber experience, via an infrastructure that is Always On, can be enhanced at a DevOps pace and is 
intelligent enough to run itself, enables them to compete in the future. We also provide cloud analytics designed to help service 
providers create and market new offerings that monetize their investments in the network. Finally, we strive to put our 
customers and their brands first to ensure that they will always have a central place in their subscribers’ lives. Our solution 
strategy is intended to help our customers build and reinforce their brand presence within their subscribers’ premises. We 
believe this must be an element of their strategy for sustaining and growing their businesses.

Our current customers include CSPs of almost every size and type. Our solutions may be used by any entity providing 
communications services to a subscriber. This universe includes local and competitive exchange carriers, cable multiple system 
operators, or cable MSOs, wireless internet service providers, or wireless ISPs, overbuilders such as municipalities and electric 
cooperatives, hospitality providers and others globally. We market and sell our portfolio to CSPs globally through our direct 
sales force as well as in partnership with a number of resellers. We have enabled over 1,500 customers to deploy passive 
optical, Active Ethernet and point-to-point Ethernet fiber access networks.

Industry Background and Trends

CSPs compete in a rapidly changing market to deliver a range of services to their residential and business subscribers. 
Subscribers purchase an array of services from providers, starting with basic voice and data through advanced broadband 
services such as high-speed Internet, Internet protocol television, or IPTV, mobile broadband, high-definition, ultra-high-
definition and over-the-top video and online gaming from a variety of CSPs. Consumers are also rapidly adding devices that 
require high bandwidth, low latency services such as virtual and augmented reality as well as IoT devices that bring significant 
complexity to the premises network. It is likely that adoption of autonomous technologies such as self-driving cars will 
dramatically increase demand and complexity.

The rapid growth in new technologies is generating increased network traffic and putting pressure on CSPs to cost effectively 
upgrade and enhance their networks to meet demand. For example, Cisco Systems, Inc. estimates that global Internet Protocol, 
or IP, traffic on a monthly basis will increase from 122 exabytes in 2017 to 396 exabytes in 2022, representing a compound 
annual growth rate of 26%. By 2022, 81% of IP traffic will originate from non-personal computer devices. The impact of video 
service on network traffic will become even more pronounced with the introduction of ultra-high-definition video streaming. 
For example, an Internet-enabled high-definition television that draws 2 hours of content per day generates as much traffic as 
an entire typical household today. Combined with the growth of video viewing on smartphones and tablets, demands on the 
network will continue to accelerate. The proliferation of new devices (and usage patterns) creates a tremendous opportunity and 
increases the pressure on CSPs to offer new services and create revenue streams by mastering the complexity of the smart home 
and business for their subscribers.

The Emergence of Web-Scale Players as a Competitive Force

The level of competition among CSPs - wireline and wireless service providers, cable MSOs and other CSPs - has increased 
over the last decade as traditional service boundaries have fallen. All providers are now competing for the same residential and 
business subscribers using similar types of IP-based services. The explosion of new technologies in the subscriber premises 
creates significant new opportunities for all CSPs. Technology innovators of all types and sizes are moving aggressively to 
seize that opportunity. Perhaps the most significant recent change in the competitive dynamic across the communications 

5

industry is the aggressive entrance of web-scale players into subscribers’ homes and businesses via interactive smart home hubs 
and devices. These entrants, such as Amazon, Google and Microsoft, are extending their current platforms (e.g., data driven 
search, e-commerce) into subscriber premises with new devices and services that are helping to reshape the home environment. 
The simplicity of operating these devices, as well as their use of data, enables these web-scale players to rapidly deploy new 
services and command a central place in the subscriber’s daily life. The level of insight that they generate by mining user data, 
coupled with their DevOps business model, positions them to offer and deploy services to subscribers at pace that traditional 
CSP operating and business models cannot match.

To address this challenge and establish control of the device-enabled subscriber, we believe CSPs must respond by leveraging 
analytical tools that utilize network data and subscriber behavioral data to tailor services that meet the individual subscribers’ 
needs. These services include high-bandwidth packages, managed Wi-Fi, whole home Wi-Fi and smart home and business 
services. We believe these new services represent the CSP’s greatest opportunity to create new revenue streams and higher 
average revenue per user, or ARPU, while reducing subscriber churn. CSPs must also mine network and subscriber data to 
streamline and automate subscriber facing functions such as customer service. These data-driven approaches can significantly 
reduce service costs, improve profitability and support investment in new services and technologies. Increasingly, companies in 
the communications space will embrace strategies that apply machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies that 
promise to dramatically improve the subscriber experience, build subscriber intimacy and loyalty, while increasing ARPU. By 
leveraging data to build a tighter bond with their subscribers and deliver high-value services, CSPs can more effectively meet 
the challenge presented by web-scale players.

The Rise of Smart Premises

We believe 2018 was the tipping point for the smart home market. IoT, virtual reality and other connected devices have become 
mainstream for many consumers and they are increasingly prevalent in subscriber premises. Worldwide, the smart speaker 
installed base is expected to reach more than 225 million units by 2020 according to Canalys. IDC anticipates a compound 
annual growth rate of 18.5% as the smart home market balloons to 939.7 million devices shipped in 2022. Finally, according to 
Statista, the average annual revenue per installed smart home amounts to $186. Leading technology players such as Amazon 
and Apple recognize this new business opportunity, and they have created significant new smart premises offerings. This trend 
exacerbates the significant disruption to CSP business models already created by “over-the-top” services like Netflix, Facebook 
and YouTube.

To improve performance and coverage throughout their homes, many subscribers are purchasing Wi-Fi routers and gateways 
via consumer channels and introducing them into the home network. Since these consumer products do not provide carrier class 
management capabilities that enable remote diagnostics, management and troubleshooting, performance issues can create 
satisfaction issues for the subscriber and a cost burden for the service provider. The introduction of smart devices into the home 
is accelerating the scale and complexity of these management challenges for CSPs. According to Parks Associates, nearly 50% 
of smart home device owners reported issues setting up their devices. Increasingly, subscribers view any device that is 
connected to the home network as the purview and responsibility of their CSP regardless of what the device is or where they 
may have purchased it. When these issues arise, subscribers typically contact their CSPs for help. 

Recognizing that many subscribers see the CSP as the logical source of insights and services that enable the smart home and 
business, innovative CSPs are developing strategies and business models that embrace these new technologies via carrier class 
premises systems. Over the last year, several of the largest and most innovative CSPs have announced strategies that 
incorporate the latest technologies such as voice interaction and IoT connectivity into their service offerings for subscribers. By 
leveraging cloud management technologies and developing a proactive strategy for smart device connectivity, voice interaction, 
security and premises system instrumentation, CSPs can position themselves as the critical enabler of the smart home and 
business. Winners will embrace software platforms that enable all of these capabilities and premises systems that provide a 
foundation for turning the current burden of the smart home into new services and revenue streams.

The Shift to a DevOps Business Model

Access networks directly and physically connect the residential or business subscriber to the CSP’s data center, central office or 
similar facilities and create the on-ramp to the Internet. The access network is critical for service delivery as it governs the 
bandwidth capacity, service quality available to subscribers and ultimately the services and experience CSPs can provide to 
subscribers. Providing differentiated, high-quality, high-speed connectivity has become increasingly critical for CSPs to retain 
and expand their subscriber base and launch new revenue-generating services. To meet the demands of device-enabled 
subscribers, CSPs are starting to deploy access technologies that are software defined and leverage next generation Passive 
Optical Network, or PON, architectures such as NG-PON2, XGS-PON and 10G EPON. In doing so, they will address many of 
limitations of legacy access systems:

6

•  Limited capacity of outdated access architectures - Network architectures have physical limitations in their ability to 
scale bandwidth, avoid latency issues and deliver the advanced broadband services subscribers demand today and are 
expected to increasingly demand in the future. 

•  Inflexible networks that constrain subscriber offerings – Networks were designed to support a narrow range of 
services, and as a result, they limit the ability of CSPs to deploy the advanced broadband services increasingly 
demanded by their subscribers.

•  Expensive to deploy and operate – With a wide variety of equipment installed, networks require significant downtime 
and labor for maintenance and upgrades, thereby placing a significant and recurring capital and operating expense 
burden on CSPs.

•  Back-office systems that inhibit deployment of new services - Traditional methods for operationalizing new products 
and services often require significant testing and lengthy back-office integration activities. This often places CSPs at a 
competitive disadvantage relative to emerging service providers that are leveraging agile management practices. 

By replacing traditional hardware functions with SDA, as well as software defined networking, or SDN, CSPs can overcome 
these operational challenges and bring new products and services to market faster. Many CSPs are embracing SDA and SDN to 
help accelerate innovation, deploy automation, bring agility to their network and significantly reduce service disruptions. By 
embracing standards-based, modular software platforms that abstract software functions from hardware, CSPs can free 
themselves from a dependence on specific hardware technologies and upgrade their access network to enable a DevOps 
business model. The winning service providers of the future will embrace SDA platforms and transform their access networks 
into a competitive weapon. Ultimately, this new model will enable CSPs to manage a complete range of access systems across 
every deployment scenario (e.g., central office, head-end, cabinet, mounted on a pole) in a consistent manner. With this shift 
they will introduce services at a pace that can then match the speed of the web-scale players.

The Imperative to Develop Lean Operating Models

CSPs face a dual challenge in the coming years - mounting competitive pressure and the requirement to increase their 
investments in technologies that can deliver the new services that their subscribers demand. Most will need to make shifts in 
their operating models to thrive in the coming decade. They must implement a lean operating model that reduces the overall 
operating cost to run the network and deliver services to subscribers at an accelerated pace as well as at a significantly lowered 
cost. The adoption of new technologies that provide automation and intelligence, such as SDA, will help service providers 
adopt agile operating models and reduce the burden of network and back-office operations. 

The Deployment of 5th Generation, or 5G, Networks

As subscribers adopt next generation mobile applications and technologies, the demand for higher bandwidth, lower latency 
and dramatically higher device densities is accelerating. Because existing LTE mobile networks are increasingly challenged to 
meet these demands, many CSPs are announcing and moving to deploy 5G mobile networks that promise dramatically greater 
performance and capabilities for mobile and fixed broadband services. 5G is significantly different from previous generations 
in the mobile evolution because it delivers higher bandwidth (10 Gbps per radio), lower latency (less than 1 msec) and supports 
a dramatically greater number of connections (1 million devices per km2). By leveraging higher frequency spectrum and more 
efficient data encoding, 5G offers CSPs a path to differentiate their services and shift the competitive landscape.  CSPs are 
pursuing two major strategies to deploy 5G capabilities across their networks:

•  Upgrading existing LTE infrastructure - By upgrading their existing LTE wireless networks with 5G radios, CSPs 
will realize 10 to 20 percent higher bandwidth for 5G mobile devices. This approach will offer a quick path to 5G 
services for some CSPs and may differentiate their mobile broadband services. However, this incremental strategy 
offers relatively limited improvements in wireless capacity.

7

•  Leveraging millimeter wavelength technology - Leading CSPs will deploy thousands of millimeter wave 5G small 
cells to realize a 5- to 10-fold increase in capacity across their mobile and fixed broadband networks. This approach 
will enable CSPs to support virtually any next generation mobile, augmented or virtual reality, IoT or autonomous 
vehicle or device application. This will open up tremendous new business opportunities for early adopters. Due to the 
inherent range limitations of millimeter wave technology, 5G small cells must be deployed in very close proximity to 
subscriber devices. This will require the deployment of thousands of 5G small cells throughout a CSPs network to 
deliver services to subscribers.

With the adoption of 5G millimeter wavelength technology, CSPs will require transport that is both very capable and 
economically efficient. CSP cell networks will ultimately come to resemble high-density broadband access networks that 
leverage high-bandwidth, reliable fiber transport. To make the economics work, CSPs will ultimately need to embrace fiber 
efficient point-to-multi-point capabilities offered by NG-PON2 that include: 

•  Aggregated 10 gigabit services delivered over a single wave length;

•  Channel bonding to increase capacity delivered for a single service; and

•  Multiple wave lengths over a single PON to provide unmatched resiliency and low latency operations.

While 5G networks will be significantly more capable, the deployment of thousands of radio stations will introduce significant 
operational complexity for CSPs. As a result, 5G will accelerate the imperative for CSPs to adopt SDA technologies that 
simplify network operations and architectures. CSPs will also need to embrace advanced premises systems that exploit the 
capabilities delivered by 5G fixed wireless access networks to deliver an exceptional subscriber experience.

The Role of Governments in Supporting Technology Investment

As CSPs face increasing competitive pressure, they must accelerate their investments to upgrade their access networks and 
deploy new subscriber facing technologies. Governments around the world recognize the importance of expanding broadband 
networks and delivering advanced broadband services to more people and businesses. As a result, many governments have 
established stimulus programs or other incentives for broadband investment.

In the United States, programs like the Connect America Fund, or CAF, and E-Rate provide billions of dollars each year to 
CSPs in the form of capital investment incentives, grants and loans to encourage broadband network investment in unserved or 
underserved communities and schools. For example, in 2015, the CAF program was authorized to distribute $1.5 billion per 
year through 2020 to offset the costs of installing and operating CSP operated broadband and voice networks for large service 
providers in the United States. In 2016, this program was extended to smaller service providers to distribute $2.0 billion 
annually over the next 10 years to offset the costs of installing and operating CSP operated broadband and voice networks. In 
order to promote greater accountability, in 2019 the Federal Communications Commission established a uniform framework for 
measuring the speed and latency performance for recipients of CAF. CSPs who wish to continue leveraging this program must 
seek new solutions that enable them to report and demonstrate their ability to meet the requirements established by this new 
framework. In addition, the E-Rate program was authorized to offer $1.5 billion in grants to build gigabit capable network 
connections to schools. The E-Rate program targeted at networks is funded at its current level indefinitely.

The Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission in 2016 created a fund targeted at increasing broadband 
coverage and speeds that made available up to $750 million over the next five years, and the European Commission is pursuing 
similar goals via its Connecting Europe Facility and other programs.

There are also increasing investments being made by governments at the state level. Programs such as Minnesota’s Border-to-
Border Grant Program ($20 million in 2017), Tennessee’s Broadband Accessibility Act ($45 million over three years) and New 
York’s Broadband for All Program ($500 million over three years) have created grant programs that encourage investments in 
broadband to unserved areas. These state level programs will complement national programs and increase investment in 
unserved and underserved areas.

With the increasing importance of broadband connectivity and the evolution of the smart home and business market, we expect 
this investment focus to continue and potentially increase to accommodate higher service tiers. World-class connectivity and 
services are becoming essential capabilities for individuals, as well as businesses and nations, who strive to remain 
economically competitive in an increasingly global and connected marketplace.

Strategy Overview

We believe that many CSPs can and will evolve to providing the most relevant services and experience to their subscribers. 
Today, many CSPs command a privileged and strategic position in their subscribers’ premises. They provide a service that is 
becoming a necessity for most subscribers. With significant new technologies coming into the marketplace, the opportunities to 
generate new revenue streams are manifold. However, the journey from connectivity provider to essential provider of high 

8

bandwidth Wi-Fi and services for the smart home and business will require significant transformation for most CSPs. Our 
strategy is to position Calix as the essential provider of platforms and services that enable this transformation. The principal 
elements of our strategy are:

Increase Focus on Our Strategic Platforms - Our strategy centers on increasing the market adoption of our three strategic 
platforms - Calix Cloud, EXOS (Experience eXtensible Operating System) and AXOS (Access eXtensible Operating System).

•  Calix Cloud is a role-based analytics platform that leverages network data and subscriber behavioral data to deliver 
analytics and intelligence to communications professionals via role-specific dashboards. Calix Cloud provides the 
subscriber analytics that enable a CSP to deliver targeted marketing, services and experiences to build customer 
intimacy and loyalty. Calix Cloud currently includes Calix Marketing Cloud for CSP marketing teams and Calix 
Support Cloud for CSP customer support teams.

•  EXOS is a carrier class smart home and business operating system that supports residential, business and mobile 
subscribers. EXOS, coupled with our market leading GigaSpire premises systems, provides a unique “service 
enablement platform” that is designed for mastering and monetizing the complexity of the subscriber edge. EXOS 
enables CSPs to elevate every aspect of their business by deploying smart home and business services and generate 
new revenue streams. 

•  AXOS is an operating system for access networks that allows a service provider to deliver all services on a single, 

elastic, converged access network that is always on, simple to operate and quick to deploy. AXOS, coupled with our E-
Series systems, provides a unique platform for the software defined access network that enables CSPs to transform 
their business processes and deliver new services at DevOps speed. Armed with AXOS, CSPs can radically simplify 
their network operations, their network architectures and their business models.

Extend Portfolio of Calix Services – Our services team helps CSPs define their transformation strategy, build new skills, 
implement new technologies and deploy new subscriber services. Calix Services address a CSP’s entire network and service 
delivery lifecycle. We have recently extended the scope of our service offerings with new managed services for Remote 
Network Monitoring. These services allow CSPs to benefit directly from our experience working with thousands of service 
providers to optimize their operations and leverage our advanced analytics to radically improve the operational efficiency of 
their teams.

Engage Directly with Customers – Calix continues to invest in our direct sales capabilities to ensure that we engage deeply 
with our customers to help them understand the differentiable value that our platforms provide. As an innovator and a market 
leader, it is important that our sales and solution engineering resources continually drive the adoption of our strategic platforms.  
As we deploy new solutions, we are building the expertise of our team by adding specialized resources with deep expertise in 
areas such as marketing, smart home services and network operations. Our direct model is complemented with selective 
programs for Calix Channel Partners who have established local market expertise, demonstrated the ability to generate new 
market opportunities and supported sales of cutting-edge technologies.

Expand Customer Footprint Across Our Expanded Total Addressable Market – Our diverse and growing customer footprint 
is a critical source of our growth as we expand our portfolio and sell additional platforms to both new and existing customers. 
Our platforms are dramatically expanding our total addressable market, and as such we intend to build on our recent 
momentum in penetrating service provider segments where our current share is relatively low (e.g., cable MSOs, large CSPs 
and international markets) and continue to engage emerging providers who are creating entirely new customer segments (e.g., 
fiber overbuilders, utilities, municipalities and hospitality).

Pursue Strategic Relationships – We expect to continue to pursue strategic technology and distribution relationships, alliances 
and acquisitions that help us align with CSPs’ strategic priorities. We continue to invest to ensure interoperability across the 
ecosystems that support our customers’ most critical business processes through our Calix Compatible Program. This program 
has dozens of technology members and it is designed to enable our customers to rapidly deploy qualified solutions globally.  
We are also adding new ecosystem partners such as Infosys and Amazon Alexa Voice Services. By adding their solutions to our 
platform ecosystem, Calix is significantly enhancing the value that our platforms deliver to CSPs and their subscribers.

Portfolio Overview

By embracing open, modular, standards-based strategies, we provide intelligence and flexibility across a CSP’s entire network 
– from their data centers to their subscribers’ connected devices. Calix platforms are designed to provide our customers the 
agility that they need to offer the managed services that their subscribers demand. While we continue to support our non-AXOS 
and non-EXOS systems and our traditional cloud and software products, we are focused on driving the evolution and market 
penetration of our strategic platforms and services.

9

The Calix portfolio allows for a broad range of subscriber services to be provisioned and delivered over a single unified 
network. These systems can deliver voice and data services, advanced broadband services, mobile broadband, as well as high-
definition video and online gaming. Our ultimate goal is to help CSPs radically simplify their network operations, network 
architectures and business operations as they offer new services. Our premises systems allow CSPs to master the complexity of 
the smart home and business and offer new services to their device-enabled subscribers. Furthermore, our goal is to help CSPs 
elevate every aspect of their business - their brand, their service quality, their subscriber experience and their revenue streams.  
All of these platforms and systems can be monitored, analyzed, managed and supported by Calix Cloud.

Representation of how Calix platforms and services support a CSP’s entire network:

Calix Cloud Platform

Calix Cloud is an analytics platform that leverages network data and subscriber behavioral data to deliver intelligence to 
communications professionals via role specific dashboards. Calix Cloud provides customer support personnel with 
troubleshooting dashboards and tailored analytics that reduce call volumes, reduce call times and lower “truck rolls”. Calix 
Cloud provides marketing personnel with segmentation dashboards and tailored analytics that reduce churn, increase ARPU 
and improve marketing return on investment. Calix Cloud transforms insights into action for CSPs, enabling them to:

•  Analyze: Calix Cloud allows CSPs a deeper understanding of their subscribers and their satisfaction. As a result, CSPs 

can directly address churn risk and improve marketing campaigns.

•  Engage: Calix Cloud provides CSPs real-time insights into network issues, allowing CSPs to be responsive in 

resolving issues and offering solutions.

•  Grow: Calix Cloud analytics combine multiple information sources to build a full picture of subscribers, which can 

enable higher marketing success rates.

Calix Cloud is currently composed of two subscription-based offerings that complement each other to provide a powerful 
platform that CSP employees utilize within their daily work flows to increase the effectiveness of their marketing campaigns, 
address support issues and improve the subscriber experience.

10

Representation that summarizes the primary benefits delivered by Calix Cloud:

Calix Marketing Cloud (CMC) – CMC enables marketers to move away from a one-size-fits-all approach to marketing and 
deliver personalized campaigns. CMC provides insights regarding subscriber behavior including website visits, social channel 
engagement, device usage and bandwidth consumption. CMC also helps CSPs identify subscribers who are experiencing 
service issues and exhibiting behaviors that correlate with higher churn rates (e.g., running speed tests). By delivering these 
insights through intuitive segmentation dashboards and tailored analytics, CMC helps CSPs deliver the right message, at the 
optimal time, via the optimal channel. CMC enables CSPs to adopt data-driven strategies to effectively compete with web-scale 
players.

Calix Support Cloud (CSC) – Recent Calix studies demonstrate that a large portion of support calls result from Wi-Fi 
performance issues. Since Wi-Fi related support calls take approximately three times as long to complete as the average support 
call, reducing these calls can significantly improve operational efficiency. CSC enables more informed and efficient 
conversations between CSP customer service representatives and their subscribers. Support personnel utilize troubleshooting 
dashboards and tailored analytics that are built directly into their work flows to quickly identify issues with network, devices 
and Wi-Fi performance. Once the issues are identified, many can be resolved via CSC with a simple click of a button. Recent 
enhancements to CSC include automation capabilities that can fix many common issues without any manual intervention. We 
intend to incorporate more advanced machine learning and artificial intelligence capabilities into CSC to help CSPs optimize 
their support processes and improve subscriber experiences.

We have recently augmented the capabilities of Calix Cloud to help CSPs analyze smart home device and service adoption and 
performance across their subscriber base. These capabilities provide the intelligence that is required to craft targeted campaigns 
for marketing smart home offerings and managing smart device performance in the subscriber premises. Complexity is an 
inherent characteristic of the smart home and business. We believe that the intelligence provide by the Calix Cloud is rapidly 
becoming a necessity for any CSP entering the smart home and business market.

Calix Cloud software is hosted in a cloud data center, and Calix offers an array of support, customer success and service 
offerings that are designed to ensure rapid deployment and easy adoption of Calix Cloud.

EXOS Platform

EXOS is a carrier class premises operating system and software platform that supports residential, business and mobile 
subscribers. EXOS is the first premises operating system that is designed to help CSPs elevate every aspect of their business by 
rapidly deploying new services for the smart home and business. EXOS incorporates a software model that is standards-based, 
fully abstracted from the hardware and always-on. Thanks to the unique architecture of EXOS, CSPs can offer new subscriber 
services and master the complexity of the subscriber edge. Armed with EXOS, CSPs can select and rapidly deploy smart home 
services such as cloud-enabled voice services, IoT services and parental controls. EXOS is the foundation of our Calix Smart 
Home and Business Solution that includes our recently launched GigaSpire premises gateway family, Calix Cloud and the 
Calix Solutions Exchange. When combined with these capabilities, EXOS offers a unique and powerful services enablement 
platform.

11

Representation that summarizes the primary benefits delivered by EXOS and the Calix Smart Home and Business Solution:

EXOS is architected to abstract software functionality from the underlying system-on-chip in premises gateways. The EXOS 
abstraction layer isolates applications and management software from the Linux kernel and low-level chipset functions, 
regardless of the hardware deployed for specific residential and business use cases. This architecture simplifies software 
updates and streamlines operational processes. The EXOS abstraction layer also ensures the delivery of a consistent subscriber 
experience regardless of the specific hardware deployed to subscribers. EXOS leverages Linux containers that provide 
complete flexibility to CSPs when they deploy application packages to create new revenue streams. The Linux containers also 
offer an ideal environment for third-party software vendors to add their applications to the EXOS ecosystem via the Calix 
Solutions Exchange. This “containerized” architecture also ensures that new applications may be deployed without the 
requirement to regression test the entire applications portfolio running on the system. This approach accelerates time to market 
for new services.

The EXOS management plane is decoupled and centralized, enabling CSPs to manage all applications simultaneously, even if 
applications are installed independently. The EXOS architecture ensures that subscribers receive an “always on” service and 
benefit from application updates without the need to “re-boot” their premises systems or schedule service visits. The 
Microservices Aggregation Platform, or MAP, that supports EXOS captures data from every system or activity across a 
subscriber base. As CSPs deploy EXOS they can leverage this data for performance analytics, subscriber experience insights, 
marketing, maintenance and the application of artificial intelligence for predictive modeling.

Because EXOS is fully abstracted from the underlying hardware, it provides CSPs with the flexibility to offer services on the 
hardware of their choice. Many of the largest CSPs develop their own, bespoke premises hardware for their subscribers. For 
CSPs who elect to develop their own hardware, EXOS is an ideal software platform for delivering smart home services faster 
than their competition. To meet the needs of service providers who desire a fully integrated solution, EXOS is available on the 
GigaSpire family of hardware. The GigaSpire is currently available in two models - the GigaSpire BLAST and the GigaSpire 
MAX. 

As the first carrier-class Wi-Fi 6 (802.11ax) systems, both GigaSpire models provide unsurpassed bandwidth throughput and 
wireless coverage across the subscriber premises. By integrating the latest Multi-User, Multiple-input and Multiple-output 
(MU-MIMO) technology, the GigaSpire is capable of supporting up to eight simultaneous, symmetrical data streams to 
dramatically expand network capacity and improve efficiency. The latest security capabilities are integrated into the GigaSpire 
at both the hardware and software levels. With Physical Unclonable Functions (PUF) integrated into the chipset, the GigaSpire 
can create a digital “fingerprint” for each system that can't be replicated or “spoofed”. These capabilities ensure network 
authentication at the gateway. The advanced instrumentation built into the GigaSpire also provides telemetry, performance and 
behavioral analytics that CSPs can leverage through the Calix Cloud to ensure that performance is optimized across the 
network and at the device level.

The GigaSpire MAX is a smart home service enablement platform designed to master the complexity of the subscriber edge 
and provide universal IoT support. The GigaSpire MAX integrates the latest IoT protocols - Zigbee, Z-Wave, combo Bluetooth 
Low-Energy and Bluetooth Classic. This integration enables a CSP to offer the IoT services of their choice from the major IoT 
12

brands or through their own branded IoT bundles and packages. The GigaSpire MAX offers fully integrated Alexa Voice 
Services, or AVS. With AVS, CSPs can offer the world’s leading cloud-enabled voice service and deliver an experience that 
meets growing subscriber expectations for voice interaction. As their subscribers interact directly with the EXOS powered 
GigaSpire Smart Home system, the CSP’s brand is brought into a central place in the subscriber’s experience - reinforcing the 
CSP’s brand as the provider of advanced smart home services.

Representation of the EXOS-powered GigaSpire family:

AXOS Platform

AXOS is a software platform built for the specific needs of the access network. The AXOS platform is an architecture built to 
leverage the best of data center software design and network virtualization across the challenging and variable environment of 
the access network. With an always-on architecture and consistent provisioning services, a CSP can leverage AXOS to deliver 
all services on a single, elastic, converged access network that is always on. By supporting all existing and next generation 
PON architectures (anyPON), any silicon chipset (anyPHY) and any CSP operating model (anySDN), AXOS provides 
unmatched flexibility to our customers. Over 200 Calix customers are already deploying AXOS to simplify their operations, 
network and business models.

Representation that summarizes the primary benefits delivered by AXOS:

We believe AXOS offers a revolutionary way for CSPs to operate their access networks and accelerate their business 
transformation. AXOS achieves this because it is architected with discrete software modules that operate on top of a unique 
hardware abstraction layer that preserves software independence from the underlying hardware. This architecture simplifies 
upgrades to non-events, supports stateful, self-healing operation and facilitates virtualization of processes and services. All 

13

components within AXOS utilize standards based YANG data models to represent the operational functions and the NETCONF 
protocol that enable AXOS-powered systems to fit into any open SDN orchestration and control framework. Open, published 
APIs also allow customers to directly program unique network applications and services.

With AXOS, CSPs can collapse and automate networks functions such as subscriber management and routing to streamline 
deployment of services and simplify operations. This functionality is supported via software modules including AXOS RPm 
(Routing Protocol module), AXOS SMm (Subscriber Management module) and connectors such as SMx (Service Management 
Connector), AXOS DPx (virtualized DOCSIS connector), AXOS OFx (OpenFlow connector) and AXOS Sandbox - an SDA 
virtual environment for system design and testing. The recently announced AXOS Intelligent Access Edge solution includes the 
AXOS RPm and SMm as well as the new Advanced Routing Protocol Module (ARm) that provides CSPs with the flexibility to 
bring Layer 3 functionality-including multiprotocol label switching, or MPLS, routed networking-to their new or existing Layer 
2 access network. This revolutionary new solution will simplify network architectures and reduce total cost of ownership. This 
solution will include a new line card for the E9-2 Intelligent Edge System that will aggregate Layer 2 OLTs and deliver the 
functionality and benefits of the Layer 3 Access network to the access edge.

The AXOS platform removes the complexity of network deployments by reducing the need to utilize middleware to integrate 
costly hardware and software. AXOS offers CSPs a path to the simplified, intelligent, unified access network that can 
accelerate time-to-revenue, increase service velocity, eliminate service disruptions and reduce total cost of ownership.  As a 
result, CSPs can simplify their business models and focus investment and resources on revenue generating services and 
functions.

AXOS is currently implemented in our E-Series family of modular, non-blocking systems including the E9-2, E7-2, E3-2, 
E3-16F, E5-16F and E5 business systems. By offering AXOS on the entire E-Series family of systems, Calix enables our 
customers to meet a wide variety of deployment scenarios. The Calix Access system portfolio is designed for high availability 
and purpose-built for the demands of access network deployments. Our access systems are built and tested to meet or exceed 
network equipment-building system standards, which are a set of safety, spatial and environmental design guidelines for 
communications equipment. Our products are highly compatible and designed to be easily integrated into the existing 
operational and management infrastructure of CSP access networks.

Representation of the AXOS E-Series systems portfolio and where they are typically placed in the CSP network:

Traditional Products

Calix continues to support and sell our portfolio of non-AXOS and non-EXOS systems as well as traditional software and 
Compass Cloud products that are widely deployed in customer networks. For many CSPs, the process of operationalizing new 
systems and transitioning to new products can be lengthy. We expect that these products will continue to be utilized in our 
customers’ networks for many years to come. These products include:

•  Calix GigaFamily – The Calix GigaFamily includes our first generation of carrier-class Wi-Fi gateways. It includes 
the Calix GigaCenter and 804 mesh systems. These systems provide 802.11ac Wi-Fi and whole home Wi-Fi services. 
When deployed in conjunction with the Calix Cloud, the GigaFamily systems provide the complete set of capabilities 
required for a fully managed Wi-Fi offering that delivers optimized Wi-Fi services to subscribers.

14

•  Compass Cloud – Consists of Flow Analyze Plus (a tool that provides an in-depth view of the traffic in CSP networks 

on a real-time basis), Consumer Connect Plus (a tool that enables service providers to remotely activate new 
broadband devices and manage home networks, creating new revenue sources, improved customer satisfaction and 
reduced service delivery costs) and Service Verify (a tool that gives service providers the tools to comprehensively 
validate quality of service commitments for their business subscribers). 

•  Non-AXOS E-Series Access Systems and Nodes: – A small subset of our E-Series access systems and access nodes 
that are designed to support an array of advanced IP-based service and run our EXA operating system. These systems 
are not supported by AXOS.

•  Calix C-Series Multiservice Access Systems – Designed to support a wide array of basic voice and data services 

offered by CSPs while also supporting advanced, high-speed, packet-based services such as Gigabit Ethernet, GPON, 
digital subscriber line, or DSL (including very high-speed DSL 2, or VDSL2) and advanced applications.

•  Calix B-Series Access Nodes – Consist of chassis-based nodes that are designed to support an array of advanced IP-

based services offered by CSPs, including Ethernet transport and aggregation, as well as voice, data and video services 
over both fiber- and copper-based network architectures.

•  P-Series Optical Network Terminals and Residential Gateways – A broad range of non-EXOS customer premises 
solutions, including optical network terminals, or ONTs, and residential gateways for residential and business use in 
conjunction with our E-Series, C-Series and B-Series systems.

Calix Services

The Calix Services team helps CSPs define their strategy, implement new solutions and manage their networks. CSPs choose 
Calix platforms because of their ability to simplify network management and support an agile service delivery model. Calix 
Services spans the entirety of the network and service delivery lifecycle. Our expertise, developed over many years of building 
cutting-edge software platforms and providing critical services to our customers, positions us to be the vendor of choice. Today, 
the Calix Services team delivers services to CSPs of every size and every type. We are continually expanding our portfolio of 
service offerings to ensure that our customers realize the full potential of our platforms.

•  Calix Professional Services – Calix offers defined service packages to accelerate network design and deployment, 

optimize performance and scalability and apply field-proven best practices, processes and tools. Use Cases for Calix 
Professional Services include the collapse of multiple network silos into a single software defined access architecture, 
the seamless migration to next-generation PON architectures, the deployment of managed whole home Wi-Fi services 
and smart home services and facilitated OSS/BSS integration services. These offerings optimize CSP end-to-end 
processes from operations to technology deployment to service lifecycle management.

•  Calix Managed Services – Our managed services feature a cloud-based remote monitoring service that monitors a 
CSP’s end-to-end access network (24 hours a day, 7 days a week) to ensure issues are automatically identified and 
assessed. This service leverages machine learning technology developed through thousands of Calix Support Services 
engagements with CSPs to correlate alarms, filter extraneous events and identify critical issues. The service provides 
incident notifications to CSP team members that include the nature, location and severity of events to help reduce 
mean time-to-repair.

•  Calix Support Services – Calix offers three tiers of support services - Standard, Essential, and Vantage - that ensure 

software updates, the agility of operational workflows, service uptime and customer experience. Calix support tiers are 
designed to provide optimal support to our customers who are adopting our strategic platforms - Calix Cloud, EXOS, 
and AXOS. Our highest support tier, Vantage, includes our Remote Monitoring service and support from a Calix 
service director who partners with customers to implement strategies that ensure delivery of an exceptional subscriber 
experience.

•  Calix Education Services – Calix offers an array of self-service and instructor-led, remote and onsite learning and 

certifications solutions to help CSPs build the skills required to successfully execute deployments and effectively run 
next generation networks. Calix offers specific learning paths that are designed to help CSPs enhance the skills of their 
teams and maximize the value that they derive when they deploy our strategic platforms.

•  Calix Success Services – To ensure that our customers maximize the return on their investments in our software 

solutions, we offer Calix Success Services. The primary focus of the Success Services engagements is the use of the 
data and analytics delivered through our Calix Cloud Platform to transform our customers’ business processes. Our 
Success Services team members leverage their domain expertise in marketing, customer support and operations to help 
our customers achieve their business objectives. These engagements are typically multi-year (aligned to our cloud 
subscription terms).

15

Representation of the Calix Services portfolio:

Customers

We operate a differentiated customer engagement model that focuses on direct alignment with our customers through sales, 
service and support. In order to allocate our product development and sales efforts efficiently, we believe that it is critical to 
target markets, customers and applications deliberately. We have traditionally targeted CSPs, which own, build and upgrade 
their own access networks and value strong relationships with their systems and software suppliers.

The United States Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier, or ILEC, market is composed of three distinct “tiers” of carriers, which 
we categorize based on their subscriber line counts and geographic coverage. Tier 1 CSPs are very large with wide geographic 
footprints. They have greater than seven million subscriber lines, and they generally correspond with the former Regional Bell 
Operating Companies. Tier 2 CSPs also operate typically within a wide geographic footprint but are smaller in scale with 
subscriber line counts that range from approximately half a million to approximately seven million subscriber lines. Their 
service coverage areas are predominantly regional in scope, and therefore they are often known as Regional Local Exchange 
Carriers. Tier 3 CSPs consist primarily of over 1,000 predominantly local operators (often called IOCs) typically focused on a 
single community or a cluster of communities, although they also include a growing number of municipalities, electric 
cooperatives, fiber overbuilders and wireless ISPs. These entities range in size from a few hundred to approximately half a 
million subscriber lines.

To date, we have focused primarily on CSPs in the North American market. Our existing customers’ networks serve over 100 
million subscriber lines. Our customers span Tiers 1, 2 and 3, including Allo Communications; CenturyLink, Inc., or 
CenturyLink; CityFibre Holdings Limited; City of Beverly Hills; Emirates Integrated Telecommunications Company, or du; 
Cox Communications; Frontier Communications Corporation; Windstream Holdings, Inc., or Windstream; and Verizon 
Communications, Inc.

We have a few large customers who have represented a significant portion of our sales in any given period. CenturyLink 
accounted for 18% of total revenue in 2018, 31% in 2017 and 21% in 2016. Windstream accounted for less than 10% of our 
revenue in 2018 and 2017 and 15% of our revenue in 2016.

Sales to customers outside the United States represented approximately 12% of our total revenue in 2018, 11% in 2017 and 9% 
in 2016. Historically, our sales outside the United States were predominantly to customers in the Middle East, Canada, Europe 
and Caribbean.

Customer Engagement Model

We design, market and sell our Calix Cloud and software platforms, systems and Calix Services predominantly through our 
direct sales force, supported by marketing and product management personnel. We have expanded this model to include a small 
number of select channel partners in North America and dozens of international channel partners, who are part of our Fiber 
Forward Partner Program. Our sales effort is organized either by named accounts or regional responsibilities. Account teams 
comprise sales managers, supported by solution engineers and account managers, who work to target and sell to existing and 
prospective CSPs. The sales process includes analyzing CSPs’ existing networks and identifying how they can utilize our 
products and services within their networks. Even in circumstances where a channel partner is involved, our sales and 
marketing personnel are often selling side-by-side with the channel partner. We believe that our direct customer engagement 

16

approach provides us with significant differentiation in the customer sales process by aligning us more closely with our 
customers’ changing needs.

Research and Development

Continued investment in research and development is critical to our business. Our research and development team is composed 
of engineers with expertise in software, optics, wireless and hardware. Our teams of engineers are located in our San Jose and 
Petaluma facilities located in California; our Minneapolis, Minnesota facility and our Nanjing, China facility. We also 
outsource a portion of our software development to domestic and international third parties. Our research and development 
efforts are also extended by our co-development partnerships with third-party developers such as Infosys whereby we are able 
to utilize their substantially larger product development teams to bring cutting edge, software-based products to market while 
creating new revenue opportunities for both parties. Our research and development team is responsible for designing, 
developing and enhancing our Cloud and software platforms and systems, performing product and quality assurance testing and 
ensuring the compatibility of our products with third-party hardware and software products. We have made significant 
investments in the Calix portfolio. We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to research and development to 
develop, enhance and deliver new platform features and capabilities, including investment in innovative technologies that 
support our business strategy.

Manufacturing

We rely substantially on CMs, ODMs and other third-party partners for the supply and distribution of our products. We work 
closely with these third parties to provide system design, source and procure materials, manufacture and deliver our products. 
Our manufacturing organization consists primarily of supply chain managers, new product introduction personnel and test 
engineers. We tightly integrate our supply chain management and new product introduction activities with the activities 
outsourced to these third parties. We have made changes to our supply chain management to align to our platform strategy and, 
more recently, in response to the imposition by the U.S. government of tariffs on goods imported from China. Such changes 
include increased leveraging of CM and ODM partners for systems design and management of raw materials used for 
manufacture and transition of global supply chain operations and activities to new geographies to mitigate the impact of the 
U.S. tariffs. Our relationships with our CMs and ODMs allow us to decrease new product introduction time, conserve working 
capital, reduce product costs and minimize delivery lead times while maintaining high product quality. Order fulfillment is 
performed by Pegasus Logistics Group, Inc. located in Texas. We also qualify and utilize other vendors for various portions of 
our supply chain from time to time, including order fulfillment of our circuit boards, optics and cabinets. This model allows us 
to operate with lower inventory levels while maintaining the ability to scale quickly to handle increased order volume.

Product reliability is essential for our customers, who place a premium on continuity of service for their subscribers. We 
perform rigorous in-house quality control testing to help ensure the reliability of our systems. Our internal manufacturing 
organization designs, develops and implements complex test processes to help ensure the quality and reliability of our products.

Our activities with our CM and ODM partners involve complexity and certain risks, including the potential absence of adequate 
capacity, the unavailability of or interruptions in access to certain process technologies and the reduced control over delivery 
schedules, manufacturing yields, quality and costs. As such, we may experience production problems or manufacturing delays. 
Additionally, shortages in components that we use in our systems are possible and our ability to predict the availability of such 
components may be limited. Our systems include components that are proprietary in nature and only available from a single 
source, as well as some components that are generally available from only a limited number of suppliers. Furthermore, lead 
times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in product specifications or delivery 
schedules. In some cases, significant time would be required to establish relationships with alternate suppliers or providers of 
proprietary components. We generally do not have long-term contracts that guarantee the supply of components or 
manufacturing services. Our ability to deliver products in a timely manner to our customers would be adversely impacted 
materially if we needed to qualify replacements for any of the components used in our systems. If we experience any 
difficulties in managing our relationships with our CMs, ODMs or other third party partners, or any interruption in either our 
own operations or those of our partners, or if a supplier is unable to meet our needs, we may encounter supply delays that could 
impede our ability to meet our customers’ requirements and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Seasonality

Fluctuations in our revenue occur due to many factors, including the varying budget cycles and seasonal buying patterns of our 
customers. More specifically, our customers tend to spend less in the first fiscal quarter as they are finalizing their annual 
capital spending budgets, and in certain regions, customers are also challenged by winter weather conditions that inhibit outside 
fiber deployment.

17

Intellectual Property

Our success depends upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a 
combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks as well as customary 
contractual protections. In addition, we generally control access to and the use of our proprietary technology and other 
confidential information. This protection is accomplished through a combination of internal and external controls, including 
contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners, and through a combination of U.S. and 
international intellectual property laws.

As of December 31, 2018, we held 124 U.S. patents and had 7 pending U.S. patent applications. One of the U.S. patents is also 
covered by granted international patents in three countries. As of December 31, 2018, we had no pending international patent 
applications. U.S. patents generally have a term of twenty years from filing. We have added to our patent portfolio since our 
inception. The remaining terms on the individual patents vary from one to 19 years.

We rely on intellectual property laws as well as nondisclosure agreements, licensing arrangements and confidentiality 
provisions to establish and protect our proprietary rights. U.S. patent, copyright and trade secret laws afford us only limited 
protection, and the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent. Our pending patent 
applications may not result in issued patents, and the issued patents may not be enforceable. Any infringement of proprietary 
rights could result in significant litigation costs. Further, any failure by us to adequately protect our proprietary rights could 
result in competitors offering similar products, resulting in the loss of our competitive advantage and decreased sales.

We believe that the frequency of assertions of patent infringement continues to increase in our industry. In particular, patent 
holders, including entities and organizations that purchase or hold patents to monetize such rights, assert patent infringement 
claims as a competitive tactic as well as a source of revenue. Any claim of infringement from a third party, even claims without 
merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against such claims and could distract our management from 
operating our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay 
substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our 
products. In addition, we might be required to seek a license for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be 
available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, 
which would require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.

Competition

The communications equipment market is highly competitive. Competition in this market is based on any one or a combination 
of the following factors:

•  functionality;

•  price;

•  existing business and customer relationships;

•  the ability of products and services, including turnkey professional services capabilities, to meet customers’ immediate 

and future network requirements;

•  product quality;

•  installation capability;

•  service and support;

•  scalability; and

•  manufacturing capability.

We compete with a number of companies within markets that we serve, and we anticipate that competition will intensify. 
Suppliers with which we compete include ADTRAN, Inc., or ADTRAN; Arris Group, Inc. (being acquired by CommScope 
Inc.); Casa Systems; Ciena Corporation; Cisco Systems Inc.; DASAN Zhone Solutions, Inc.; Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd.; 
Juniper Networks Inc.; Nokia Corporation and ZTE Corporation. There are also a number of smaller companies with which we 
compete in various geographic or vertical markets. While most of these smaller competitors lack broad national scale and 
product portfolios, they can offer strong competition on a deal-by-deal basis. As we expand into adjacent markets, we expect to 
encounter new competitors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater name recognition, manufacturing capacity and 
technical, financial and marketing resources as well as better established relationships with CSPs than we do. Many of our 
competitors have greater resources to develop products or pursue acquisitions and more experience in developing or acquiring 
new products and technologies and in creating market awareness for their products and technologies. In addition, a number of 

18

our competitors have the financial resources to offer competitive products at below market pricing levels that could prevent us 
from competing effectively.

Employees

As of December 31, 2018, we employed a total of 802 employees, of which 623 employees were located in the United 
States. Our United States employees are not represented by a labor union with respect to their employment with us. Our French 
employee is subject to a collective bargaining arrangement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our 
relations with our employees to be good.

Corporate Information

Calix, Inc., a Delaware corporation, was founded in August 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 2777 Orchard 
Parkway, San Jose, California 95134, and our telephone number is (408) 514-3000. Our website address is www.calix.com. We 
do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and you should 
not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 
Calix®, the Calix logo design, E3®, E5®, E7®, E9 TM, Calix Cloud SM, Compass®, Consumer Connect SM, Fiber Forward 
TM and other trademarks or service marks of Calix appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property of Calix. 
Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are the property 
of the respective holders. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other 
information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. We post on the Investor Relations page of our website, 
www.calix.com, a link to our filings with the SEC free of charge, as soon as reasonably practical after they are filed 
electronically with the SEC.

ITEM 1A. 

 Risk Factors

We have identified the following additional risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, financial condition and/or 
results of operations. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information set 
forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making any investment decision. The risks described below are not the only 
ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also significantly 
impair our business operations. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock 
could decline due to any of these risks, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our markets are rapidly changing, which makes it difficult to predict our future revenue and plan our expenses 
appropriately.

We compete in markets characterized by rapid technological change, changing needs of CSPs, evolving industry standards and 
frequent introductions of new products and services. We invest significant amounts to pursue innovative technologies that we 
believe would be adopted by CSPs. In addition, on an ongoing basis we expect to reposition our product and service offerings 
and introduce new products and services as we encounter rapidly changing CSP requirements and increasing competitive 
pressures. If we cannot increase sales of our new products and services, keep pace with rapid technological developments to 
meet our customers’ needs and compete with evolving industry standards or if the technologies we choose to invest in fail to 
meet customer needs or are not adopted by customers, the use of our products and our revenue could decline, making it difficult 
to forecast our future revenue and plan our operating expenses appropriately.

Adverse global economic conditions and geopolitical issues, including the U.S. tariffs imposed on imports from China, 
could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and liquidity.

As a global company, our performance is affected by global economic conditions as well as geopolitical issues. In recent years 
concerns about the global economic outlook have adversely affected market and business conditions in general. 
Macroeconomic weakness and uncertainty also make it more difficult for us to accurately forecast revenue, gross margin and 
expenses. Geopolitical issues, such as the ones resulting in the recent tariffs imposed by both the U.S. and China and the 
increasing tensions among China, the U.S., Canada and other countries, create uncertainly for global commerce. Sustained 
uncertainty about, or worsening of, global economic conditions and geopolitical issues may cause our customers to reduce or 
delay spending and could intensify pricing pressures. Any or all of these factors could negatively affect demand for our 
products and our business, financial condition and result of operations. Additional risks associated with the impact of the U.S. 
tariffs on our business and result of operations are described in the below risk factor captioned, “Substantially all of the 
products we currently sell in the United States are manufactured in China.  The imposition by the federal government of tariffs 
on goods imported from China has significantly increased the cost of our products manufactured in China and imported into 
the United States which may have a material adverse effect on our business, gross margins and results of operations.”

19

We have a history of losses, and we may not be able to generate positive operating income and positive cash flows in the 
future.

We have experienced net losses in each year of our existence. We incurred net losses of $19.3 million in 2018, $83.0 million in 
2017 and $27.4 million in 2016. As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $684.9 million.

We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and cash outlays for research and development associated with our 
platforms and systems, including our cloud and services operations, investments in innovative technologies, expansion of our 
product portfolio, sales and marketing, customer support and general and administrative functions as we expand our business 
and operations and target new customer segments, primarily larger CSPs including cable MSOs. Given our anticipated growth 
and the intense competitive pressures we face, we may be unable to control our operating costs.

We cannot guarantee that we will achieve profitability in the future. We will have to generate and sustain significant and 
consistent increased revenue, while continuing to control our expenses, in order to achieve and then maintain profitability. We 
may also incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the risks discussed in this “Risk Factors” 
section and other factors that we cannot anticipate. If we are unable to generate positive operating income and positive cash 
flows from operations, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected. If we are unable to 
generate cash flows to support our operational needs, we may need to seek other sources of liquidity, including additional 
borrowings, to support our working capital needs. In addition, we may choose to seek other sources of liquidity even if we 
believe we have generated sufficient cash flows to support our operational needs. There is no assurance that any other sources 
of liquidity may be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows or obtain 
other sources of liquidity, we will be forced to limit our development activities, reduce our investment in growth initiatives and 
institute cost-cutting measures, all of which would adversely impact our business and growth.

Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly, which may make it difficult to predict our future 
performance and could cause the market price of our stock to decline.

A number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our 
quarterly and annual operating results. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. Comparing 
our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an 
indication of our future performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities 
analysts, or below any guidance we may provide to the market, the market price of our stock would likely decline. Moreover, 
we may experience delays in recognizing revenue under applicable revenue recognition rules. For example, revenue associated 
with large turnkey network improvement projects, which include projects that are funded by the CAF program, is generally 
deferred until customer acceptance is received and may be subject to delays, rework requirements and unexpected costs, among 
other uncertainties. Certain government-funded contracts, such as those funded by U.S. Department of Agriculture’s Rural 
Utility Service, or RUS, also include acceptance and administrative requirements that delay revenue recognition. The extent of 
these delays and their impact on our revenue can fluctuate considerably depending on the number and size of purchase orders 
under these contracts for a given time period. Furthermore, our customers who rely on government-funded programs may delay 
or reduce purchase activities due to the recent prolonged U.S. government shutdown, which could have a negative impact on 
our result of operations. In addition, unanticipated decreases in our available liquidity due to fluctuating operating results could 
limit our growth and delay implementation of our expansion plans.

In addition to the other risk factors listed in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that have in the past and may continue to 
contribute to the variability of our operating results include:

•  our ability to predict our revenue and reduce and control product costs, including larger scale turnkey network 

improvement projects that may span several quarters;

•  the impact of global economic conditions;

•  the impact of current and future tariffs that may impact our products, including the U.S. tariffs on goods imported 

from China;

•  our ability to increase our sales to larger CSPs globally;

•  the capital spending patterns of CSPs and any decrease or delay in capital spending by CSPs due to macro-economic 

conditions, regulatory uncertainties or other reasons;

•  the impact of government-sponsored programs on our customers and the impact to our customers of the recent U.S. 

government shutdown on such programs;

•  intense competition;

•  our ability to develop new products or enhancements that support technological advances and meet changing CSP 

requirements;

20

•  our ability to ramp sales and achieve market acceptance of our new products and CSPs’ willingness to deploy our 

new products;

•  the concentration of our customer base as well as our dependence on a limited number of key customers;

•  the length and unpredictability of our sales cycles and timing of orders;

•  our lack of long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers;

•  our exposure to the credit risks of our customers;

•  fluctuations in our gross margin;

•  the interoperability of our products with CSP networks;

•  our dependence on sole-, single- and limited-source suppliers;

•  our ability to manage our relationships with our third-party vendors, including CMs, ODMs, logistics providers, 

component suppliers and development partners;

•  our ability to forecast our manufacturing requirements and manage our inventory;

•  our products’ compliance with industry standards;

•  our ability to expand our international operations;

•  our ability to protect our intellectual property and the cost of doing so;

•  the quality of our products, including any undetected hardware defects or bugs in our software;

•  our ability to estimate future warranty obligations due to product failure rates;

•  our ability to obtain necessary third-party technology licenses at reasonable costs;

•  the regulatory and physical impacts of climate change and other natural events;

•  the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key management personnel;

•  our ability to build and sustain an adequate and secure information technology infrastructure; and

•  our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls.

Our gross margin may fluctuate over time, and our current level of gross margin may not be sustainable.

Our current level of gross margin may not be sustainable and may be adversely affected by numerous factors, including:

•  changes in customer, geographic or product mix, including the mix of configurations within each product group;

•  the pursuit or addition of new large customers;

•  increased price competition, including the impact of customer discounts and rebates;

•  the impact of current and future tariffs that may impact our products, including the U.S. tariffs on goods imported 

from China;

•  our ability to reduce and control product costs;

•  an increase in revenue mix toward services, which typically have lower margins;

•  changes in component pricing;

•  changes in pricing with our third-party manufacturing partners; 

•  charges incurred due to inventory holding periods if parts ordering does not correctly anticipate product demand;

•  introduction of new products and new technologies, which may involve higher component costs;

•  our ability to scale our services business in order to gain desired efficiencies;

•  changes in shipment volume;

•  changes in or increased reliance on distribution channels;

•  potential liabilities associated with increased reliance on third-party vendors;

•  increased expansion efforts into new or emerging markets;

21

•  increased warranty costs;

•  excess and obsolete inventory and inventory holding charges;

•  expediting costs incurred to meet customer delivery requirements; and

•  potential costs associated with contractual obligations.

Substantially all of the products we currently sell in the United States are manufactured in China.  The imposition by the 
federal government of tariffs on goods imported from China has significantly increased the cost of our products 
manufactured in China and imported into the United States which may have a material adverse effect on our business, 
gross margins and results of operations.

Recently, the federal government imposed significant tariffs on goods imported from China in connection with China's 
intellectual property practices with proposed additional tariffs of $200 billion or more covering a broader list of goods imported 
from China.  Substantially all of the products that we sell in the United States are currently manufactured in China. 
Accordingly, we expect that these U.S. tariffs as currently implemented would have significant cost impact to us to the extent 
we are not able to mitigate the impact of the tariffs. Although we are actively working to modify our supply chain operations to 
avoid the impact of these tariffs, if we are not able to successfully modify our supply chain operations as planned, the tariffs 
could have a material adverse impact on our product margins, result of operations and cash flows. Furthermore, transition of 
global supply chain operations is complex, require significant resources and carry numerous risks of disruptions to the 
manufacture and supply of our products, delays in implementation of our transition plans and significant unanticipated costs, 
including exacerbation of the risks associated with our reliance upon third-party manufacturing and supply partners. 
Furthermore, there is no assurance that we can secure our desired rates for the manufacture and supply of our products with 
new supply chain partners and may face higher costs as a result. Disruptions, delays or unanticipated costs associated with the 
supply of our products due to our transition efforts could impair our ability to meet customer requirements, result in 
cancellation of orders and harm our relationships with our customers, all of which could materially impact our revenues, gross 
margin and result of operations. Additional risks associated with our reliance upon third-party manufacturing and supply 
partners are described in the below risk factors captioned “We utilize domestic and international third-party vendors to assist in 
the design, development and manufacture of certain of our products, and to provide logistics services in the distribution of our 
products. If these vendors fail to provide these services, we could incur additional costs and delays or lose revenue” and “If we 
fail to forecast our manufacturing requirements accurately or fail to properly manage our inventory with our contract 
manufacturers, we could incur additional costs, experience manufacturing delays and lose revenue.”

The imposition of any additional tariffs or trade restrictions that may be implemented by the United States or other countries in 
connection with a global trade war, could increase the cost of our products manufactured in China or other countries, which in 
turn could adversely affect the demand for these products and have a material adverse effect on our business, gross margins and 
results of operations.

Our business is dependent on the capital spending patterns of CSPs, and any decrease or delay in capital spending by CSPs 
in response to economic conditions, seasonality, uncertainties associated with the implementation of regulatory reform or 
otherwise would reduce our revenue and harm our business.

Demand for our products depends on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by CSPs as they construct, expand, upgrade 
and maintain their access networks. Any future economic downturn may cause a slowdown in telecommunications industry 
spending, including in the specific geographies and markets in which we operate. In response to reduced consumer spending, 
challenging capital markets or declining liquidity trends, capital spending for network infrastructure projects of CSPs could be 
delayed or canceled. In addition, capital spending is cyclical in our industry, sporadic among individual CSPs and can change 
on short notice. As a result, we may not have visibility into changes in spending behavior until nearly the end of a given 
quarter.

CSP spending on network construction, maintenance, expansion and upgrades is also affected by reductions in their budgets, 
delays in their purchasing cycles, access to external capital (such as government grants and loan programs or the capital 
markets) and seasonality and delays in capital allocation decisions. For example, our CSP customers tend to spend less in the 
first quarter as they are still finalizing their annual budgets and in certain regions customers are also challenged by winter 
weather conditions that inhibit outside fiber deployment, resulting in weaker demand for our products in the first quarter of our 
fiscal year. Also, softness in demand across any of our customer markets, including due to macro-economic conditions beyond 
our control or uncertainties associated with the implementation of regulatory reform, has in the past and could in the future lead 
to unexpected slowdown in capital expenditures by service providers.

Many factors affecting our results of operations are beyond our control, particularly in the case of large CSP orders and 
network infrastructure deployments involving multiple vendors and technologies where the achievement of certain thresholds 
for acceptance is subject to the readiness and performance of the CSP or other providers and changes in CSP requirements or 
installation plans. Further, CSPs may not pursue investment for our new platforms or infrastructure upgrades that require our 

22

access systems and software. Infrastructure improvements may be delayed or prevented by a variety of factors including cost, 
regulatory obstacles (including uncertainties associated with the implementation of regulatory reforms), mergers, lack of 
consumer demand for advanced communications services and alternative approaches to service delivery. Reductions in capital 
expenditures by CSPs, particularly CSPs that are significant customers, may have a material negative impact on our revenue 
and results of operations and slow our rate of revenue growth. As a consequence, our results for a particular period may be 
difficult to predict, and our prior results are not necessarily indicative of results in future periods.

Government-sponsored programs and the recent U.S. federal government shutdown could impact the timing and buying 
patterns of CSPs, which may cause fluctuations in our operating results.

We sell to CSPs, which include U.S.-based IOCs, which have revenue that is particularly dependent upon interstate and 
intrastate access charges and federal and state subsidies. The FCC and some states may consider changes to such payments and 
subsidies, and these changes could reduce IOC revenue. Furthermore, many IOCs use or expect to use government-supported 
loan programs or grants, such as RUS loans and grants, to finance capital spending. These government-supported loan 
programs and grants generally include conditions such as deployment criteria, domestic preference provisions and other 
requirements that apply to the project and selected equipment as conditions for funding. Changes to the terms or administration 
of these programs, including uncertainty from government and administrative change, potential funding limitations that impact 
our ability to meet program requirements or funding delays due to the recent U.S. federal government shutdown could reduce 
the ability of IOCs to access capital or secure funding under government-funded programs to purchase our products and 
services and thus reduce our revenue opportunities.

Many of our customers were awarded grants or loans under government stimulus programs such as the Broadband Stimulus 
programs under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 and the funds distributed under the FCC’s CAF 
program, and have purchased and will continue to purchase products from us or other suppliers while such programs and 
funding are available. However, customers may substantially curtail purchases as funding winds down or as planned purchases 
are completed.

In addition to the impact of the recent U.S. federal government shutdown, any further government shutdowns or any changes in 
government regulations and subsidies could cause our customers to change their purchasing decisions, which could have an 
adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

We face intense competition that could reduce our revenue and adversely affect our financial results.

The market for our products is highly competitive, and we expect competition from both established and new companies to 
increase. Our competitors include companies such as ADTRAN, Inc., or ADTRAN; Arris Group, Inc. (being acquired by 
CommScope Inc.); Casa Systems; Ciena Corporation; Cisco Systems Inc.; DASAN Zhone Solutions, Inc.; Huawei 
Technologies Co. Ltd.; Juniper Networks Inc.; Nokia Corporation and ZTE Corporation, among others.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including:

•  the successful development of new products;

•  our ability to anticipate CSP and market requirements and changes in technology and industry standards;

•  our ability to differentiate our products from our competitors’ offerings based on performance, cost-effectiveness or 

other factors;

•  our ongoing ability to successfully integrate acquired product lines and customer bases into our business;

•  our ability to meet increased customer demand for professional services associated with network improvement 

projects;

•  our ability to gain customer acceptance of our products; and

•  our ability to market and sell our products.

The broadband access equipment market has undergone and continues to undergo consolidation, as participants have merged, 
made acquisitions or entered into partnerships or other strategic relationships with one another to offer more comprehensive 
solutions than they individually had offered. Examples include Arris’ acquisition of Pace plc in January 2016; Nokia’s 
acquisition of Alcatel-Lucent in January 2016; the merger of DASAN Zhone Solutions with DASAN Network Solutions in 
September 2016; and CommScope’s acquisition of Arris that is expected to close in the first half of 2019. We expect this trend 
to continue as companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions in an evolving industry.

Many of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases 
and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do and are better positioned to 
acquire and offer complementary products and services. Many of our competitors have broader product lines and can offer 
bundled solutions, which may appeal to certain customers. Our competitors may also invest additional resources in developing 
23

more compelling product offerings. Potential customers may also prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a 
new supplier, regardless of product performance or features, because the products that we and our competitors offer require a 
substantial investment of time and funds to qualify and install.

Some of our competitors may offer substantial discounts or rebates to win new customers or to retain existing customers. If we 
are forced to reduce prices in order to secure customers, we may be unable to sustain gross margin at desired levels or achieve 
profitability. Competitive pressures could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margin, increased sales and 
marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which could reduce our revenue and adversely 
affect our financial results.

An increase in revenue mix towards services will adversely affect our gross margin.

In response to greater customer demand for certain professional and support services for our products, we continue to invest 
and grow our services business. Our services include professional services associated with turnkey network improvement 
projects, product support services, managed services to help our customers manage and optimize their networks and education 
and certification services, all of which typically have a lower gross margin than product purchases. For example, revenue 
recognized from turnkey network improvement projects whereby we supply products and related professional services such as 
network planning, product installation, testing and network turn up may be delayed because of the timing of completion and 
acceptance of a project or milestone, including third-party delays that may be outside our control. We also rely upon third-party 
subcontractors to assist with some of our professional and support services projects, which generally result in higher costs and 
increased risk of cost overruns, which can negatively impact our gross margin. Moreover, if we are unable to achieve desired 
efficiencies and scale as we ramp and develop our services business, we may incur higher than expected costs, which can 
further adversely impact our gross margin. 

Product development is costly, and if we fail to develop new products or enhancements that meet changing CSP 
requirements, we could experience lower sales.

Our industry is characterized by rapid technological advances, frequent new product introductions, evolving industry standards 
and unanticipated changes in subscriber requirements. Our future success will depend significantly on our ability to anticipate 
and adapt to such changes, and to offer, on a timely and cost-effective basis, products and features that meet changing CSP 
demands and industry standards. We intend to continue to invest in developing new products and enhancing the functionality of 
our platforms, including to reach a broader set of customers. Developing our products is expensive and complex and involves 
uncertainties, including pricing risks from sourcing sufficient quantities of custom components from limited suppliers on terms 
which may not be commercially acceptable for us. We may not have sufficient resources to successfully manage lengthy 
product development cycles. Our research and development expenses were $90.0 million, or 20% of our revenue, in 2018, 
$127.5 million, or 25% of our revenue, in 2017 and $106.9 million, or 23% of our revenue, in 2016. We believe that we must 
continue to dedicate a significant amount of resources to our research and development efforts, including increased reliance on 
third-party development partners, to maintain our competitive position. These investments may take several years to generate 
positive returns, if ever. In addition, we may experience design, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could 
delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new products and enhancements. If we fail to meet our 
development targets, demand for our products will decline.

In addition, the introduction of new or enhanced products also requires that we manage the transition from older products to 
these new or enhanced products in order to minimize disruption in customer ordering patterns, fulfill ongoing customer 
commitments and ensure that adequate supplies of new products are available for delivery to meet anticipated customer 
demand. If we fail to maintain compatibility with other software or equipment found in our customers’ existing and planned 
networks, we may face substantially reduced demand for our products, which would reduce our revenue opportunities and 
market share. Moreover, as customers complete infrastructure deployments, they may require greater levels of service and 
support than we have provided in the past. We may not be able to provide products, services and support to compete effectively 
for these market opportunities. If we are unable to anticipate and develop new products or enhancements to our existing 
products on a timely and cost-effective basis, we could experience lower sales, which would harm our business.

Our new products are early in their life cycles and subject to uncertain market demand. If our customers are unwilling to 
install our new products or deploy our new services, or we are unable to achieve market acceptance of our new products, 
our business and financial results will be harmed.

Our new products are early in their life cycles and subject to uncertain market demand. They also may face obstacles in 
manufacturing, deployment and competitive response. Potential customers may choose not to invest the additional capital 
required for initial system deployment of new products. In addition, demand for new products is dependent on the success of 
our customers in deploying and selling advanced services to their subscribers. Our products support a variety of advanced 
broadband services, such as high-speed Internet, Internet protocol television, mobile broadband, high-definition video and 
online gaming. If we are unable to ramp sales of our new products, or if subscriber demand for our services does not grow as 

24

expected or declines, or our customers are unable or unwilling to deploy and market these services, demand for our products 
may decrease or fail to grow at rates we anticipate.

Our customer base is concentrated, and there are a limited number of potential customers for our products. The loss of any 
of our key customers, a decrease in purchases by our key customers, pricing pressures or our inability to grow our customer 
base would adversely impact our revenue and results of operations and any delays in payment by a key customer could 
negatively impact our cash flows and working capital.

Historically, a large portion of our sales has been to a limited number of customers. For example, one customer accounted for 
18% of our revenue in 2018, 31% of our revenue in 2017 and 21% of our revenue in 2016, and another customer accounted for 
15% of our revenue in 2016. However, we cannot anticipate the level of purchases in the future by these customers. Customer 
purchases may be delayed or impacted due to financial difficulties, spending cuts or corporate consolidations. For example, one 
of our large customers completed a large acquisition at the end of 2017, which continues to disrupt its normal expenditure 
plans, including prolonged delays and reduction in purchases of our products and services as it continues to finalize its 
transition activities and corporate strategies. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience delays or declines in 
purchases by certain CSPs due to deterioration and weakness in their financial condition. For example, Windstream, another 
one of our larger customers, recently filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after it 
was found in default of certain debt instruments. Any decrease or delay in purchases and/or capital expenditure plans of any of 
our key customers, or our inability to grow our sales with existing customers, may have a material negative impact on our 
revenue and results of operations.

We anticipate that a large portion of our revenue will continue to depend on sales to a limited number of customers. In addition, 
some larger customers may demand discounts and rebates or desire to purchase their access systems and software from multiple 
providers. As a result of these factors, our future revenue opportunities may be limited, and we may face pricing pressures, 
which in turn could adversely impact our margins and our profitability. The loss of, reduction in or pricing discounts associated 
with, orders from any key customer would significantly reduce our revenue and harm our business. Furthermore, delays in 
payment and/or extended payment terms from any of our key or larger customers could have a material negative impact on our 
cash flows and working capital to support our business operations.

Furthermore, in recent years, the CSP market has undergone substantial consolidation. Industry consolidation generally has 
negative implications for equipment suppliers, including a reduction in the number of potential customers, a decrease in 
aggregate capital spending and greater pricing leverage on the part of CSPs over equipment suppliers. Continued consolidation 
of the CSP industry and among ILEC and IOC customers, who represent a large part of our business, could make it more 
difficult for us to grow our customer base, increase sales of our products and maintain adequate gross margin.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our 
sales are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from quarter to quarter, which may cause our operating results to 
fluctuate significantly.

The timing of our revenue is difficult to predict. Our sales efforts often involve educating CSPs about the use and benefits of 
our products. CSPs typically undertake a significant evaluation process, which frequently involves not only our products but 
also those of our competitors and results in a lengthy sales cycle. Sales cycles for larger customers are relatively longer and 
require considerably more time and expense. We spend substantial time, effort and money in our sales efforts without any 
assurance that our efforts will produce sales. In addition, product purchases are frequently subject to budget constraints, 
multiple approvals and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. The timing of revenue related to sales of 
products and services that have installation requirements may be difficult to predict due to interdependencies that may be 
beyond our control, such as CSP testing and turn-up protocols or other vendors’ products, services or installations of equipment 
upon which our products and services rely. Such delays may result in fluctuations in our quarterly revenue. If sales expected 
from a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter or at all, we may not achieve our revenue 
forecasts and our financial results would be adversely affected.

Our focus on CSPs with relatively small networks limits our revenue from sales to any one customer and makes our future 
operating results difficult to predict.

A large portion of our sales efforts continue to be focused on CSPs with relatively small networks, cable MSOs and selected 
international CSPs. Our current and potential customers generally operate small networks with limited capital expenditure 
budgets. Accordingly, we believe the potential revenue from the sale of our products to any one of these customers is limited. 
As a result, we must identify and sell products to new customers each quarter to continue to increase our sales. In addition, the 
spending patterns of many of our customers are characterized by small and sporadic purchases. As a consequence, we have 
limited backlog and will likely continue to have limited visibility into future operating results.

25

We do not have long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers, and therefore have no guarantee of 
future revenue from any customer.

We typically have not entered into long-term, committed-volume purchase contracts with our customers, including our key 
customers which account for a material portion of our revenue. As a result, any of our customers may cease to purchase our 
products at any time. In addition, our customers may attempt to renegotiate terms of sale, including price and quantity. If any of 
our key customers stop purchasing our access platforms, systems and software for any reason, our business and results of 
operations would be harmed.

Our efforts to increase our sales to CSPs globally, including cable MSOs, may be unsuccessful.

Our sales and marketing efforts have been focused on CSPs in North America. Part of our long-term strategy is to increase sales 
to CSPs globally, including cable MSOs. We have devoted and continue to devote substantial technical, marketing and sales 
resources to these larger CSPs, who have lengthy equipment qualification and sales cycles, without any assurance of generating 
sales. In particular, sales to these larger CSPs may require us to upgrade our products to meet more stringent performance 
criteria and interoperability requirements, develop new customer-specific features or adapt our products to meet international 
standards. Implementing these requirements and features is costly and could negatively impact our operating results, financial 
condition and cash flows. Moreover, if we are unable to obtain materials at favorable costs, our margins and profitability could 
be adversely impacted. For example, we work with large CSPs in testing and laboratory trials for our NG-PON2 technology 
and MSO applications. We have invested and expect to continue to invest considerable time, effort and expenditures, including 
investment in product research and development, related to these opportunities without any assurance that our efforts will 
produce orders or revenue. If we are unable to successfully increase our sales to larger CSPs, our operating results, financial 
condition, cash flows and long-term growth may be negatively impacted.

We are exposed to the credit risks of our customers; if we have inadequately assessed their creditworthiness, we may have 
more exposure to accounts receivable risk than we anticipate. Failure to collect our accounts receivable in amounts that we 
anticipate could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

In the course of our sales to customers, we may encounter difficulty collecting accounts receivable and could be exposed to 
risks associated with uncollectible accounts receivable. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses 
resulting from the inability or unwillingness of our customers to make required payments. However, these allowances are based 
on our judgment and a variety of factors and assumptions.

We perform credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. However, our evaluation of the creditworthiness of 
customers may not be accurate if they do not provide us with timely and accurate financial information, or if their situations 
change after we evaluate their credit. While we attempt to monitor these situations carefully, adjust our allowances for doubtful 
accounts as appropriate and take measures to collect accounts receivable balances, we have written down accounts receivable 
and written off doubtful accounts in prior periods and may be unable to avoid additional write-downs or write-offs of doubtful 
accounts in the future. Such write-downs or write-offs could negatively affect our operating results for the period in which they 
occur and could harm our financial condition.

Our products must interoperate with many software applications and hardware products found in our customers’ networks. 
If we are unable to ensure that our products interoperate properly, our business will be harmed.

Our products must interoperate with our customers’ existing and planned networks, which often have varied and complex 
specifications, utilize multiple protocol standards, include software applications and products from multiple vendors and 
contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. As a result, we must continually ensure that our 
products interoperate properly with these existing and planned networks. To meet these requirements, we must undertake 
development efforts that require substantial capital investment and employee resources. We may not accomplish these 
development goals quickly or cost-effectively, if at all. If we fail to maintain compatibility with other software or equipment 
found in our customers’ existing and planned networks, we may face substantially reduced demand for our products, which 
would reduce our revenue opportunities and market share.

We have entered into interoperability arrangements with a number of equipment and software vendors for the use or integration 
of their technology with our products. These arrangements give us access to and enable interoperability with various products 
that we do not otherwise offer. If these relationships fail, we may have to devote substantially more resources to the 
development of alternative products and processes and our efforts may not be as effective as the combined solutions under our 
current arrangements. In some cases, these other vendors are either companies that we compete with directly or companies that 
have extensive relationships with our existing and potential customers and may have influence over the purchasing decisions of 
those customers. Some of our competitors have stronger relationships with some of our existing and other potential 
interoperability partners, and as a result, our ability to have successful interoperability arrangements with these companies may 
be harmed. Our failure to establish or maintain key relationships with third-party equipment and software vendors may harm 
our ability to successfully sell and market our products.

26

The quality of our support and services offerings is important to our customers, and if we fail to continue to offer high 
quality support and services, we could lose customers, which would harm our business.

Once our products are deployed within our customers’ networks, they depend on our support organization to resolve any issues 
relating to those products. A high level of support is critical for the successful marketing and sale of our products. Furthermore, 
our services to customers have increasingly broadened to include network design and services to deploy our products within 
our customers’ networks, such as our professional services associated with turnkey network improvement projects for our 
customers. If we do not effectively assist our customers in deploying our products, succeed in helping them quickly resolve 
post-deployment issues or provide effective ongoing support, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products to existing 
customers and harm our reputation with potential new customers. As a result, our failure to maintain high quality support and 
services could result in the loss of customers, which would harm our business.

Our products are highly technical and may contain undetected hardware defects or software bugs, which could harm our 
reputation and adversely affect our business.

Our products, including our cloud and software platforms and systems, are highly technical and, when deployed, are critical to 
the operation of many networks. Our products have contained and may contain undetected defects, bugs or security 
vulnerabilities, which risks may be exacerbated as we continue to expand our cloud and software portfolio. Some defects in our 
products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by customers and may in some cases only be 
detected under certain circumstances or after extended use. Any errors, bugs, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in 
our products after commercial release could result in loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers and 
increased service and warranty and retrofit costs, any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results and 
financial condition. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our contracts with 
customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a 
lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of 
us and our products. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is 
unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.

Privacy concerns relating to our products and services could affect our business practices, damage our reputation and deter 
customers from purchasing our products and services.

Government and regulatory authorities in the United States and around the world have implemented and are continuing to 
implement broader and more stringent laws and regulations concerning data protection. For example, in July 2016, the 
European Commission adopted the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield to replace Safe Harbor as a compliance mechanism for the transfer 
of personal data from the European Union to the United States. In addition, the General Data Protection Regulation adopted by 
the EU Parliament became effective in May 2018 to harmonize data privacy laws across Europe. Among other requirements, 
the GDPR imposes specific duties and requirements upon companies that collect, process or control personal data of EU 
residents.  Although we currently do not have material operations or business in the EU, the GDPR regulations could cause us 
to incur substantial costs in order to expand our business or deliver certain services in the EU.  Furthermore, the GDPR imposes 
penalties for noncompliance of up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of a company’s worldwide revenue; accordingly, any 
non-compliance with the GDPR could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Similarly, in June 2018, California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act which provides new data privacy 
rights for consumers and new operational requirements for companies effective in 2020. The interpretation and application of 
these data protection laws and regulations are often uncertain and in flux, and it is possible that they may be interpreted and 
applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. Complying with emerging and changing laws could cause us to 
incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

Concerns about or regulatory actions involving our practices with regard to the collection, use, disclosure, or security of 
customer information or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could damage our reputation and adversely affect 
operating results. While we strive to provide transparency about our collection, use, disclosure and security over any personal 
data and to comply with all applicable data protection laws and regulations, the failure or perceived failure to comply may 
result in inquiries and other proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose 
customers, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to cybersecurity and privacy risks.

Our information systems and data centers (including third-party data centers) contain sensitive information that help us operate 
our business efficiently, interface with and provide software solutions to customers, maintain financial accuracy and accurately 
produce our financial statements. In addition, we host sensitive data in data centers, including subscriber data, in the course of 
providing services and solutions to customers. Malicious hackers may attempt to gain access to our network or data centers; 
steal proprietary information related to our business, products, employees, and customers; or interrupt our systems and services 
or those of our customers or others. The theft, loss, or misuse of personal data collected, used, stored or transferred by us to run 
our business could result in significantly increased security and remediation costs or costs related to defending legal claims. If 
27

we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology infrastructure, we 
could be subject to cyberattacks, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of customers, business disruptions or the 
loss of or damage to intellectual property through security breaches. If our data management systems, including those of our 
third-party data centers, do not effectively and securely collect, store, process and report relevant data for the operation of our 
business, whether due to cyberattacks, equipment malfunction or constraints, software deficiencies or human error, our ability 
to effectively plan, forecast and execute our business plan and comply with laws and regulations will be impaired, perhaps 
materially. Any such impairment could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, 
the timeliness with which we internally and externally report our operating results and our business and reputation.

While we have applied multiple layers of security to control access to our information technology systems and use encryption 
and authentication technologies to secure the transmission and storage of data, these security measures may be compromised as 
a result of third-party security breaches, employee error, malfeasance, faulty password management or other irregularity, and 
result in persons obtaining unauthorized access to our data or accounts. Third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce 
employees into disclosing user names, passwords or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our 
information technology systems.

While we seek to apply best practice policies and devote significant resources to network security, data encryption and other 
security measures to protect our information technology and communications systems and data, these security measures cannot 
provide absolute security. We or our third-party hosting providers may experience a system breach and be unable to protect 
sensitive data. The costs to us to eliminate or alleviate network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software 
programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and our efforts to address these problems may not be successful and 
could result in unexpected interruptions, delays and cessation of service which may harm our business operations.

Although our systems have been designed around industry-standard architectures to reduce downtime in the event of outages or 
catastrophic occurrences, they remain vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, 
telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, cyberattacks, viruses, denial-of-service attacks, human error, hardware or software 
defects or malfunctions, and similar events or disruptions. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster 
recovery planning is not sufficient for all eventualities. Our systems are also subject to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts 
of vandalism. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of a natural disaster, a decision by any of our third-party 
hosting providers to close a facility we use without adequate notice for financial or other reasons, a data breach or other 
unanticipated problems at our hosting facilities could cause system interruptions and delays which may result in loss of critical 
data and lengthy interruptions in our services.

Our estimates regarding future warranty or product obligations may change due to product failure rates, shipment volumes, 
field service obligations and rework costs incurred in correcting product failures. If our estimates change, the liability for 
warranty or product obligations may be increased, impacting future cost of revenue.

Our products are highly complex, and our product development, manufacturing and integration testing may not be adequate to 
detect all defects, errors, failures and quality issues. Quality or performance problems for products covered under warranty 
could adversely impact our reputation and negatively affect our operating results and financial position. The development and 
production of new products with high complexity often involves problems with software, components and manufacturing 
methods. If significant warranty or other product obligations arise due to reliability or quality issues arising from defects in 
software, faulty components or improper manufacturing methods, our operating results and financial position could be 
negatively impacted by:

•  cost associated with fixing software or hardware defects;

•  high service and warranty expenses;

•  high inventory obsolescence expense;

•  delays in collecting accounts receivable;

•  payment of liquidated damages for performance failures; and

•  declining sales to existing customers.

We do not have manufacturing capabilities, and therefore we depend upon a small number of CMs and ODMs. We do not 
have supply contracts with all of these CMs and ODMs. Consequently, our operations could be disrupted if we encounter 
problems with any of these CMs or ODMs.

We do not have internal manufacturing capabilities and rely upon a small number of CMs and ODMs to build our products. Our 
reliance on a small number of CMs and ODMs makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over 
component availability, delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs.

28

We do not have supply contracts with some of our CMs and ODMs. Consequently, these CMs are not obligated to supply 
products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantity or at any certain price. In addition, we are dependent upon our 
CMs’ and ODMs’ quality systems and controls and the adherence of such systems and controls to applicable standards. If our 
CMs and ODMs fail to maintain levels of quality manufacture suitable for us or our customers, we may incur higher costs and 
our relationships with our customers may be harmed.

The revenue that our CMs generate from our orders represent a relatively small percentage of their overall revenue. As a result, 
fulfilling our orders may not be considered a priority if such manufacturers are constrained in their ability to fulfill all of their 
customer obligations in a timely manner. In addition, a substantial part of our manufacturing is done in our CM’s and ODM’s 
facilities that are located outside of the United States. We believe that the location of these facilities outside of the United States 
increases supply risk, including the risk of supply interruptions or reductions in manufacturing quality or controls. Moreover, 
regulatory changes or government actions relating to export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, or 
the possibility of such changes or actions, may create uncertainty or result in changes to or disruption in our operations with our 
CMs. Additional risks associated with the transition of our supply chain operations to mitigate the impact of substantial tariffs 
are described in the below risk factor captioned “Substantially all of the products we currently sell in the United States are 
manufactured in China.  The imposition by the federal government of tariffs on goods imported from China has significantly 
increased the cost of our products manufactured in China and imported into the United States which may have a material 
adverse effect on our business, gross margins and results of operations.”

If any of our CMs or ODMs were unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our products in required volumes and at high 
quality levels, we would have to identify, qualify and select acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. An alternative CM 
may not be available to us when needed or may not be in a position to satisfy our production requirements at commercially 
reasonable prices and quality. Any significant interruption in manufacturing would require us to reduce our supply of products 
to our customers, which in turn would reduce our revenue and harm our relationships with our customers.

We and our business partners, including our CMs and suppliers, depend on sole-source, single-source and limited-source 
suppliers for some key components. If we and our business partners are unable to source these components on a timely or 
cost-effective basis, we will not be able to deliver our products to our customers.

We and our business partners, including our CMs and suppliers, depend on sole-source, single-source and limited-source 
suppliers for some key components of our products. For example, certain of our application-specific integrated circuit 
processors and resistor networks are purchased from sole-source suppliers.

Any of the sole-source, single-source and limited-source suppliers upon whom we or our business partners rely could stop 
producing our components, cease operations, or enter into exclusive arrangements with our competitors. We may also 
experience shortages or delay of critical components as a result of growing demand in the industry or other sectors. For 
example, growth in electronic and IoT devices, wireless products, automotive electronics and artificial intelligence all drive 
increased demand for certain components, such as chipsets and memory products, which may result in lower availability and 
increased prices for such components. The cost of components may also be impacted by regulatory requirements.

In addition, purchase volumes of such components may be too low for Calix to be considered a priority customer by these 
suppliers, and we may not be able to negotiate commercially reasonable terms for our business needs. As a result, these 
suppliers could stop selling to us and our business partners at commercially reasonable prices, or at all. Any such interruption 
or delay may force us and our business partners to seek similar components from alternative sources, which may not be 
available, or result in higher than anticipated prices for such components. Switching suppliers could also require that we 
redesign our products to accommodate new components and could require us to re-qualify our products with our customers, 
which would be costly and time consuming. Any interruption in the supply of sole-source, single-source or limited-source 
components for our products would adversely affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers, could 
result in lost revenue or higher expenses and would harm our business.

We utilize domestic and international third-party vendors to assist in the design, development and manufacture of certain of 
our products, and to provide logistics services in the distribution of our products. If these vendors fail to provide these 
services, we could incur additional costs and delays or lose revenue.

From time to time we enter into ODM and development agreements for the design, development and/or manufacture of certain 
of our products in order to enable us to offer products on an accelerated basis. For example, a third party assisted in the design 
and currently manufactures portions of our E-Series systems and nodes family. We also rely upon limited third party vendors 
for logistics services to distribute our products. If any of these third-party vendors stop providing their services, for any reason, 
we would have to obtain similar services from alternative sources, which may not be available on commercially reasonable 
terms, if at all. We also have limited control over disruptions that may occur at the facilities of these third-party partners, such 
as supply interruptions or manufacturing quality that may occur at ODM facilities and strikes or systems failures that may 
interrupt transportation and logistics services. In addition, switching development firms or manufacturers could require us to 
extend our development timeline and/or re-qualify our products with our customers, which would also be costly and time-

29

consuming. Any interruption in the development, supply or distribution of our products would adversely affect our ability to 
meet scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could result in lost revenue or higher costs, which would negatively 
impact our margins and operating results and harm our business.

If we fail to forecast our manufacturing requirements accurately or fail to properly manage our inventory with our contract 
manufacturers, we could incur additional costs, experience manufacturing delays and lose revenue.

We bear inventory risk under our CM arrangements and our ODM agreements. Lead times for the materials and components 
that we order through our manufacturers vary significantly and depend on numerous factors, including the specific supplier, 
contract terms and market demand for a component at a given time. Lead times for certain key materials and components 
incorporated into our products are currently lengthy, requiring our manufacturers to order materials and components several 
months in advance of manufacture.

If we overestimate our production requirements, our manufacturers may purchase excess components and build excess 
inventory. If our manufacturers, at our request, purchase excess components that are unique to our products or build excess 
products, we could be required to pay for these excess parts or products and their storage costs. Historically, we have 
reimbursed our primary contract manufacturers for a portion of inventory purchases when our inventory has been rendered 
excess or obsolete. Examples of when inventory may be rendered excess or obsolete include manufacturing and engineering 
change orders resulting from design changes or in cases where inventory levels greatly exceed projected demand. If we incur 
payments to our manufacturers associated with excess or obsolete inventory, this may have an adverse effect on our gross 
margins, financial condition and results of operations.

We have experienced unanticipated increases in demand from customers, which resulted in delayed shipments and variable 
shipping patterns. If we underestimate our product requirements, our manufacturers may have inadequate component inventory, 
which could interrupt manufacturing of our products, increase our cost of product revenue associated with expedite fees and air 
freight and/or result in delays or cancellation of sales.

As the market for our products evolves, changing customer requirements may adversely affect the valuation of our 
inventory.

Customer demand for our products can change rapidly in response to market and technology developments. Demand can be 
affected not only by customer- or market-specific issues, but also by broader economic and/or geopolitical factors. We may, 
from time to time, adjust inventory valuations downward in response to our assessment of demand from our customers for 
specific products or product lines. The related excess inventory charges may have an adverse effect on our gross margin, 
financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to comply with evolving industry standards, sales of our existing and future products would be adversely affected.

The markets for our products are characterized by a significant number of standards, both domestic and international, which are 
evolving as new technologies are developed and deployed. As we expand into adjacent markets and increase our international 
footprint, we are likely to encounter additional standards. Our products must comply with these standards in order to be widely 
marketable. In some cases, we are compelled to obtain certifications or authorizations before our products can be introduced, 
marketed or sold in new markets or to customers that we have not historically served. For example, our ability to maintain 
Operations System Modification for Intelligent Network Elements certification for our products will affect our ongoing ability 
to continue to sell our products to Tier 1 CSPs.

In addition, our ability to expand our international operations and create international market demand for our products may be 
limited by regulations or standards adopted by other countries that may require us to redesign our existing products or develop 
new products suitable for sale in those countries. Although we believe our products are currently in compliance with domestic 
and international standards and regulations in countries in which we currently sell, we may not be able to design our products 
to comply with evolving standards and regulations in the future. This ongoing evolution of standards may directly affect our 
ability to market or sell our products. Further, the cost of complying with the evolving standards and regulations or the failure 
to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certification could prevent us from selling our products where 
these standards or regulations apply, which would result in lower revenue and lost market share.

30

We may be unable to successfully expand our international operations. In addition, we may be subject to a variety of 
international risks that could harm our business.

We currently generate most of our sales from customers in North America and have more limited experience marketing, selling 
and supporting our products and services outside North America or managing the administrative aspects of a worldwide 
operation. Our ability to expand our international operations is dependent on our ability to create or maintain international 
market demand for our products. In addition, as we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face 
additional challenges including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than 
English. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully 
and in a timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

In the course of expanding our international operations and operating overseas, we will be subject to a variety of risks, 
including:

•  differing regulatory requirements, including tax laws, trade laws, data privacy laws, labor regulations, tariffs, export 

quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

•  liability or damage to our reputation resulting from corruption or unethical business practices in some countries;

•  exposure to effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates if, over time, international customer contracts are 

increasingly denominated in local currencies;

•  longer collection periods and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

•  greater difficulty supporting and localizing our products;

•  different or unique competitive pressures as a result of, among other things, the presence of local equipment 

suppliers;

•  challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, 

including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies and compensation, benefits and compliance 
programs;

•  limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection;

•  risk of change in international political or economic conditions, terrorist attacks or acts of war; and

•  restrictions on the repatriation of earnings.

We engage resellers to promote, sell, install and support our products to some customers in North America and 
internationally. Their failure to do so or our inability to recruit or retain appropriate resellers may reduce our sales and thus 
harm our business.

We engage some value-added resellers, or VARs, who provide sales and support services for our products. We compete with 
other telecommunications systems providers for our VARs’ business and many of our VARs are free to market competing 
products. Our use of VARs and other third-party support partners and the associated risks of doing so are likely to increase as 
we expand sales outside of North America. If a VAR promotes a competitor’s products to the detriment of our products or 
otherwise fails to market our products and services effectively, we could lose market share. In addition, the loss of a key VAR 
or the failure of VARs to provide adequate customer service could have a negative effect on customer satisfaction and could 
cause harm to our business. If we do not properly recruit and train VARs to sell, install and service our products, our business, 
financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

The results of the United Kingdom’s referendum on withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on 
global economic conditions, financial markets and our business.

In June 2016, a majority of voters in the United Kingdom elected to withdraw from the European Union in a national 
referendum, commonly referred to as Brexit. In March 2017, the United Kingdom began the process to exit the European 
Union, with the terms of the withdrawal subject to a negotiation period anticipated to last at least two years. In January 2019, 
the EU Parliament rejected a bill proposed by the United Kingdom’s prime minister outlining the terms of the United 
Kingdom’s withdrawal, resulting in further uncertainty associated with Brexit. The referendum has created significant 
uncertainty about the future relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union, including with respect to the 
laws and regulations that will apply as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate in 
the event of a withdrawal. The referendum has also given rise to calls for the governments of other European Union member 
states to consider withdrawal. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue 
to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may 
significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial 
markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, or the access to capital of our 
31

customers or partners, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations in the United Kingdom, and generally on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations and reduce the price of our securities.

We may have difficulty evolving and scaling our business and operations to meet customer and market demand, which could 
result in lower profitability or cause us to fail to execute on our business strategies.

In order to grow our business, we will need to continually evolve and scale our business and operations to meet customer and 
market demand. Evolving and scaling our business and operations places increased demands on our management as well as our 
financial and operational resources to effectively:

•  manage organizational change;

•  manage a larger organization;

•  accelerate and/or refocus research and development activities;

•  expand our manufacturing, supply chain and distribution capacity;

•  increase our sales and marketing efforts;

•  broaden our customer-support and services capabilities;

•  maintain or increase operational efficiencies;

•  scale support operations in a cost-effective manner;

•  implement appropriate operational and financial systems; and

•  maintain effective financial disclosure controls and procedures.

If we cannot evolve and scale our business and operations effectively, we may not be able to execute our business strategies in 
a cost-effective manner and our business, financial condition, profitability and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property, which could impair our ability to compete effectively.

We depend on certain proprietary technology for our success and ability to compete. We rely on intellectual property laws as 
well as nondisclosure agreements, licensing arrangements and confidentiality provisions to establish and protect our proprietary 
rights. U.S. patent, copyright and trade secret laws afford us only limited protection, and the laws of some foreign countries do 
not protect proprietary rights to the same extent. Our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, and our 
issued patents may not be enforceable. Any infringement of our proprietary rights could result in significant litigation costs. 
Further, any failure by us to adequately protect our proprietary rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, 
resulting in the loss of our competitive advantage and decreased sales.

It may become more difficult to adequately protect our intellectual property as we expand our reliance on third parties for the 
design, development and/or manufacture of our products. While our contracts with such third parties contain provisions relating 
to intellectual property rights, indemnification and liability, they may not be adequately enforced. Our third-party providers 
may also be subject to unauthorized third-party copying or use of our proprietary rights.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products 
or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, we may be unable to protect our proprietary rights 
against unauthorized third-party copying or use. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property is 
difficult and costly. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade 
secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Litigation could result in substantial costs, 
diversion of resources and harm to our business.

We could become subject to litigation regarding intellectual property rights that could harm our business.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims that are costly to defend and could limit our ability to use some 
technologies in the future. The risk of such claims could increase as we expand our product portfolio and increasingly rely on 
more technologies. Third parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property rights to technologies or 
rights that are important to our business. Such claims may originate from non-practicing entities, patent holding companies or 
other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue, and therefore, our own issued and pending patents may 
provide little or no deterrence to suit from these entities. 

We have received in the past and expect that in the future we may receive communications from competitors and other 
companies alleging that we may be infringing their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights; offering licenses 
to such intellectual property; threatening litigation or requiring us to act as a third-party witness in litigation. In addition, we 
have agreed, and may in the future agree, to indemnify our customers for expenses or liabilities resulting from certain claimed 
infringements of patents, trademarks or copyrights of third parties. Such indemnification may require us to be financially 

32

responsible for claims made against our customers, including costs of litigation and damages awarded, which could negatively 
impact our results of operations. Any claims asserting that our products infringe the proprietary rights of third parties, with or 
without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation and divert the efforts of our engineering teams and 
management. These claims could also result in product shipment delays or require us to modify our products or enter into 
royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available to us on acceptable 
terms, if at all.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

We incorporate open source software into our products. Although we closely monitor our use of open source software, the 
terms of many open source software licenses have not been interpreted by the courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could 
be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to sell our products. In such 
event, we could be required to make our proprietary software generally available to third parties, including competitors, at no 
cost, to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to re-engineer our products or to discontinue 
the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or at all, any of which could 
adversely affect our revenue and operating expenses.

If we or our ODMs are unable to obtain necessary third-party technology licenses, our ability to develop new products or 
product enhancements may be impaired.

While our current licenses of third-party technology generally relate to commercially available off-the-shelf technology, we or 
our ODMs may from time to time be required to license additional technology from third parties to develop new products or 
product enhancements. These third-party licenses may be unavailable to us or our ODMs on commercially reasonable terms, if 
at all. The inability to obtain necessary third-party licenses may force us to or our ODMs to obtain substitute technology of 
lower quality or performance standards or at greater cost or may increase the time-to-market of our products or product 
enhancements, any of which could harm the competitiveness of our products and result in lost revenue.

Our ability to incur debt and the use of our funds could be limited by borrowing base restrictions and restrictive covenants 
in our loan and security agreement for our revolving credit facility.

The Loan Agreement we entered into in August 2017 with Silicon Valley Bank, or SVB, provides for a revolving credit facility 
based on a customary accounts receivable borrowing base, subject to certain exceptions and exclusions, such that borrowings 
available to us are limited by eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the Loan Agreement). We are dependent on our 
existing cash, cash equivalents and borrowings available under our Loan Agreement to provide adequate funds for ongoing 
operations, planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. If our financial 
position deteriorates, our borrowing capacity under the credit facility may be reduced, which would adversely impact our 
business and growth. In addition, the Loan Agreement includes affirmative and negative covenants and requires that we 
maintain a specified minimum liquidity ratio and maintenance of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Loan Agreement, as 
amended). The negative covenants also include, among others, restrictions on our and our subsidiaries’ transferring collateral, 
making changes to the nature of our business or the business of the applicable subsidiary, incurring additional indebtedness, 
engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying dividends or making other distributions, making investments, engaging in 
transactions with affiliates, making payments in respect of subordinated debt, creating liens and selling assets, in each case 
subject to certain exceptions. Failure to maintain these restrictive covenants and requirements can limit the amount of 
borrowings that are available to us, increase the cost of borrowings under the facility, and/or require us to make immediate 
payments to reduce borrowings. Since entering into the Loan Agreement, we have had to request waiver or amendment of 
certain financial covenants in order to avoid a default under the terms of the Loan Agreement and to maintain our ability to 
borrow under the Loan Agreement. For the month ended November 30, 2017, we were not able to maintain the minimum 
Adjusted Quick Ratio (as defined in the Loan Agreement, as amended), or AQR, at the level required in the Loan Agreement, 
which constituted an event of default. Although SVB waived this event of default effective as of November 30, 2017 and, 
therefore, this default did not terminate our ability to borrow under the Loan Agreement, we were required to pay an 
amendment fee and amend certain covenants under the Loan Agreement and, in February 2018, we entered into an amendment 
to the Loan Agreement that, among other things, amended certain affirmative financial covenants, including reductions to the 
required minimum level of the AQR and the inclusion of an additional financial covenant related to the maintenance of 
Adjusted EBITDA. In August 2018, we entered into a Second Amendment to the Loan Agreement to, among other things, 
provide for the extension of the maturity date of the senior secured revolving credit facility to August 7, 2020 and further 
amend certain financial covenants, including covenants with respect to the AQR and the Adjusted EBITDA. In February 2019, 
we entered into a Third Amendment to the Loan Agreement to reduce the required minimum level of the AQR for the first half 
of 2019 and the required minimum Adjusted EBITDA for the first fiscal quarter of 2019. Although we were compliant with the 
financial covenants under the Loan Agreement at December 31, 2018, we have in the past been unable to meet the financial 
covenants required in the Loan Agreement. Given our current financial position and history of operating losses, it is possible 
that we may fail to meet the minimum levels required by the financial covenants in a future period, which would constitute an 
event of default under the Loan Agreement. In particular, if we are unable to generate positive cash flows on a continued basis, 
33

we could fall below the minimum AQR requirement, which would constitute an event of default under the Loan Agreement. 
Under such circumstances we may be forced to immediately repay amounts outstanding under the Loan Agreement. Events 
beyond our control could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity, in which 
case we may not be able to meet our financial covenants. The Loan Agreement covenants may also affect our ability to obtain 
future financing and to pursue attractive business opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in 
business conditions. These covenants could place us at a disadvantage compared to some of our competitors, who may have 
fewer restrictive covenants and may not be required to operate under these restrictions.

Our failure or the failure of our manufacturers to comply with environmental and other legal regulations could adversely 
impact our results of operations.

The manufacture, assembly and testing of our products may require the use of hazardous materials that are subject to 
environmental, health and safety regulations, or materials subject to laws restricting the use of conflict minerals. Our failure or 
the failure of our contract manufacturers, ODMs and OEMs to comply with any of these requirements could result in regulatory 
penalties, legal claims or disruption of production. In addition, our failure or the failure of our manufacturers to properly 
manage the use, transportation, emission, discharge, storage, recycling or disposal of hazardous materials could subject us to 
increased costs or liabilities. Existing and future environmental regulations and other legal requirements may restrict our use of 
certain materials to manufacture, assemble and test products. Any of these consequences could adversely impact our results of 
operations by increasing our expenses and/or requiring us to alter our manufacturing processes.

Regulatory and physical impacts of climate change and other natural events may affect our customers and our contract 
manufacturers, resulting in adverse effects on our operating results.

As emissions of greenhouse gases continue to alter the composition of the atmosphere, affecting large-scale weather patterns 
and the global climate, any new regulation of greenhouse gas emissions may result in additional costs to our customers and our 
contract manufacturers. In addition, the physical impacts of climate change and other natural events, including changes in 
weather patterns, drought, rising ocean and temperature levels, earthquakes and tsunamis may impact our customers, suppliers 
and contract manufacturers, and our operations. These potential physical effects may adversely affect our revenue, costs, 
production and delivery schedules, and cause harm to our results of operations and financial condition.

We have in the past pursued, and may in the future continue to pursue, acquisitions which involve a number of risks and 
uncertainties. If we are unable to address and resolve these risks and uncertainties successfully, such acquisitions could 
disrupt our business and result in higher costs than we anticipate.

We acquired Occam in 2011 and Ericsson’s fiber access assets in 2012. We may in the future acquire other businesses, products 
or technologies to expand our product offerings and capabilities, customer base and business. We have evaluated and expect to 
continue to evaluate a wide array of potential strategic transactions. We have limited experience making such acquisitions or 
integrating these businesses after such acquisitions. Unanticipated costs to us from these historical transactions as well as both 
anticipated and unanticipated costs to us related to any future transactions could exceed amounts that are covered by insurance 
and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For example, the Occam 
acquisition resulted in litigation with defense costs that were in excess of available directors and officers liability insurance 
coverage, including costs for which coverage was denied by our insurance carriers. In addition, the anticipated benefit of any 
acquisitions may never materialize or the process of integrating acquired businesses, products or technologies may create 
unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures.

Some of the areas where we have experienced and may in the future experience acquisition-related risks include:

•  expenses and distractions, including diversion of management time related to litigation;

•  expenses and distractions related to potential claims resulting from any possible future acquisitions, whether or not 

they are completed;

•  retaining and integrating employees from acquired businesses;

•  issuance of dilutive equity securities or incurrence of debt;

•  integrating various accounting, management, information, human resource and other systems to permit effective 

management;

•  incurring possible write-offs, impairment charges, contingent liabilities, amortization expense of intangible assets or 

impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with finite useful lives;

•  difficulties integrating and supporting acquired products or technologies;

•  unexpected capital expenditure requirements;

•  insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions; and

34

•  opportunity costs associated with committing capital to such acquisitions.

If our goodwill becomes impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to our results of operations. We review 
our goodwill for impairment annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be 
recoverable, such as a sustained or significant decline in stock price and market capitalization. If the carrying value of goodwill 
was deemed to be impaired, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair 
value would be recognized. Any such impairment could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of 
operations.

Foreign acquisitions would involve risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of 
operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks 
associated with specific countries. We may not be able to address these risks and uncertainties successfully, or at all, without 
incurring significant costs, delays or other operating problems.

Our inability to address or anticipate any of these risks and uncertainties could disrupt our business and could have a material 
impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our use of and reliance upon development resources in China may expose us to unanticipated costs or liabilities.

We operate a wholly foreign owned enterprise in Nanjing, China, where a dedicated team of engineers performs product 
development, quality assurance, cost reduction and other engineering work. Our reliance upon development resources in China 
may not enable us to achieve meaningful product cost reductions or greater resource efficiency. Further, our development 
efforts and other operations in China involve significant risks, including:

•  difficulty hiring and retaining appropriate engineering resources due to intense competition for such resources and 

resulting wage inflation;

•  the knowledge transfer related to our technology and exposure to misappropriation of intellectual property or 

confidential information, including information that is proprietary to us, our customers and third parties;

•  heightened exposure to changes in the economic, security and political conditions of China;

•  fluctuation in currency exchange rates and tax risks associated with international operations;

•  development efforts that do not meet our requirements because of language, cultural or other differences associated 

with international operations, resulting in errors or delays; and

•  uncertainty with regards to tariffs imposed by the federal government on products imported from China and future 
actions the federal government may take with respect to international trade agreements and U.S. tax provisions 
related to international commerce that could adversely affect our international operations.

Difficulties resulting from the factors above and other risks related to our operations in China could expose us to increased 
expense, impair our development efforts, harm our competitive position and damage our reputation.

Our customers are subject to government regulation, and changes in current or future laws or regulations that negatively 
impact our customers could harm our business.

The FCC has jurisdiction over all of our U.S. customers. FCC regulatory policies that create disincentives for investment in 
access network infrastructure or impact the competitive environment in which our customers operate may harm our business. 
For example, future FCC regulation affecting providers of broadband Internet access services could impede the penetration of 
our customers into certain markets or affect the prices they may charge in such markets. Similarly, changes to regulatory tariff 
requirements or other regulations relating to pricing or terms of carriage on communication networks could slow the 
development or expansion of network infrastructures. Consequently, such changes could adversely affect the sale of our 
products and services. Furthermore, many of our customers are subject to FCC rate regulation of interstate telecommunications 
services and are recipients of CAF capital incentive payments, which are intended to subsidize broadband and 
telecommunications services in areas that are expensive to serve. Changes to these programs, rules and regulations that could 
affect the ability of IOCs to access capital, and which could in turn reduce our revenue opportunities, remain possible.

In addition, many of our customers are subject to state regulation of intrastate telecommunications services, including rates for 
such services, and may also receive funding from state universal service funds. Changes in rate regulations or universal service 
funding rules, either at the U.S. federal or state level, could adversely affect our customers’ revenue and capital spending plans. 
Moreover, various international regulatory bodies have jurisdiction over certain of our non-U.S. customers. Changes in these 
domestic and international standards, laws and regulations, or judgments in favor of plaintiffs in lawsuits against CSPs based 
on changed standards, laws and regulations could adversely affect the development of broadband networks and services. This, 
in turn, could directly or indirectly adversely impact the communications industry in which our customers operate.

35

Many jurisdictions, including international governments and regulators, are also evaluating, implementing and enforcing 
regulations relating to cyber security, privacy and data protection, which can affect the market and requirements for networking 
and communications equipment. To the extent our customers are adversely affected by laws or regulations regarding their 
business, products or service offerings, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete 
in additional international markets.

Our products are subject to U.S. export and trade controls and restrictions. International shipments of certain of our products 
may require export licenses or are subject to additional requirements for export. In addition, the import laws of other countries 
may limit our ability to distribute our products, or our customers’ ability to buy and use our products, in those countries. 
Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations or duties may create delays in the introduction of our 
products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some 
cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, 
duties or related legislation, shift in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, 
persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could negatively impact our ability to sell, profitably or at all, our 
products to existing or potential international customers.

If we lose any of our key personnel, or are unable to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, our ability to manage our 
business and continue our growth would be negatively impacted.

Our success depends, in large part, on the continued contributions of our key management, engineering, sales and marketing 
personnel, many of whom are highly skilled and would be difficult to replace. None of our senior management or key technical 
or sales personnel are bound by a written employment contract to remain with us for a specified period. In addition, we do not 
currently maintain key person life insurance covering our key personnel. If we lose the services of any key personnel, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Competition for skilled personnel, particularly those specializing in engineering and sales, is intense. We cannot be certain that 
we will be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, or that newly hired personnel will function effectively, 
both individually and as a group. If we are unable to effectively recruit, hire and utilize new employees to align with our 
company objectives, execution of our business strategy and our ability to react to changing market conditions may be impeded, 
and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

Volatility or lack of performance in our stock price may also affect our ability to attract and retain our key personnel. Our 
executive officers and employees hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock and vested stock options. 
Employees may be more likely to leave us if the shares they own or the shares underlying their equity awards decline in value, 
or if the exercise prices of stock options that they hold are significantly above the market price of our common stock. If we are 
unable to retain our employees, our business, operating results and financial condition will be harmed.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely 
basis could be impaired, which would adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and our 
stock price.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to produce accurate financial 
statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We have in the past 
discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of our internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that need 
improvement.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our management does not expect that our internal 
control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the 
inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to 
error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company will have been 
detected.

We are required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or SOX, which requires us to expend significant 
resources in developing the required documentation and testing procedures. We cannot be certain that the actions we have taken 
and are taking to improve our internal controls over financial reporting will be sufficient to maintain effective internal controls 
over financial reporting in subsequent reporting periods or that we will be able to implement our planned processes and 
procedures in a timely manner. In addition, new and revised accounting standards and financial reporting requirements may 
occur in the future and implementing changes required by new standards, requirements or laws may require a significant 
expenditure of our management’s time, attention and resources which may adversely affect our reported financial results. If we 
36

are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our 
financial statements, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and make it more difficult for us to 
finance our operations and growth.

We incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, which may adversely affect our operating results 
and financial condition.

As a public company, we incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses, including costs associated with our public 
company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will continue to incur costs associated with corporate governance 
requirements, including requirements and rules under SOX and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection 
Act, or Dodd-Frank, among other rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, as well as listing requirements of the New 
York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. Furthermore, these laws and regulations could make it difficult or costly for us to obtain 
certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy 
limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements 
could also make it difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board 
committees or as executive officers.

New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the 
provisions of SOX and the Dodd-Frank Act and rules adopted by the SEC and the NYSE, would likely result in increased costs 
to us as we respond to their requirements. We continue to invest resources to comply with evolving laws and regulations, and 
this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may continue to be volatile, and the value of an investment in our common stock may decline.

The trading price of our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile, which means that it could decline 
substantially within a short period of time and could fluctuate widely in response to various factors, some of which are beyond 
our control. These factors include those discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and others 
such as:

•  quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;

•  failure to meet any guidance that we have previously provided regarding our anticipated results;

•  changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

•  failure to meet securities analysts’ estimates;

•  announcements by us or our competitors of new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships, 

acquisitions or capital commitments;

•  developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

•  our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

•  our commencement of, or involvement in, litigation and developments relating to such litigation;

•  changes in governmental regulations; and

•  a slowdown in the communications industry or the general economy.

In recent years, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme 
price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those 
companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our 
actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price 
of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This 
litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue an adverse or 
misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts 
publish about us or our business. If any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our 
stock, our stock price would likely decline. If several of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports 
on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to 
decline.

37

Provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could discourage a takeover that stockholders may consider 
favorable and may lead to entrenchment of our management and Board of Directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the 
effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management or our Board of Directors. These provisions 
include:

•  a classified Board of Directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to 

change the membership of a majority of our Board of Directors;

•  no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director 

candidates;

•  the exclusive right of our Board of Directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the 

Board of Directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to 
fill vacancies on our Board of Directors;

•  the ability of our Board of Directors to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of 

those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to 
significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

•  a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or 

special meeting of our stockholders;

•  the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the Board of 

Directors, the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to 
force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

•  advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our Board of 
Directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a 
potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise 
attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to certain anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in 
general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the 
stock for three years or, among other things, the Board of Directors has approved the transaction.

We may need additional capital in the future to finance our business.

We may need to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future. Our working capital needs and cash use have continued 
to increase to support our growth initiatives, and we may need additional capital if our current plans and assumptions change.  
In addition, the recently implemented U.S. tariffs are expected to have significant negative impact on our cash flows until we 
are able to mitigate the impact of the tariffs whether through re-engineering of our supply chain or otherwise. Delays in our 
mitigation plans or unanticipated expenditures associated with these mitigation efforts would further negatively impact our cash 
flows and result of operations. Failure to maintain certain restrictive covenants and requirements under the Loan Agreement 
could result in limiting the amount of borrowings that are available to us, increase the cost of borrowings under the credit 
facility, and/or cause us to make immediate payments to reduce borrowings or result in an event of default. If future financings 
involve the issuance of equity securities, our then-existing stockholders would suffer dilution. If we raise additional debt 
financing, we may be subject to restrictive covenants that limit our ability to conduct our business. If we are unable to generate 
positive operating income and positive cash flows from operations, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition 
will be adversely affected. Furthermore, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to support our operational needs, we 
may need to seek additional sources of liquidity, including borrowings, to support our working capital needs. In addition, we 
may choose to seek other sources of liquidity even if we believe we have generated sufficient cash flows to support our 
operational needs. There is no assurance that any other sources of liquidity may be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. 
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows or obtain other sources of liquidity, we will be forced to limit our 
development activities, reduce our investment in growth initiatives and institute cost-cutting measures, all of which would 
adversely impact our business and growth.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, our stockholders’ ability to achieve a 
return on their investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to 
invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Additionally, the terms of our credit facility restrict our ability to pay 
dividends under certain circumstances. Therefore, our stockholders are not likely to receive any dividends on our common 
stock for the foreseeable future.

38

ITEM 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

ITEM 2. 

Properties

We currently lease approximately 205,900 square feet of office space worldwide. Information concerning our principal leased 
properties as of December 31, 2018 is set forth below:

Location

San Jose, California

Petaluma, California

Principal Use

Corporate headquarters, product design, research and development,
administration

Sales, marketing, product design, service and repair engineering,
distribution, research and development

Nanjing, China

Research and development

Minneapolis, Minnesota

Product design, research and development, service and repair
engineering

Richardson, Texas

Service and test engineering

Square
Footage

Lease
Expiration Date

65,000

December 2025

58,000

March 2019

40,000

28,500

February 2021

March 2019

14,400

January 2022

We believe that our facilities are in good condition and are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. We 
believe that prior to expiration of our current office space leases that we can renew or obtain suitable lease space on 
commercially reasonable terms for our business needs. In addition, we may continue to seek additional space as needed, and we 
believe this space will be available on commercially reasonable terms. 

In August 2018, we entered a new office space lease in Petaluma, California for 22,000 square feet, which is expected to 
commence in March 2019 for a term of 64 months.

ITEM 3. 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business. We are not 
currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, in our opinion, are currently expected to 
individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition taken as 
a whole.

ITEM 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

39

PART II

ITEM 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Comparative Stock Prices

Our common stock has been trading on the New York Stock Exchange, under the trading symbol “CALX” since our initial 
public offering on March 24, 2010. Prior to this time, there was no public market for our common stock.

Number of Common Stock Holders

As of February 25, 2019, the approximate number of holders of our common stock was 363 (not including beneficial owners of 
stock held in street name). 

Dividends 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash 
dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facility requires SVB's consent before 
dividends can be declared. See Note 5, “Credit Agreements” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with the cumulative 
total returns of the Russell 2000 Index and the Morningstar Communication Equipment Index. The graph tracks the 
performance of a $100 investment in our common stock and in each of the indexes during the last five fiscal years ended 
December 31, 2018. Data for the Russell 2000 Index and the Morningstar Communication Equipment Index assume 
reinvestment of dividends. Stockholder returns over the indicated period are based on historical data and should not be 
considered indicative of future stockholder returns.

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be 
deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Calix, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

40

ITEM 6. 

Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and 
the related notes thereto, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other financial information and data appearing elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. The selected financial data included in this section is not intended to replace and is not a substitute for, 
the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the balance sheet data 
as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. We derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the 
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related 
notes which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Historical results for any prior period are not necessarily 
indicative of future results for any period.

Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
Cost of revenue (1)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1)
Sales and marketing (1)
General and administrative (1)
Restructuring charges
Amortization of intangible assets
Gain on sale of product line
Litigation settlement gain
Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Interest and other income (expense), net
Loss before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per common share:

Basic and diluted

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute net
loss per common share:
Basic and diluted

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

Cost of revenue
Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(In thousands, except per share data)

$

441,320
243,938
197,382

$

510,367
337,477
172,890

$

458,787
257,569
201,218

$

407,163
217,034
190,129

$

401,227
223,438
177,789

89,963
86,432
40,500
5,705
—
(6,704)
—
215,896
(18,514)
(254)
(18,768)
530
(19,298)

(0.37)

52,609

1,248
5,969
5,787
4,469
17,473

$

$

$

$

127,541
82,781
39,875
4,249
—
—
—
254,446
(81,556)
(233)
(81,789)
1,243
(83,032)

(1.66)

50,155

749
4,869
3,433
3,317
12,368

$

$

$

$

106,869
83,675
41,592
—
1,701
—
(4,500)
229,337
(28,119)
1,064
(27,055)
347
(27,402)

(0.56)

48,730

672
5,125
4,586
3,902
14,285

$

$

$

$

89,714
78,563
38,454
—
10,208
—
—
216,939
(26,810)
712
(26,098)
535
(26,633)

(0.52)

51,489

709
4,797
4,712
3,587
13,805

$

$

$

$

80,311
76,283
31,371
—
10,208
—
—
198,173
(20,384)
151
(20,233)
581
(20,814)

(0.41)

50,808

1,120
5,056
5,601
4,240
16,017

$

$

$

$

41

Balance Sheet Data:

Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable
securities
Working capital
Total assets
Common stock and additional paid-in capital
Total stockholders’ equity

December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(In thousands)

$

50,274
31,079
317,080
877,555
151,934

$

39,775
34,123
295,070
852,475
144,963

$

78,107
97,926
355,475
837,931
212,964

$

73,590
115,561
323,886
820,080
235,785

$

111,679
131,693
370,221
803,101
272,591

ITEM 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking 
statements regarding future events and our future results that are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 
1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than 
statements of historical facts are statements that could be deemed forward-looking statements. These statements are based on 
current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industry in which we operate and the beliefs and 
assumptions of our management. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as 
“believe,” “expect,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “predict,” “will,” “project,” 
“potential,” or the negative thereof or other comparable terminology. In addition, any statements that refer to projections of 
our future financial performance, our anticipated growth and trends in our business and industry and other characterizations 
of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-looking statements 
are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict, including those 
identified in the Risk Factors discussed in Item 1A, in the discussion below, as well as in other sections of this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking 
statements. All forward-looking statements and reasons why results may differ included in this report are made as of the date 
hereof, and we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements or reasons why actual results might differ.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of cloud and software platforms, systems and software for fiber- and copper-based network 
architectures and a pioneer in software defined access and cloud products focused on access networks and the subscriber.  Our 
portfolio allows for a broad range of subscriber services to be provisioned and delivered over a single unified network.  Our 
access systems can deliver voice and data services, advanced broadband services, mobile broadband, as well as high-definition 
video and online gaming.  Our most recent generation of premises systems enable CSPs to address the complexity of the smart 
home and business and offer new services to their device enabled subscribers.  We have designed all of these platforms and 
related systems so that they can be monitored, analyzed, managed and supported by Calix Cloud.

We market our cloud and software platforms, systems and services to CSPs globally through our direct sales force as well as 
select resellers. Our customers range from smaller, regional CSPs to some of the world’s largest CSPs. We have enabled over 
1,500 customers to deploy passive optical, Active Ethernet and point-to-point Ethernet fiber access networks.

Our revenue decreased to $441.3 million for 2018 from $510.4 million for 2017 and $458.8 million for 2016. Our revenue and 
revenue growth will depend on our ability to sell and license our cloud and software platforms, systems and services to existing 
customers as well as our ability to attract new customers, particularly larger CSPs, in the U.S. and internationally.

During 2018, we recognized revenue based on Accounting Standard Update No., or ASU, 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts 
with Customers (Topic 606)”, but revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017 was recognized based on Topic 605.  Revenue 
in 2018 was $1.7 million higher than it would have been under the previous accounting standard. For additional information on 
the impact of the new accounting standard on our revenue, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue fluctuations result from many factors, including, but not limited to: increases or decreases in customer orders for our 
products and services, market, financial or other factors that may delay or materially impact customer purchasing decisions, 
contractual terms with customers that result in delayed revenue recognition and varying budget cycles and seasonal buying 
patterns of our customers. More specifically, our customers tend to spend less in the first quarter as they are finalizing their 
annual budgets, and in certain regions, customers are challenged by winter weather conditions that inhibit fiber deployment in 
outside infrastructure. Our revenue is also dependent upon our customers’ timing of purchases, capital expenditure plans and 
decisions to upgrade their network or adopt new technologies, including expenditure plans for turnkey solutions projects, which 
are generally non-recurring in nature. In particular, since the end of 2017, we experienced significantly lower order volumes by 

42

our largest customer due to the timing of their recent acquisition and lower amounts of CAF deployment services in 2018. 
Specifically, this customer represented 18% of total revenue in 2018 compared with 31% in the prior year. We expect that this 
acquisition may continue to disrupt the customer’s expenditure plans and result in continued delays and lower levels of 
purchases of our products and services.

Cost of revenue is strongly correlated to revenue and tends to fluctuate due to all of the above factors that could impact 
revenue. Factors that impacted our cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018, and that we expect would impact 
cost of revenue in future periods, also include: changes in the mix of products delivered, customer location and regional mix, 
changes in product warranty and incurrence of retrofit costs, changes in the cost of our inventory, including higher costs due to 
materials shortages, supply constraints or unfavorable changes in trade policies, tariffs and inventory write-downs. Cost of 
revenue also includes fixed expenses related to our internal operations, which could impact our cost of revenue as a percentage 
of revenue if there are large fluctuations in revenue.

During the year ended December 31, 2018, our gross profit and gross margin were positively impacted by the customer mix 
shift, the sale of our new platform offerings and a decrease in our services revenue, which carries a lower than corporate 
average gross margin, as a mix of total revenue. Overall, our gross profit and gross margin fluctuate based on timing of factors 
such as new product introductions or upgrades to existing products, changes in customer mix, changes in the mix of products 
demanded and sold (and any related write-downs of existing inventory) and may be negatively impacted by increases in mix of 
revenue towards professional services, increases in mix of revenue from channel sales rather than direct sales or other 
unfavorable customer or product mix, shipment volumes and any related volume discounts, changes in our product and services 
costs, pricing decreases or discounts, customer rebates and incentive programs due to competitive pressure or materials 
shortages, supply constraints, tariffs or unfavorable changes in trade policies.

Our operating expenses have fluctuated based on the following factors: changes in headcount and personnel costs, which 
comprise a significant portion of our operating expenses; timing of variable compensation expenses due to fluctuations in 
shipment volumes; timing of research and development expenses, including investments in innovative solutions and new 
customer segments, prototype builds and outsourced development projects; investments in our business and information 
technology infrastructure; and fluctuations in stock-based compensation expenses due to timing of equity grants or other factors 
affecting vesting. During the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 2017, our total operating expenses decreased 
largely due to the restructuring actions we took in 2017 and early 2018. In March 2017, we adopted a restructuring plan to 
realign our business to increase focus towards investments in software platforms and to reduce the expense structure in our 
traditional systems business. We incurred restructuring charges of $4.2 million in 2017 under this plan. In the first quarter of 
2018, we established a new restructuring plan to further align our business resources based on the production releases of our 
platform offerings and incurred restructuring charges of $5.7 million during 2018. Our restructuring activities were completed 
in the second quarter of 2018. 

Our net loss was $19.3 million in 2018, $83.0 million in 2017 and $27.4 million in 2016. Since our inception, we have incurred 
significant losses, and as of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $684.9 million. Further, as a result of the 
fluctuations described above and a number of other factors, many of which are outside our control, our annual operating results 
fluctuate from period to period. Comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you 
should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance.

Product Line Divestiture

In February 2018, we sold our outdoor cabinet product line to Clearfield, Inc. for $10.4 million in cash as well as the 
assumption by Clearfield of related product warranty liabilities and open purchase order commitments with our contract 
manufacturer. The divestiture of this non-strategic product line reflects our continued focus on execution on our platforms and 
business strategy.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These accounting principles require us to make certain 
estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, 
as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. We base our estimates, assumptions and 
judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. To 
the extent there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial statements may be affected. 
We evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of 
our financial statements. 

43

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when a performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when control of the promised goods or 
services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the we expect to be entitled to in exchange 
for those goods or services.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of 
account. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or 
as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Our hardware products contain both software and non-software components that 
function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality and therefore constitutes a single performance obligation as the 
promise to transfer the individual software and non-software components is not separately identifiable and, therefore, not 
distinct. Our contracts may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate the contract’s 
transaction price to each performance obligation using the relative stand-alone selling price of each distinct good or service in 
the contract. We generally determine stand-alone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers or our best estimate of 
stand-alone selling price. Our estimate of stand-alone selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not 
limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of 
targeted customers and pricing practices. The determination of estimated stand-alone selling price is made through consultation 
with and formal approval by management, taking into consideration the go-to-market strategy.

For certain revenue arrangements involving delivery of both systems and professional services, each is considered a distinct 
performance obligation. Systems revenue is recognized at a point in time when management has determined that control over 
systems has transferred to the customer, which is generally when legal title has transferred to the customer. For the same 
revenue arrangements, we believe that control of the associated professional services is transferred to the customer over time. 
As such, professional services revenue is recognized over the period in which the services are provided using a cost input 
measure. We recognize revenue when control of the systems and services has been transferred to the customer, which may be 
earlier than system installation or customer acceptance, in accordance with the agreed-upon specifications in the contract.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory, which primarily consists of finished goods purchased from CMs or ODMs, is stated at the lower of cost (determined 
by the first-in, first-out method) and net realizable value. Inbound shipping costs and tariffs are included in the cost of 
inventory. In addition, we, from time to time, procure component inventory primarily as a result of manufacturing 
discontinuation of critical components by suppliers. We regularly monitor inventory quantities on-hand and record write-downs 
for excess and obsolete inventory based on our estimate of demand for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, 
product life cycle and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds our estimated 
selling price. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes and new product 
introductions and require estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted 
demand and may have a material effect on gross profit. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established that cannot 
be increased in future periods. The sale of previously reserved inventory has not had a material impact on our gross margin. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, which requires recognition of an asset and liability 
for lease arrangements longer than twelve months. ASU 2016-02 became effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2019. 
The standard can be adopted using either a modified retrospective approach, whereby we would recognize and measure leases 
at the beginning of the earliest period presented, or the effective date approach, whereby we would initially account for the 
impact of the adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the January 1, 2019 financial statements. The effective date 
approach eliminates the need to restate amounts presented prior to January 1, 2019.  We adopted the new standard effective 
January 1, 2019 using the effective date approach. Upon adoption of the standard, our assets and liabilities increased by 
approximately $16 million as the new standard requires recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating 
leases, but the new standard does not impact our Statements of Comprehensive Loss or Cash Flows.

Results of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Revenue

Our revenue is comprised of the following: 

• Systems – includes revenue from the sale of access and premises systems, software platform licenses and cloud-based

software subscriptions.

• Services – includes revenue from professional services, customer support, software- and cloud-based maintenance,

extended warranty subscriptions, training and managed services.

44

The following table sets forth our revenue (dollars in thousands):

Revenue:

Systems
Services

Percent of total revenue:

Systems
Services

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%

$ 405,923
35,397
$ 441,320

$ 421,890
88,477
$ 510,367

$ 428,584
30,203
$ 458,787

$

$

(15,967)
(53,080)
(69,047)

(4)%
(60)%
(14)%

$

$

(6,694)
58,274
51,580

(2)%
193 %
11 %

92%
8%
100%

83%
17%
100%

93%
7%
100%

Our revenue is principally derived in the United States. Revenue generated in the United States represented approximately 88% 
of our total revenue in 2018, 89% in 2017 and 91% in 2016.

2018 compared to 2017: The decrease in revenue during 2018 compared with 2017 was due to lower services revenue of $53.1 
million primarily driven by a lower level of CAF-related professional services and the substantial completion of services 
associated with a significant turnkey network improvement project during the first quarter of 2017 and to lower systems 
revenue of $16.0 million, also impacted by a lower level of CAF projects and a decline in sales of our traditional systems. This 
was partially offset by greater traction with our AXOS and Calix Cloud platforms. 

We had one customer that accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2018 and 2017 and two customers that each 
accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2016. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in this 
report for more details on concentration of revenue for the periods presented.

2017 compared to 2016: The increase in revenue during 2017 compared with 2016 resulted from an increase in services 
revenue by $58.3 million, or 193%, primarily driven by the substantial completion of services associated with a significant 
turnkey network improvement project during the first quarter of 2017 and the completion of the vast majority of sites from 
previously-awarded CAF projects by the fourth quarter of 2017. Our product revenue decreased by $6.7 million mainly due to 
lower shipments to one of our large Tier 2 customers relative to the prior year period related to a significant turnkey network 
improvement project in 2016, which was completed in the first half of 2017.

Cost of Revenue, Gross Profit and Gross Margin

The following table sets forth our cost of revenue (dollars in thousands):

Cost of revenue:
Systems
Services

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%

$ 216,529
27,409
$ 243,938

$ 236,137
101,340
$ 337,477

$ 228,976
28,593
$ 257,569

$

$

(19,608)
(73,931)
(93,539)

(8)%
(73)%
(28)%

$

$

7,161
72,747
79,908

3%
254%
31%

2018 compared to 2017: The decrease in cost of revenue of $93.5 million during 2018 as compared to 2017 was primarily 
attributable to a decrease in cost of service revenue by $73.9 million, as we experienced higher levels of service activities in 
2017 as well as higher costs attributed to rework, delays, unanticipated costs and overruns (including third party costs) for our 
turnkey network improvement projects in 2017. Our cost of systems revenue also decreased by $19.6 million as compared with 
2017 mainly due to lower systems revenue partially offset by improved regional and new product mix, which have higher gross 
margins.

2017 compared to 2016: The increase in cost of revenue of $79.9 million during 2017 as compared to 2016 was primarily 
attributable to an increase in cost of services revenue by $72.7 million, as we experienced higher levels of service activities as 
well as higher costs attributed to rework, delays, unanticipated costs and overruns (including third party costs) for our turnkey 
network improvement projects. Our cost of product revenue increased by $7.2 million during 2017 compared with 2016 
primarily due to a product mix shift to lower margin products, partially offset by the lower volume of revenue. Cost of product 
revenue also included an increase in inventory write-downs of $2.9 million attributed to slow moving inventories, partially 
offset by a decrease in warranty and retrofit costs of $1.2 million primarily related to certain retrofit charges for two specific 
product families. 

45

The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross margin (dollars in thousands):

Gross profit:
Systems
Services

Gross margin:
Systems
Services

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%

$ 189,394
7,988
$ 197,382

$ 185,753
(12,863)
$ 172,890

$ 199,608
1,610
$ 201,218

$

$

3,641
20,851
24,492

2 %
(162)%
14 %

$

$

(13,855)
(14,473)
(28,328)

(7)%
(899)%
(14)%

47 %
23 %
45 %

44 %
(15) %
34 %

47 %
5 %
44 %

2018 compared to 2017: Gross profit increased by $24.5 million to $197.4 million during 2018 from $172.9 million during 
2017. Gross margin increased to 45% during 2018 from 34% during 2017. The increase in gross profit and gross margin during 
2018 was primarily due to the completion of a turnkey network improvement project and CAF-related projects in 2017, where 
project rework and cost overruns resulted in negative gross margin, and a decrease in our services revenue, which carries a 
lower than average gross margin, as a mix of total revenue. Services gross margin improved in 2018 primarily due to process 
improvements and efficiencies implemented in 2017. Systems gross margin increased due to strength in sales to our smaller 
regional customers and to an increasing mix of new products that have higher margins than some of our older traditional 
products. The improvement in system gross margin was partially offset by U.S. tariff and tariff-related costs of $3.2 million in 
the fourth quarter of 2018.

Given the recently enacted U.S. tariffs, we are working aggressively with partners and suppliers to re-engineer our supply chain 
and move production outside of China in addition to other supply chain improvements. We anticipate the cost impact of the 
current U.S. tariffs to be significant going forward, including in the next several quarters, but expect that we would be able to 
mitigate the impact of these tariffs through our supply chain re-engineering efforts with the cost impact diminishing beginning 
after the first half of 2019. We further anticipate that if we are successful in mitigating the impact of these tariffs within our 
planned timing, we would be able to avoid raising prices to our customers to cover tariff increases. Regardless of our mitigation 
plans, we expect these U.S. tariffs as well as the costs to realign our global supply chain will negatively impact overall gross 
margin. 

2017 compared to 2016: Gross profit decreased by $28.3 million to $172.9 million during 2017 from $201.2 million during 
2016. Gross margin decreased to 34 % during 2017 from 44 % during 2016. The decrease in gross profit and gross margin 
during 2017 was primarily due to an increase in revenue mix toward service revenue as we grew our professional services 
business, an increased level of activities in our turnkey network improvement projects and higher costs attributed to services 
rework and overruns. The rework costs and overruns generally relate to projects that were started in 2016 that incurred higher 
than anticipated costs from third party contractors, project delays, third party dependencies, quality issues associated with 
subcontracted work, rework to meet customer requirements and longer than anticipated time to complete. The vast majority of 
these 2016 projects were completed by the end of 2017.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent the largest component of our operating expenses and include personnel costs, 
outside contractor and consulting services, depreciation on lab equipment, costs of prototypes and overhead allocations. The 
following table sets forth our research and development expenses (dollars in thousands):

Research and development
Percent of total revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

$ 89,963

$ 127,541

$ 106,869

$

(37,578)

(29)%

$

20,672

%

19%

20%

25%

23%

2018 compared to 2017: The decrease in research and development expenses during 2018 compared with 2017 was primarily 
due to the leverage of our software platforms enabling us to lower our level of investment and introduce new products faster. In 
addition, during 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we restructured our business to increase our focus towards investments in 
software platforms and to reduce the expense structure of our traditional systems business. As a result, our personnel for 
research and development decreased during 2018 as compared 2017, which lowered compensation and employee benefits by 
$21.9 million. The decrease was also due to lower expenses for outside services of $8.2 million and lower expenditures relating 

46

to prototype and expendable equipment of $5.4 million. We expect our investments in research and development will be 
relatively consistent in absolute dollars from our current post-restructuring levels over the near term.

2017 compared to 2016: The increase in research and development expenses during 2017 compared with 2016 was primarily 
due to an increase in expenses for outside contractors by $15.0 million and expenditures relating to prototype and expendable 
equipment used for research and development activities by $0.8 million, primarily for development services including 
investments in our cloud and software platforms and next generation systems to pursue broader growth opportunities. Our 
personnel for research and development also increased in 2017 as compared to 2016, which resulted in higher compensation 
and employee benefits (other than bonuses) of $4.8 million. This increase was partially offset by lower employee bonuses of 
$0.6 million in 2017 as compared to 2016.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs, employee sales commissions, marketing programs, software tools and 
travel-related expenses. The following table sets forth our sales and marketing expenses (dollars in thousands):

Sales and marketing

$ 86,432

$ 82,781

$ 83,675

$

3,651

4%

$

(894)

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%
(1)%

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

Percent of total revenue

20%

16%

18%

2018 compared to 2017: Sales and marketing expenses increased by $3.7 million during 2018 compared with 2017 primarily 
due to an increase in stock-based compensation of $2.4 million and an increase in marketing programs of $1.4 million to 
promote our software and cloud platforms. 

We expect to continue our investments in sales and marketing in order to extend our market reach and grow our business in 
support of our key strategic initiatives.

2017 compared to 2016: Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $0.9 million during 2017 compared with 2016 primarily 
due to decreases in personnel costs of $1.7 million as headcount decreased and a decrease in stock-based compensation of $1.2 
million. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in marketing expenses of $1.4 million as we invested more in 
ConneXions, our annual user conference, and other industry and marketing events and an increase in software tools of $0.9 
million.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs related to our executive, finance, human resources, 
information technology and legal organization, outside consulting services, insurance, allocated facilities and fees for 
professional services. Professional services consist of outside audit, legal, accounting and tax services. The following table sets 
forth our general and administrative expenses (dollars in thousands):

General and administrative
Percent of total revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

$ 40,500

$ 39,875

$ 41,592

$

625

2%

$

(1,717)

%
(4)%

9%

8%

9%

2018 compared to 2017: The increase in general and administrative expenses of $0.6 million during 2018 compared with 2017 
was primarily due to an increase in stock-based compensation of $1.2 million partially offset by an overall decrease in 
professional service fees of $0.6 million.  We incurred professional services fees for ongoing activities to migrate our on-
premise enterprise resource planning system to a cloud model at the same levels as the prior year.

Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total revenue remained relatively flat from year to year. We expect 
our general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time.

2017 compared to 2016: The decrease in general and administrative expenses during 2017 compared with 2016 included legal 
fees and expenses related to the Occam litigation of $6.4 million that did not recur in 2017 as the litigation was settled in 2016. 
The decrease was partially offset by increases in professional services of $2.5 million primarily related to outside consulting 
services for migrating of our on-premise enterprise resource planning infrastructure to a cloud model, compensation and 
employee benefits of $1.0 million, primarily due to increase in headcount and severance benefits of $0.5 million related to our 
separation agreement with our former Chief Financial Officer and an increase in legal expenses of $0.5 million. The increase in 
compensation and employee benefits includes reductions in employee bonuses of $0.7 million and stock-based compensation 
of $0.6 million during 2017 as compared to 2016. 

47

Restructuring Charges

We adopted a restructuring plan in March 2017. This restructuring plan realigned our business, increasing our focus towards 
investments in software platforms and cloud products, while reducing our expense structure in the traditional systems business. 
We began to take actions under this plan beginning in March 2017 and recognized $4.2 million of restructuring charges during 
2017, consisting of severance and other one-time termination benefits. Actions pursuant to this restructuring plan were 
complete as of December 31, 2017. 

In the first quarter of 2018, we established a new restructuring plan to further realign our business resources based on the 
production releases of our platform offerings. We incurred restructuring charges of $5.7 million during 2018, consisting 
primarily of severance and other termination related benefits. Actions pursuant to this restructuring plan were complete as of 
June 30, 2018. Please refer to Note 4, “Balance Sheet Details – Accrued Restructuring Charges” of the Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Gain on Sale of Product Line 

During 2018, we recognized a gain of $6.7 million relating to the sale of our outdoor cabinet product line to Clearfield, Inc. for 
$10.4 million. Please refer to Note 13, “Product Line Divestiture” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included 
in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net

The following table sets forth our interest and other income (expense), net (dollars in thousands):

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%

Interest and other income 
(expense), net

$

(254)

$

(233)

$

1,064

$

(21)

9 %

$

(1,297)

(122)%

2018 compared to 2017: Interest and other income (expense) was relatively flat in 2018 compared with 2017.

2017 compared to 2016: The decrease in interest and other income (expense), net during 2017 compared with 2016 is primarily 
due to a reduction in interest income resulting from lower levels of marketable securities investments in 2017, an increase in 
interest expense resulting from initiating line of credit borrowings in 2017 and a decrease in foreign currency gain (loss). 

Provision for Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes primarily consist of state and foreign income taxes. The following table sets forth our provision 
for income taxes (dollars in thousands):

Provision for income taxes

$

Effective tax rate

530
(2.8)%

$

1,243

$

(1.5)%

347
(1.3)%

$

(713)

(57)%

$

896

2018

2017

2016

$

%

$

%
258%

Years Ended December 31,

2018 vs 2017 Change

2017 vs 2016 Change

2018 compared to 2017: The provision for income taxes decreased by $0.7 million from $1.2 million in 2017 to $0.5 million in 
2018. The decrease was primarily due to a write-off of a foreign entity’s deferred tax assets in 2017. 

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the “Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act”, or the Tax Act. The significant impacts from the Tax Act include a net, one-time transition tax of $1.1 million on 
unrepatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which was offset by our current net operating loss, and a tax expense of $84.4 
million related to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the reduction of the U.S. corporate tax rate 
from 34% to 21%, which was offset by a reduction in our valuation allowance. 

As of December 31, 2018, we had unrecognized tax benefits of $22.0 million, none of which would affect our effective tax rate 
if recognized.

2017 compared to 2016: Income tax expense increased by $0.9 million from $0.3 million in 2016 to $1.2 million in 2017. The 
increase was primarily due to the write-off of a foreign entity’s deferred tax assets in 2017.

48

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have funded our operations and investing activities primarily through cash generated from operations, borrowing on our 
line of credit and sales of our common stock. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $49.6 million, 
which consisted of deposits held at banks and money market mutual funds held at major financial institutions. This includes 
$3.7 million of cash held by our foreign subsidiaries primarily in China. As of December 31, 2018, our liability for taxes that 
would be payable as a result of repatriation of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to the United States was not 
significant and limited to withholding taxes considering our existing net operating loss carryovers.

The following table presents the cash inflows and outflows by activity during 2018, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Operating Activities

Years Ended December 31,

$

2018

$

3,560
(76)
7,492

2017
(62,772)
19,734
31,990

$

2016

24,419
12,083
(9,243)

Our operating activities provided cash of $3.6 million in 2018, used cash of $62.8 million in 2017 and provided cash of $24.4 
million in 2016. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities during 2018 as compared to 2017 was due primarily 
to a favorable change of $60.4 million in our net operating results after adjustment of non-cash charges and a $5.9 million 
increase in net cash inflow resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities. In 2018, cash provided by operating 
activities increased as we reduced our operating expenses while investing in inventory to support our supply chain realignment 
efforts.

In 2018, cash inflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an decrease in accounts receivable 
of $13.9 million, mainly due to the collection of payments from a large customer in early January 2018, an increase in accounts 
payable of $4.6 million primarily due to increased inventory purchases related to our supply chain realignment efforts, a 
decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $3.6 million due to the return of an advance previously made to a CM and an 
increase in accrued liabilities of $2.8 million due primarily to accrued incentive compensation. Cash outflows from changes in 
operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in inventory of $20.6 million associated with our supply chain 
realignment efforts and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.4 million. Non-cash charges were $20.3 million, the majority of 
which consist of stock-based compensation expense and depreciation, partially offset by a $6.7 million gain on sale of our 
outdoor cabinet product line.

The increase in net cash used in operating activities during 2017 as compared to 2016 was due primarily to an unfavorable 
change of $60.8 million in our operating results after adjustment of non-cash charges and a $26.4 million decrease in net cash 
inflow resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities. In 2017, cash used in operating activities increased as we 
continued to invest in research and development to pursue broader market and customer opportunities. Furthermore, during this 
period we continued to experience losses due to higher costs, delays, overruns and other inefficiencies associated with our 
professional services business for turnkey network improvement projects (including CAF projects). These turnkey network 
improvement projects generally involve greater working capital needs at the outset as services and products are supplied, while 
revenue and cash collections occur after projects are accepted or agreed-upon milestones are reached. In 2017, cash outflows 
from changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of an increase in net accounts receivable of $29.1 million, 
mainly due to the delayed payments by a large customer until early January 2018, and a decrease in accrued liabilities of $20.2 
million primarily due to a decrease in customer advance payments for turnkey services projects for one of our customers and 
partly due to the timing of our payments of payroll, sales commissions and other expenses. Cash outflows from changes in 
operating assets and liabilities primarily consisted of a decrease in deferred cost of revenue of $32.4 million, partly offset by a 
decrease in deferred revenue of $14.4 million mainly due to recognition of associated costs related to turnkey network 
improvement projects that are either accepted or for which agreed-upon milestones are reached, a decrease in inventory of 
$13.0 million due to higher inventory turnover, an increase in accounts payable of $11.8 million primarily due to the timing of 
inventory receipts and payments to our contract manufacturers and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.8 
million. Non-cash charges were $23.6 million, the majority of which consist of stock-based compensation expense, 
amortization expenses and depreciation.

Investing Activities

In 2018, net cash used in investing activities of $0.1 million consisted of capital expenditures of $10.4 million for purchases of 
test equipment, computer equipment and software, partially offset by the receipt of $10.4 million related to proceeds from the 
sales of our outdoor cabinet product line.

49

In 2017, our net cash provided by investing activities of $19.7 million consisted of net sales and maturities of marketable 
securities of $27.8 million partially offset by capital expenditures of $8.0 million for purchases of test equipment, computer 
equipment and software. 

In 2016, our net cash provided by investing activities of $12.1 million consisted of net maturities of marketable securities of 
$21.9 million, partially offset by capital expenditures of $9.8 million for purchases of test equipment, computer equipment and 
software. 

Financing Activities

In 2018, net cash provided by financing activities of $7.5 million primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common 
stock under our employee stock purchase plans of $7.3 million.

In 2017, net cash provided by financing activities of $32.0 million primarily consisted of net proceeds from our line of credit of 
$30.0 million and the proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plans of $4.9 million , 
partially offset by the payment of payroll taxes for the vesting of awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan of $2.8 
million and payments to originate our line of credit with SVB of $0.2 million. 

In 2016, net cash used in financing activities of $9.2 million consisted of the repurchases of common stock of $12.8 million and 
the payment of payroll taxes for the vesting of awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan of $2.1 million, partially 
offset by the proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our ESPP of $5.7 million. 

Stock Repurchase Program

On April 26, 2015, our Board of Directors approved a program to repurchase up to $40 million of our common stock from time 
to time. This stock repurchase program commenced in May 2015 and concluded in March 2016. During the year ended 
December 31, 2016, we repurchased a total of 1,789,287 shares of common stock for $12.8 million at an average price of $7.16 
per share.

Working Capital and Capital Expenditure Needs

Our material cash commitments include contractual obligations under our Loan Agreement, normal recurring trade payables, 
compensation-related and expense accruals, operating leases and non-cancelable firm purchase commitments.  We believe that 
our outsourced approach to manufacturing provides us significant flexibility in both managing inventory levels and financing 
our inventory.  In the event that our revenue plan does not meet our expectations, we may be required to eliminate or curtail 
expenditures to mitigate the impact on our working capital.

In August 2017, we entered into the Loan Agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with SVB, which provides 
for a revolving credit facility of up to $30.0 million based on a customary accounts receivable borrowing base, subject to 
certain exceptions for accounts originating outside the United States and certain specific accounts, which could reduce the 
amount available to us under the credit facility. The Loan Agreement includes affirmative and negative covenants and requires 
us to maintain a liquidity ratio at minimum levels specified in the Loan Agreement. For the month ended November 30, 2017, 
we were not able to maintain the minimum AQR (as defined in the Loan Agreement, as amended) at the level required in the 
Loan Agreement, which constituted an event of default. Although SVB waived this event of default effective as of November 
30, 2017 and, therefore, this default did not change our ability to borrow under the Loan Agreement, we were required to 
amend certain covenants under the Loan Agreement and, in February 2018, we entered into an amendment to the Loan 
Agreement that, among other things, amended certain affirmative financial covenants, including reductions to the required 
minimum level of the AQR and the inclusion of an additional financial covenant related to the maintenance of Adjusted 
EBITDA (as defined in the Loan Agreement, as amended).  In August 2018, we entered into a second amendment to the Loan 
Agreement that, among other things, extended the maturity date from August 7, 2019 to August 7, 2020, amended certain 
financial covenants, including covenants with respect to the AQR and the Adjusted EBITDA, and changed the compliance 
requirements for the AQR covenant from a monthly basis to a quarterly basis. In February 2019, we entered into a third 
amendment to the Loan Agreement to reduce the required minimum level of the AQR for the first half of 2019 and the required 
minimum Adjusted EBITDA for the first fiscal quarter of 2019 to accommodate the increased costs and use of cash that we 
anticipate for the first half of 2019 related to activities to mitigate the impact of the U.S. tariffs. As of December 31, 2018, we 
were in compliance with these covenants. Although we were compliant with the financial covenants under the Loan Agreement 
at December 31, 2018, given our current financial position and history of operating losses, it is possible that we may fail to 
meet the minimum levels required by the financial covenants in a future period.  In particular, if we are unable to generate 
positive cash flows on a continued basis, we could fall below the minimum AQR requirement, which would constitute an event 
of default under the Loan Agreement.

50

As of December 31, 2018, we borrowed the full principal amount under this line of credit of $30 million.  Please refer to Note 
5, “Credit Agreements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
more details on this credit facility.

We established a new restructuring plan in early 2018 to further realign our business resources based on the production releases 
of our platform offerings. These actions were completed as of June 30, 2018 and resulted in annualized savings of over $20 
million.

In February 2018, we sold our outdoor cabinet product line to Clearfield, Inc. for $10.4 million in cash as well as the 
assumption by Clearfield of the related product warranty liabilities and open purchase order commitments with our contract 
manufacturer. See Note 13, “Product Line Divestiture” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

During 2018 we entered into financing arrangements to purchase research and development equipment for approximately $5.1 
million.  Each agreement is to be paid over 36 months with a weighted average interest rate of 6.2%.

We believe, based on our current operating plan and expected operating cash flows, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, 
along with available borrowings under our SVB line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least 
the next twelve months.  We expect to continue to draw on the SVB line of credit from time to time to support our working 
capital needs. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our rate of revenue growth; timing of 
customer payments and payment terms, particularly of larger customers; the timing and extent of spending to support 
development efforts, particularly research and development related to growth initiatives such as our software defined access 
portfolio, our ability to partner with third parties to outsource our research and development projects; our ability to manage 
product cost, including the cost impact of the current U.S. tariffs as well as our ability to mitigate the cost impact through 
supply chain re-engineering as currently planned, the possibility of additional tariffs that may impact our product costs and 
higher component costs associated with new technologies; our ability to implement efficiencies and maintain product margin 
levels; the expansion of sales and marketing activities; the timing of introductions and customer adoption of new products and 
enhancements to existing products; the slowdowns or declines in customer purchases of traditional systems; acquisition of new 
capabilities or technologies; and the continued market acceptance of our products.  If we are unable to execute to our current 
operating plan or generate positive operating income and positive cash flows, our liquidity, results of operations and financial 
condition will be adversely affected and we may fail to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement, in which case we 
may not be able to borrow under the SVB line of credit.  In particular, until we are able to mitigate the cost impact of the U.S. 
tariffs, these tariffs will have a material adverse impact on our cash flows. Re-engineering of our supply chain to mitigate the 
impact of the tariffs requires significant effort, may take longer to complete than anticipated and may require higher 
expenditures than planned. Moreover, there remains uncertainty as to the scope of the tariffs and whether additional tariffs or 
other measures may be imposed that could have further cost impact to us.  We may need to seek other sources of liquidity, 
including the sale of equity or incremental borrowings, to support our working capital needs. In addition, we may choose to 
seek other sources of liquidity even if we believe we have generated sufficient cash flows to support our operational needs.  
There is no assurance that any other sources of liquidity may be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.  If we are unable 
to generate sufficient cash flows or obtain other sources of liquidity, we will be forced to limit our development activities, 
reduce our investment in growth initiatives and institute cost-cutting measures, all of which may adversely impact our business 
and growth.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments as of December 31, 2018 consisted of our contractual obligations under the Loan Agreement, 
operating leases for office space and non-cancelable outstanding purchase obligations. The following table summarizes our 
contractual obligations at December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

Payments Due by Period

Total

Less Than 1
Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years

More Than 5
Years

Line of credit, including interest (1)
Equipment financing arrangements (2)
Operating lease obligations (3)

$

33,366

$

4,987

23,799

2,100

1,863

3,750

Non-cancelable purchase commitments (4)

Total

57,770
119,922

$

$

41,955
49,668

$

$

31,266

$

— $

3,124

7,286

8,390
50,066

$

—

6,712

7,425
14,137

$

—

—

6,051

—
6,051

(1)  Line of credit contractual obligations include projected interest payments over the term of the Loan Agreement, assuming interest 
rate in effect for the outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2018 of 7% and payment of the borrowings on August 7, 2020, the 

51

contractual maturity date of the credit facility.  See Note 5, “Credit Agreements” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our contractual obligations relating to our line of credit.

(2)  Represents loan payments, including interest, for equipment financing arrangements.  See Note 5, “Credit Agreements” of the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our equipment 
financing arrangements.

(3)  Future minimum operating lease obligations in the table above include primarily payments for our office space in San Jose and 
Petaluma, California; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Nanjing, China; and Richardson, Texas, which expire at various dates through 2025.  
See Note 6, “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our operating leases.

(4)  Represents outstanding purchase commitments for inventory and services to be delivered by our suppliers, including CMs, ODMs 
and engineering service providers.  See Note 6, “Commitments and Contingencies” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion regarding our outstanding purchase commitments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

ITEM 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

The primary objectives of our investment activity are to preserve principal, provide liquidity and maximize income without 
significantly increasing risk. By policy, we do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. As of 
December 31, 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $49.6 million, which were held primarily in cash and money market 
funds. Due to the nature of these money market funds, we believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in the 
fair value of our cash equivalents as a result of changes in interest rates.

Our exposure to interest rate risk also relates to the amount of interest we must pay on our borrowings under our revolving 
credit facility pursuant to our Loan Agreement with SVB. Borrowings under the Loan Agreement will bear interest through 
maturity at a variable annual rate based upon an annual rate of either a prime rate or a LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin 
between 0.5% to 1.5% for prime rate advances and between 2.0% and 3.0% for LIBOR advances based on our maintenance of 
an applicable liquidity ratio. As of December 31, 2018, we had $30.0 million outstanding under the Loan Agreement.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our primary foreign currency exposures are described below.

Economic Exposure

The direct effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our sales and expenses has not been material because our sales and 
expenses are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, or USD. However, we are indirectly exposed to changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates to the extent of our use of foreign contract manufacturers whom we pay in USD. Increases in the local 
currency rates of these vendors in relation to USD could cause an increase in the price of products that we purchase. 
Additionally, if the USD strengthens relative to other currencies, such strengthening could have an indirect effect on our sales 
to the extent it raises the cost of our products to non-U.S. customers and thereby reduces demand. A weaker USD could have 
the opposite effect. The precise indirect effect of currency fluctuations is difficult to measure or predict because our sales are 
influenced by many factors in addition to the impact of such currency fluctuations.

Translation Exposure

Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in USD and, therefore, the majority of our revenue is not subject to foreign 
currency risk. We are directly exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates to the extent such changes affect our expenses 
related to our foreign assets and liabilities with our subsidiaries in Brazil, China and the United Kingdom, whose functional 
currencies are the Brazilian Real, or BRL, Chinese Renminbi, or RMB, and British Pounds Sterling, or GBP, respectively.

Our operating expenses are incurred primarily in the United States, with a small portion of expenses incurred in Brazil 
associated with the administration of the entity, in China associated with our research and development operations that are 
maintained there and in the United Kingdom for our international sales and marketing activities. Our operating expenses are 
generally denominated in the functional currencies of our subsidiaries in which the operations are located. 

52

The percentages of our operating expenses denominated in the following currencies for the indicated fiscal years were as 
follows:

USD
RMB
GBP
BRL

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

89%
7
4
—
100%

89%
7
3
1
100%

88%
7
4
1
100%

If the currency exchange rates in 2018 had been the same as in 2017, our 2018 operating expenses would have decreased by 
approximately $0.8 million. If the U.S. dollar had appreciated or depreciated by 10% relative to RMB, GBP and BRL, our 
operating expenses for 2018 would have decreased or increased by $2.4 million, or approximately 1%. We do not currently 
enter into forward exchange contracts to hedge exposure denominated in foreign currencies or any derivative financial 
instruments. In the future, we may consider entering into hedging transactions to help mitigate our foreign currency exchange 
risk.

Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may also adversely impact our financial position as the assets and liabilities of our foreign 
operations are translated into USD in preparing our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The effect of foreign exchange rate 
fluctuations on our consolidated financial position for the year ended December 31, 2018 was a net translation loss of 
approximately $0.6 million. This loss is recognized as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity through accumulated other 
comprehensive loss.

Transaction Exposure

We have certain assets and liabilities, primarily receivables and accounts payable (including inter-company transactions) that 
are denominated in currencies other than the relevant entity’s functional currency. In certain circumstances, changes in the 
functional currency value of these assets and liabilities create fluctuations in our reported consolidated financial position, cash 
flows and results of operations. Transaction gains and losses on these foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are 
recognized each period within other income (expense), net in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. During the 
year ended December 31, 2018, we recognized a net gain related to these foreign exchange assets and liabilities of 
approximately $0.4 million.

53

ITEM 8.  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets, As of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

55

56

57

58

59

60

54

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Calix, Inc.:

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Calix, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 
2017, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, 
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Basis for Opinions 

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Item 
9A, Controls and Procedures. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion 
on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in 
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the 
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or 
fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures 
included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also 
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an 
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the 
design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures 
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016. 

San Francisco, California
March 1, 2019 

/s/ KPMG LLP

55

CALIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value)

ASSETS

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Restricted cash

Accounts receivable, net

Inventory

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net

Goodwill

Other assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable

Accrued liabilities

Deferred revenue

Line of credit

Total current liabilities

Long-term portion of deferred revenue

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)

Stockholders’ equity:

December 31,

2018

2017

$

49,646

$

39,775

628

67,026

50,151

7,306

174,757

24,945

116,175

1,203

—

80,392

31,529

10,759

162,455

15,681

116,175

759

$

317,080

$

295,070

$

$

40,209

57,869

15,600

30,000

143,678

17,496

3,972

165,146

35,977

49,279

13,076

30,000

128,332

20,645

1,130

150,107

Preferred stock, $0.025 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017

—

—

Common stock, $0.025 par value; 100,000 shares authorized; 59,285 shares issued and 53,955
shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and 56,839 shares issued and 51,509 shares
outstanding as of December 31, 2017

Additional paid-in capital

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Accumulated deficit

Treasury stock, 5,330 shares as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Total stockholders’ equity

1,482

876,073

(753)

(684,882)

(39,986)

151,934

1,421

851,054

(169)

(667,357)

(39,986)

144,963

$

317,080

$

295,070

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

56

CALIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenue:

Systems
Services

Total revenue

Cost of revenue:
Systems (1)
Services (1)

Total cost of revenue

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Research and development (1)
Sales and marketing (1)
General and administrative (1)
Restructuring charges
Amortization of intangible assets
Gain on sale of product line
Litigation settlement gain

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Interest and other income (expense), net:
Interest income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net

Total interest and other income (expense), net

Loss before provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per common share:
Basic and diluted

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

405,923
35,397
441,320

216,529
27,409
243,938
197,382

89,963
86,432
40,500
5,705
—
(6,704)
—
215,896
(18,514)

(632)
378
(254)
(18,768)
530
(19,298)

(0.37)

$

$

$

421,890
88,477
510,367

236,137
101,340
337,477
172,890

127,541
82,781
39,875
4,249
—
—
—
254,446
(81,556)

(160)
(73)
(233)
(81,789)
1,243
(83,032)

(1.66)

$

$

$

428,584
30,203
458,787

228,976
28,593
257,569
201,218

106,869
83,675
41,592
—
1,701
—
(4,500)
229,337
(28,119)

152
912
1,064
(27,055)
347
(27,402)

(0.56)

$

$

$

Weighted-average number of shares used to compute net loss per common share:

Basic and diluted

52,609

50,155

48,730

Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale marketable securities, net
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

Comprehensive loss

 (1)  Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

Cost of revenue:
Systems
Services

Research and development
Sales and marketing
General and administrative

$

(19,298)

$

(83,032)

$

(27,402)

$

$

—
(584)
(584)
(19,882)

885
363
5,969
5,787
4,469

$

$

6
481
487
(82,545)

473
276
4,869
3,433
3,317

$

$

88
(549)
(461)
(27,863)

465
207
5,125
4,586
3,902

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

57

CALIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares
49,509

Amount
1,326
$

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Accumulated
Deficit

$

818,754

$

(195)

$

(556,923)

Treasury
Stock
$ (27,177)

Total
Stockholders’
Equity

$

235,785

Balance at December 31, 2015

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Issuance of vested performance 
restricted stock units and restricted 
stock units, net of taxes withheld

Stock issued under employee stock 
purchase plan

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss

Repurchases of common stock

Balance at December 31, 2016

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Issuance of vested performance 
restricted stock units and restricted 
stock units, net of taxes withheld

Stock issued under employee stock 
purchase plans

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

—

3

659

1,010

—

—

(1,789)

49,392

—

11

994

1,112

—

—

—

—

17

25

—

—

—

1,368

—

—

24

29

—

—

Balance at December 31, 2017

51,509

1,421

Stock-based compensation

Exercise of stock options

Issuance of vested performance 
restricted stock units and restricted 
stock units, net of taxes withheld

Stock issued under employee stock 
purchase plans

Cumulative effect of accounting
change

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss

—

57

913

1,476

—

—

—

—

1

22

38

—

—

—

14,285

17

(2,118)

5,625

—

—

—

836,563

12,368

62

(2,788)

4,849

—

—

851,054

17,473

383

(96)

7,259

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(461)

—

(656)

—

—

—

—

—

487

(169)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(584)

—

—

—

—

(27,402)

—

—

(584,325)

—

—

—

—

(83,032)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(12,809)

(39,986)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(667,357)

(39,986)

—

—

—

—

1,773

(19,298)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

14,285

17

(2,101)

5,650

(27,402)

(461)

(12,809)

212,964

12,368

62

(2,764)

4,878

(83,032)

487

144,963

17,473

384

(74)

7,297

1,773

(19,298)

(584)

Balance at December 31, 2018

53,955

$

1,482

$

876,073

$

(753)

$

(684,882)

$ (39,986)

$

151,934

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

CALIX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Operating activities:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:

Stock-based compensation
Depreciation and amortization
Loss on retirement of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Amortization of premium (discount) relating to available-for-sale securities
Gain on sale of product line

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue
Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Investing activities:

Purchases of property and equipment
Purchases of marketable securities
Sales of marketable securities
Maturities of marketable securities
Proceeds from sale of product line

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

Financing activities:

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plans
Payments for repurchases of common stock
Taxes paid for awards vested under equity incentive plan
Proceeds from line of credit
Repayments of line of credit
Payments to originate the line of credit

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid

Non-cash investing activities:

Changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to purchases of property
and equipment

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

(19,298)

$

(83,032)

$

(27,402)

17,473
9,187
326
—
—
(6,704)

13,858
(20,639)
3,579
4,596
2,791
(1,426)
(183)
3,560

(10,426)
—
—
—
10,350
(76)

384
7,297
—
(74)
557,915
(557,915)
(115)
7,492
(477)
10,499
39,775
50,274

649
561

$

$

12,368
10,178
280
813
(6)
—

(29,056)
13,016
35,210
11,759
(20,184)
(14,370)
252
(62,772)

(8,026)
(8,732)
5,051
31,441
—
19,734

62
4,878
—
(2,764)
171,268
(141,268)
(186)
31,990
464
(10,584)
50,359
39,775

313
915

$

$

14,285
8,319
—
5,805
382
—

(4,185)
3,122
(31,042)
4,236
34,913
16,398
(412)
24,419

(9,839)
(16,478)
—
38,400
—
12,083

17
5,650
(12,809)
(2,101)
—
—
—
(9,243)
(526)
26,733
23,626
50,359

127
965

8,459

$

(55)

$

(478)

$

$
$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

CALIX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Company

Calix, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, “Calix” or the “Company”) was incorporated in August 1999 and is a Delaware 
corporation. The Company is a leading global provider of the cloud and software platforms, systems and services required to 
deliver the unified access network and smart premises of tomorrow. The Company’s platforms and services help its customers 
build next generation networks by embracing a DevOps operating model, optimize the subscriber experience by leveraging big 
data analytics and turn the complexity of the smart home and business into new revenue streams. The Company's cloud and 
software platforms, systems and services enable communication service providers (“CSPs”) to provide a wide range of 
revenue-generating services, from basic voice and data to advanced broadband services, over legacy and next-generation access 
networks. The Company focuses on CSP access networks, the portion of the network that governs available bandwidth and 
determines the range and quality of services that can be offered to subscribers.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In the opinion of management, the consolidated financial statements include all 
normal and recurring adjustments that are considered necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position 
and operating results. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Applicable Accounting Guidance

Any reference in these notes to applicable accounting guidance (“guidance”) is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) as found in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements is in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. For the 
Company, these estimates include, but are not limited to: allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns, excess and 
obsolete inventory, allowances for obligations to its contract manufacturers, valuation of stock-based compensation, useful 
lives assigned to long-lived assets, standard and extended warranty costs and contingencies. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when a performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when control of the promised goods or 
services is transferred to the customer, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in 
exchange for those goods or services.

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of 
account. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or 
as, the performance obligation is satisfied. The Company’s hardware products contain both software and non-software 
components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality and therefore constitutes a single performance 
obligation as the promise to transfer the individual software and non-software components is not separately identifiable and, 
therefore, not distinct. The Company’s contracts may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, the 
Company allocates the contract’s transaction price to each performance obligation using the relative stand-alone selling price of 
each distinct good or service in the contract. The Company generally determines stand-alone selling prices based on the prices 
charged to customers or its best estimate of stand-alone selling price. The Company’s estimate of stand-alone selling price is 
established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, 
internal costs, gross margin objectives, characteristics of targeted customers and pricing practices. The determination of 
estimated stand-alone selling price is made through consultation with and formal approval by management, taking into 
consideration the go-to-market strategy.

For certain revenue arrangements involving delivery of both systems and professional services, each is considered a distinct 
performance obligation. Systems revenue is recognized at a point in time when management has determined that control over 
systems has transferred to the customer, which is generally when legal title has transferred to the customer. For the same 
revenue arrangements, management believes that the output of the associated professional services is transferred to the 

60

customer over time. As such, professional services revenue is recognized over the period in which the services are provided 
using a cost input measure. The Company recognizes revenue when control of the systems and services has been transferred to 
the customer, which may be earlier than system installation or customer acceptance, in accordance with the agreed-upon 
specifications in the contract.

The Company derives revenue from contracts with customers primarily from the following and categorizes its revenue as 
follows:

• Systems include revenue from the sale of access and premises systems, software platform licenses and cloud-based

software subscriptions.

• Services include revenue from professional services, customer support, software- and cloud-based maintenance,

extended warranty subscriptions, training and managed services.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of finished goods inventory purchased from the Company’s contract manufacturers, payroll 
and related expenses associated with managing the relationships with contract manufacturers, depreciation of manufacturing 
test equipment, warranty and retrofit costs, excess and obsolete inventory costs, shipping charges and amortization of certain 
intangible assets. It also includes contractor and other costs of services incurred directly related to the delivery of services to 
customers.

Warranty and Retrofit

The Company offers limited warranties for its hardware products for a period of one, three or five years, depending on the 
product type. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty activities as a component of cost of revenue upon 
product shipment or upon identification of a specific product failure. Under certain circumstances, the Company also provides 
fixes on specifically identified performance failures for products that are outside of the standard warranty period and recognizes 
estimated costs related to retrofit activities as a component of cost of revenue upon identification of such product failures. The 
Company recognizes estimated warranty and retrofit costs when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount 
of loss is reasonably estimable. The estimates are based upon historical and projected product failure and claim rates, historical 
costs incurred in correcting product failures and information available related to any specifically identified product failures. 
Judgment is required in estimating costs associated with warranty and retrofit activities, and the Company's estimates are 
limited to information available to the Company at the time of such estimates. In some cases, such as when a specific product 
failure is first identified or a new product is introduced, the Company may initially have limited information and limited 
historical failure and claim rates upon which to base its estimates, and such estimates may require revision in future periods. 
The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty and retrofit exposure. Actual warranty 
and retrofit expenses are charged against the Company’s estimated warranty and retrofit liability when incurred. Factors that 
affect the Company’s warranty and retrofit liability include the number of active installed units and historical and anticipated 
rates of warranty and retrofit claims and cost per claim.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance restricted stock 
units (“PRSUs”) and purchase rights under the Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the“ESPP”) and the 
Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Nonqualified ESPP”) is measured at the grant 
date based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized, net of forfeitures, as expense over the remaining requisite service 
period (generally the vesting period) on a straight-line basis.

The fair value of stock option and employee stock purchase right under the ESPP is estimated at the grant date using the Black-
Scholes option valuation model. The fair value of RSUs and employee stock purchase right under the Nonqualified ESPP is 
based on closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense associated with PRSUs with graded vesting features and which contain both a performance 
and a service condition is measured based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, 
and is recognized, net of forfeitures, as expense over the requisite service period using the graded vesting attribution method.

Stock-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock options with graded vesting features and which 
contain both a performance and a service condition is measured based on fair value of stock options estimated at the grant date 
using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, and is recognized, net of forfeitures, as expense over the requisite service 
period using the graded vesting attribution method.

Compensation expense associated with PRSUs and performance-based stock option awards with graded vesting features and 
which contain both a performance and a service condition is only recognized if the Company has determined that it is probable 

61

that the performance condition will be met. The Company reassesses the probability of vesting at each reporting period and 
adjusts compensation expense based on its probability assessment.

Loss Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. The 
Company evaluates the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome of legal proceedings to which it is a party and accrues a loss 
contingency when the loss is probable and reasonably estimable. Assessing legal contingencies involves significant judgment 
and estimates, and the outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain and subject to numerous factors outside the Company’s 
control. Significant judgment is required when the Company assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes, 
including the potential range of possible losses, and whether losses are probable and reasonably estimable.

Because of uncertainties related to these matters, the Company bases its estimates of whether a loss contingency is probable or 
reasonably possible, as well as the reasonable range of possible losses associated with each loss contingency, only on the 
information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, and at least quarterly, the Company reassesses 
the potential liability on each significant matter and may revise its estimates. These revisions could have a material impact on 
the Company’s business, operating results or financial condition. The actual outcome of these legal proceedings may materially 
differ from the Company’s estimates of potential liability, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
business, operating results or financial condition.

Credit Risk and Inventory Supplier Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds, which are invested through 
financial institutions in the United States. Deposits in these financial institutions may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. 
The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company also has approximately $3.7 million of cash held 
by its foreign subsidiaries in Brazil, China and the United Kingdom. Management believes that the financial institutions that 
hold the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists with respect to 
these cash and cash equivalents.

Concentrations of credit risk in relation to customers with an accounts receivable balance of 10% or greater of total accounts 
receivable and customers with net revenue of 10% or greater of total revenue are presented below for the periods indicated.

CenturyLink
Windstream

Percentage of Accounts Receivable
December 31,

2018
16%
*

2017
42%
*

Percentage of Revenue
Years Ended December 31,
2017
31%
*

2016
21%
15%

2018
18%
*

* Less than 10% of total accounts receivable or revenue.

The Company depends primarily on a small number of outside contract manufacturers ("CMs") and original design 
manufacturers ("ODMs") for the bulk of its finished goods inventory. In particular, the Company relied on Flex Ltd for the 
manufacture of a large percentage of its products through 2018. The Company generally purchases its products through 
purchase orders with its suppliers. While the Company seeks to maintain a sufficient supply of its products, the Company’s 
business and results of operations could be adversely affected by a stoppage or delay in receiving such products, the receipt of 
defective parts, an increase in price of such products or the Company’s inability to obtain lower prices from its CMs and other 
suppliers in response to competitive pressures.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables, accounts payable, line of credit 
and other accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to their relatively short-term nature.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Marketable Securities

Cash equivalents and marketable securities are stated at amounts that approximate fair value based on quoted market prices. 

Restricted cash is cash that is legally restricted as to withdrawal or usage. As of December 31, 2018, the Company had $0.6 
million in restricted cash related to a letter of credit for our San Jose lease.

62

The Company has invested its excess cash primarily in money market funds and highly liquid marketable securities such as 
corporate debt instruments, commercial paper and U.S. government agency securities. The Company considers all investments 
with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities represent highly liquid 
corporate debt instruments, commercial paper and U.S. government agency securities with maturities greater than 90 days at 
date of purchase. Marketable securities with maturities greater than one year are classified as current because management 
considers all marketable securities to be available for current operations.

The Company’s investments have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. Such investments are recorded at fair 
value and unrealized holding gains and losses are reported as a separate component of comprehensive loss in the stockholders’ 
equity until realized. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities, if any, are determined on the specific 
identification method and are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to results of operations as “Other income 
(expense), net”. The Company had no investments as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to 
make required payments. The Company records a specific allowance based on an analysis of individual past-due balances. 
Additionally, based on historical write-offs and the Company’s collection experience, the Company records an additional 
allowance based on a percentage of outstanding receivables. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ 
financial condition. These evaluations require judgment and are based on a variety of factors including, but not limited to, 
current economic trends, payment history and a financial review of the customer. Actual collection losses may differ from 
management’s estimates, and such differences could be material to our financial position and results of operations.

Inventory Valuation

Inventory, which primarily consists of finished goods purchased from CMs or ODMs, is stated at the lower of cost (determined 
by the first-in, first-out method) or market value. Inbound shipping costs and U.S. tariffs are included in cost of inventory. In 
addition, the Company, from time to time, procures component inventory primarily as a result of manufacturing discontinuation 
of critical components by suppliers. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for 
excess and obsolete inventories based on the Company’s estimate of demand for its products, potential obsolescence of 
technology, product life cycles and whether pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds its 
estimated selling price. These factors are impacted by market and economic conditions, technology changes and new product 
introductions and require significant estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from 
forecasted demand and may have a material effect on gross profit. If inventory is written down, a new cost basis is established 
that cannot be increased in future periods. Shipments from suppliers or CMs before the Company receives them are recorded as 
in-transit inventory when title and the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the Company.

Contract Costs

The Company capitalizes all incremental costs incurred to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if 
the contract had not been obtained, provided it expects to recover the costs. The Company capitalizes certain sales commissions 
related primarily to extended warranty and Calix Cloud products for which the expected amortization period is greater than one 
year. 

The Company expects that sales commissions as a result of obtaining customer contracts are recoverable, and therefore the 
Company defers and capitalizes them as contract costs. Capitalized commissions are amortized as sales and marketing expenses 
over the period that the related revenue is recognized, which typically range from three to ten years for extended warranty and 
cloud offerings. The Company classifies the unamortized portion of deferred commissions as current or noncurrent based on 
the timing of when the Company expects to recognize the expense.  The current and noncurrent portions of deferred 
commissions are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively, in the Company’s 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of December 31, 2018, the unamortized balance of deferred commissions was $0.8 million. For the year ended 
December 31, 2018, the amount of amortization was $0.1 million, and there was no impairment loss in relation to the costs 
capitalized.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, and are depreciated using the straight-line method 
over the estimated useful life of each asset. Generally, computer equipment is depreciated over two years; purchased software is 
depreciated over three years; test equipment is depreciated over three years; furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven 
years; and leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the respective lease term or the estimated useful life of 
the asset. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

63

Goodwill

Goodwill was recorded as a result of the Company’s acquisitions of Occam Networks, Inc. (“Occam”) in February 2011 and 
Optical Solutions, Inc. in February 2006. The Company records goodwill when consideration paid in a business acquisition 
exceeds the fair value of the net tangible assets and the identified intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but 
instead is subject to an annual impairment test or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may be 
impaired. The Company evaluates goodwill on an annual basis as of the end of the second quarter of each fiscal year. 
Management has determined that it operates as a single reporting unit and, therefore, evaluates goodwill impairment at the 
enterprise level.

In an annual impairment test, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the 
two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. In assessing the qualitative factors, management considers the impact of these 
key factors: macro-economic conditions, industry and market environment, overall financial performance of the Company, cash 
flow from operating activities, market capitalization and stock price. If the Company determines as a result of the qualitative 
assessment that it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is 
less than its carrying amount, then the quantitative test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required.

In a quantitative test, the Company compares its fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. The Company determines 
its fair value using both an income approach and a market approach. Under the income approach, the Company determines fair 
value based on estimated future cash flows, discounted by an estimated weighted-average cost of capital, which reflects the 
overall level of inherent risk of the Company and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. Under the market-
based approach, the Company utilizes information regarding the Company as well as publicly available industry information to 
determine earnings multiples that are used to value the Company. If the carrying value of the Company exceeds its fair value, 
the Company will determine the amount of impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying 
value of goodwill. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of goodwill over its implied fair 
value.

At the end of the second quarter of 2018, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test. Based on its assessment 
of the above qualitative factors, management concluded that the fair value of the Company was more likely than not greater 
than its carrying amount as of June 30, 2018. As such, it was not necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill 
impairment test at the time.

There have been no significant events or changes in circumstances subsequent to the 2018 annual impairment test that would 
more likely than not indicate that the carrying value of goodwill may have been impaired as of December 31, 2018. Therefore, 
there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill as of December 31, 2018. There were no impairment 
losses for goodwill in the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue results from transactions where the Company billed the customer for products or services and when cash 
payments are received or due prior to transferring control of the promised goods or services to the customer. 

Revenue allocated to remaining performance obligations represent contract revenue that has not yet been recognized, which 
includes deferred revenue and amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. This amount was  
$33.1 million as December 31, 2018, and the Company expects to recognize 47% of such revenue over the next year and the 
remainder thereafter.

Payment terms to customers typically range from net 30 to net 90 days and vary by the size and location of customer and the 
products or services offered. The period between the transfer of control of the promised good or service to a customer and when 
payment is due is not significant.

Income Taxes

The Company evaluates its tax positions and estimates its current tax exposure along with assessing temporary differences that 
result from different book to tax treatment of items not currently deductible for tax purposes. These differences result in 
deferred tax assets and liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, which are estimated based upon the 
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect 
when these differences reverse. In general, deferred tax assets represent future tax benefits to be received when certain 
expenses previously recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss become deductible 
expenses under applicable income tax laws or loss or credit carryforwards are utilized. Accordingly, realization of the 
Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent on future taxable income against which these deductions, losses and credits can be 
utilized.

64

The Company must assess the likelihood that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, 
and to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not more likely than not, the Company must establish a valuation 
allowance. Management judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, the Company’s 
deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. 
Excluding foreign operations, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance at each balance sheet date presented because, 
based on the available evidence, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will not be able to utilize all of its 
deferred tax assets in the future. The Company intends to maintain the full valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists 
to support the reversal of the valuation allowance.

Newly Adopted Accounting Standards

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. (“ASU”) 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
(Topic 606)”, which provides guidance for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements 
in Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition”, and most industry-specific guidance. Additionally, it supersedes some cost guidance 
included in Subtopic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition-Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, and creates new 
Subtopic 340-40, “Other Assets and Deferred Costs-Contracts with Customers.” The Company determines revenue recognition 
through the following steps: identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer; identification of the performance 
obligations in the contract; determination of the transaction price; allocation of the transaction price to the performance 
obligations in the contract; and recognition of revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation. The 
standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in 
an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. 
In doing so, companies will need to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the previous guidance. These may 
include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the 
transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The new standard permits 
adoption by using either (i) a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or (ii) a modified 
retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard recognized at the date of initial 
application and providing certain additional disclosures.

On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 using the modified retrospective transition method 
applied to those contracts which were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Accordingly, results for reporting periods beginning 
after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while results for prior periods have not been restated and continues to be 
reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods. The Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially 
applying the standards as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit of $1.8 million as of January 1, 2018, 
with the impact primarily relating to deferring the costs of obtaining contracts (sales commissions) and the upfront recognition 
of software license revenue. The impact to revenue of applying Topic 606 for the year ended December 31, 2018 was an 
increase of $1.7 million.

Practical Expedients

The Company expenses sales commissions as sales and marketing expenses when incurred if the expected amortization period 
is one year or less. This applies generally to all transactions other than extended warranty contracts and Calix Cloud products.

The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected 
length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Company recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right 
to invoice for services performed.

The Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component if the 
Company expects, at contract inception, that the period between when the Company transfers a promised good or service to a 
customer and when the customer pays for that good or service will be one year or less.

65

Cumulative Effect of Adoption

The cumulative effect of changes made to the Consolidated January 1, 2018 Balance Sheet was as follows (in thousands):

Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Total assets
Deferred revenue
Total liabilities
Accumulated deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

Balance at
December 31, 2017
80,392
$
10,759
759
295,070
13,076
150,107
(667,357)
295,070

Adjustments

491
(245)
698
944
(829)
(829)
1,773
944

Balance at
January 1, 2018
80,883
$
10,514
1,457
296,014
12,247
149,278
(665,584)
296,014

The impact of adopting the new revenue standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 were as follows (in thousands):

Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2018
Accounts receivable, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other assets
Total assets
Accrued liabilities
Deferred revenue
Total liabilities
Accumulated deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss

Year Ended December 31, 2018
Revenue:
Systems
Services
Total revenue
Cost of revenue:
Systems
Services
Total cost of revenue
Gross profit
Sales and marketing
Net loss

Cloud Computing Costs

As Reported

Adjustments

Balances
Without
Adoption of
Topic 606

$

$

67,026
7,306
1,203
317,080
57,869
33,096
165,146
(684,882)
317,080

$

(1,095)
953
(567)
(709)
(880)
2,801
1,921
(2,630)
(709)

65,931
8,259
636
316,371
56,989
35,897
167,067
(687,512)
316,371

As Reported

Adjustments

Balances
Without
Adoption of
Topic 606

$

$

405,923
35,397
441,320

216,529
27,409
243,938
197,382
86,432
(19,298)

$

(3,253)
1,559
(1,694)

(1,052)
274
(778)
(916)
(59)
(857)

402,670
36,956
439,626

215,477
27,683
243,160
196,466
86,373
(20,155)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, “Intangibles (Topic 350): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs 
Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract”, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing 
implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing 
implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. This new standard also requires customers to expense 
the capitalized implementation costs of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract over the term of the hosting 
arrangement. This new standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of 2020, with early adoption permitted. 

66

This new standard can be applied either retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of 
adoption. The Company adopted the standard prospectively in the fourth quarter of 2018, resulting in the capitalization of $1.2 
million in implementation costs related to the Company's SaaS-based enterprise resource planning infrastructure project.

Statement of Cash Flows

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, an update to “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)”, to provide guidance 
on classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 requires that an 
entity’s reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows to 
include restricted cash within cash and cash equivalents. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 in 2018. Prior to 2018, the 
Company did not have restricted cash. As of December 31, 2018, the Company classified $0.6 million as restricted cash in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The adoption of ASU 2016-18 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Statements of 
Cash Flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)”, which requires recognition of an asset and liability 
for lease arrangements longer than twelve months. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for the Company beginning in the first 
quarter of 2019. The standard can be adopted using either a modified retrospective approach, whereby the Company would 
recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented, or the effective date approach, whereby the 
Company would initially account for the impact of the adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment to the January 1, 2019 
financial statements. The effective date approach will eliminate the need to restate amounts presented prior to January 1, 2019. 
The Company adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2019 using the effective date approach. Upon adoption of the 
standard, the Company's assets and liabilities will increase by approximately $16 million as the new standard requires 
recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases, but the new standard does not impact its Statements 
of Comprehensive Loss or Cash Flows.

2. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consisted of the following (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash

Money market funds

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

45,806

3,840

49,646

$

$

35,999

3,776

39,775

The carrying amounts of the Company’s money market funds approximate their fair values due to their nature, duration and 
short maturities.

3. Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures its cash equivalents and marketable securities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is an exit 
price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on 
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The Company utilizes the following three-tier 
value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value:

Level 1 – Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active 
markets.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 for similar instruments in active markets, 
quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-driven valuations in 
which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs to the valuation derived from fair valuation techniques in which one or more 
significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable. The fair value hierarchy also requires the Company 
to maximize the use of observable inputs, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when 
determining inputs and determining fair value.

67

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had money market funds of $3.8 million for each period, and each was 
classified as a Level 1 financial asset. The fair values of money market funds classified as Level 1 were derived from quoted 
market prices as active markets for these instruments exist. The Company had no Level 2 or Level 3 financial assets.

4. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Product return reserve (1)

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

67,396
(370)
—
67,026

$

$

81,793
(579)
(822)
80,392

(1)  With adoption of Topic 606 on January 1, 2018, the product return reserve is considered a contract liability and has 

been reclassified to accrued liabilities.

The table below summarizes the changes in allowance for doubtful accounts and product return reserve for the periods 
indicated (in thousands):

Year Ended December 31, 2018

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Product return reserve

Year Ended December 31, 2017

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Product return reserve

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Allowance for doubtful accounts
Product return reserve

Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

Raw materials
Finished goods

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

Test equipment
Computer equipment and purchased software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

Balance at
Beginning of
Year

Additions
Charged to
Costs or
Expenses or
Revenue

Deductions
and Write
Offs

Balance at 
End of Year

$

$

$

$

$

$

579
822

518
938

501
663

$

$

$

(5)
771

103
3,682

232
3,679

$

$

$

(204)
(713)

(42)
(3,798)

(215)
(3,404)

370
880

579
822

518
938

December 31,

2018

2017

10,815
39,336
50,151

$

$

1,211
30,318
31,529

December 31,

2018

2017

39,148
34,697
1,976
3,559
79,380
(54,435)
24,945

$

$

39,952
32,175
2,714
6,029
80,870
(65,189)
15,681

$

$

$

$

Depreciation and amortization expenses were $9.2 million, $10.2 million and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

68

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

Accrued compensation and related benefits
Accrued warranty and retrofit
Accrued customer rebates/prepayments
Accrued professional and consulting fees
Accrued excess and obsolete inventory at CMs or ODMs
Current portion of equipment financing arrangements
Accrued business events
Accrued non-income related taxes
Accrued freight
Accrued insurance
Product return reserve (1)
Accrued restructuring charges
Accrued other

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

19,811
8,547
6,103
6,060
2,667
1,778
1,696
1,288
1,187
917
880
28
6,907
57,869

$

$

15,563
8,708
1,432
9,604
2,430
—
1,272
1,778
593
827
—
1,417
5,655
49,279

(1)  With adoption of Topic 606 on January 1, 2018, the product return reserve is considered a contract liability and has 

been reclassified from accounts receivable.

Changes in the Company’s accrued warranty and retrofit liability were as follows (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of period

Provision for warranty and retrofit charged to cost of revenue
Utilization of reserve
Adjustments to pre-existing reserve

Balance at end of period

Accrued Restructuring Charges

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

8,708
5,215
(5,376)
—
8,547

$

$

12,214
8,720
(12,226)
—
8,708

$

$

9,564
9,898
(6,816)
(432)
12,214

The Company adopted a restructuring plan in March 2017. This restructuring plan realigned the Company’s business, 
increasing its focus towards its investments in software defined access and cloud products, while reducing its expense 
structure in its traditional systems business. The Company began to take actions under this plan beginning in March 2017 and 
recognized $4.2 million of restructuring charges for the year ended December 31, 2017, consisting primarily of severance 
and other one-time termination benefits. Actions pursuant to this restructuring plan were complete as of December 31, 2017.

The Company established a new restructuring plan in February 2018 to further align its business resources based on the 
production releases of its platform offerings. The Company incurred restructuring charges of approximately $5.7 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2018, consisting primarily of severance and other termination related benefits.

The following table summarizes the activities pursuant to the above restructuring plans (in thousands):

Balance at December 31, 2016

Restructuring charges for the year
Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2017

Restructuring charges for the year
Cash payments

Balance at December 31, 2018

Severance and
Related
Benefits

Facilities

Total

$

$

$

— $

— $

3,807
(2,832)
975
5,203
(6,178)

$

— $

442
—
442
502
(916)
28

$

$

—
4,249
(2,832)
1,417
5,705
(7,094)
28

69

Contract Asset

The primary contract asset is revenue recognized on professional services contracts where the services are transferred to the 
customer over time, less any progress billings and advanced payments, and is classified within accounts receivable. Amounts 
are billed in accordance with the agreed-upon contractual terms. The opening balance at January 1, 2018 was $1.5 million of 
which $0.2 million remained in our Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2018. The closing balance at December 31, 
2018 was $5.9 million of which we expect to bill substantially all of the balance during 2019. The increase in the contract 
asset was driven by the timing of professional services contracts with a major customer at the end of fiscal 2018.

Contract Liability

Deferred revenue consisted of the following (in thousands):

Current:

Product and services
Extended warranty

Non-current:

Product and services
Extended warranty

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

11,600
4,000
15,600

440
17,056
17,496
33,096

$

$

9,125
3,951
13,076

18
20,627
20,645
33,721

The decrease in the deferred revenue balance for the year ended December 31, 2018 is primarily driven by $11.9 million of 
revenue recognized that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the year offset by cash payments 
received or due in advance of satisfying our performance obligations.

5. Credit Agreements

Line of Credit

On August 7, 2017, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Silicon Valley Bank 
(“SVB”). The Loan Agreement provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility with SVB, pursuant to which SVB agreed 
to make revolving advances available to the Company in a principal amount of up to $30.0 million based on a customary 
accounts receivable borrowing base, subject to certain exceptions for accounts originating outside the United States and certain 
specific accounts, which could reduce the amount available to the Company under the credit facility.

The credit facility includes affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the Company and its subsidiaries. Furthermore, the 
Loan Agreement requires the Company to maintain a liquidity ratio at minimum levels set forth in more detail in the Loan 
Agreement. The credit facility also includes events of default, the occurrence and continuation of which would provide SVB 
with the right to demand immediate repayment of any principal and unpaid interest under the credit facility, and to exercise 
remedies against the Company and the collateral securing the loans under the credit facility. For the month ended November 
30, 2017, the Company was not able to maintain the minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio (“AQR”), (as defined in the Loan 
Agreement) at the level required in the Loan Agreement, which constituted an event of default. Although SVB waived this 
event of default effective as of November 30, 2017 and, therefore, this default did not change the Company’s ability to borrow 
under the Loan Agreement, the Company was required to amend certain covenants under the Loan Agreement. In February 
2018, the Company entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement that, among other things, amended certain affirmative 
financial covenants, including reductions to the required minimum level of the AQR and the inclusion of an additional financial 
covenant related to the maintenance of Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the Loan Agreement, as amended). In August 2018, the 
Company entered into a second amendment to the Loan Agreement that, among other things, extended the maturity date from 
August 7, 2019 to August 7, 2020, amended certain financial covenants, including covenants with respect to the AQR and the 
Adjusted EBITDA, and changed the compliance requirements for the AQR covenant from a monthly basis to a quarterly basis. 
As of December 31, 2018, the Company was in compliance with these requirements.

As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had borrowings outstanding of $30.0 million, representing the 
full amount available under the line of credit. Our interest rate on the line of credit was 7.0% as of December 31, 2018 and 
5.8% as of December 31, 2017.

70

Equipment Financing Arrangements

During 2018, the Company entered into financing arrangements to purchase lab and test equipment for approximately $5.1 
million. Each agreement is to be paid over 36 months with a weighted average interest rate of 6.2%.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain 
renewal options and rent acceleration clauses. Future minimum payments under the non-cancelable operating leases 
consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

$

$

Minimum Future
Lease Payments

3,750
3,817
3,468
3,300
3,411
6,053
23,799

The Company leases its headquarters office space in San Jose, California under a lease agreement that expires in December 
2025. In March 2018, the Company entered into this lease agreement for approximately 65,000 square feet, which 
commenced in September 2018.  The future minimum lease payments under the lease are $16.1 million and are included in 
the table above.

In June 2018, the Company entered into a co-location license agreement to lease data center space in West Jordan, Utah for a 
term of 84 months. The future minimum lease payments under the lease are $2.9 million and are included in the table above.

In August 2018, the Company entered into a new office lease agreement for 22,000 square feet in Petaluma, California as its 
current office lease in Petaluma, California expires in February 2019. The lease is expected to commence in March 2019 for 
a term of 64 months. The future minimum lease payments of $2.8 million are included in the table above.

The above table also includes future minimum lease payments for the Company's office facilities in Minneapolis, Minnesota; 
Nanjing, China; Richardson, Texas; and the current office in Petaluma, California, which expire at various dates through 
2022.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, total rent expense of the Company was $3.4 million, $3.7 million 
and $3.5 million, respectively.

Purchase Commitments

The Company’s CMs place orders for component inventory in advance based upon the Company’s build forecasts in order to 
reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component supply. The components are used by the CM to build the 
products included in the build forecasts. The Company generally does not take ownership of the components held by CMs. 
The Company places purchase orders with its CMs in order to fulfill its monthly finished product inventory requirements. 
The Company incurs a liability when the CMs convert the component inventory to a finished product and takes ownership of 
the inventory when transferred to the designated shipping warehouse. In the event of termination of services with a CM, the 
Company has purchased, and may be required to purchase in the future, the remaining components inventory held by the CM 
as well as any outstanding orders pursuant to the contractual provisions with such CM. As of December 31, 2018, the 
Company had approximately $42.0 million of outstanding purchase commitments for inventories to be delivered by its 
suppliers, including CMs and ODMs, within one year.

The Company has from time to time, and subject to certain conditions, reimbursed its CMs for component inventory 
purchases when this inventory has been rendered excess or obsolete, for example due to manufacturing and engineering 
change orders resulting from design changes, manufacturing discontinuation of parts by its suppliers, or in cases where 
inventory levels greatly exceed projected demand. The estimated excess and obsolete inventory liabilities related to such 
manufacturing and engineering change orders and other factors, which are included in accrued liabilities in the 
accompanying balance sheets, were $2.7 million and $2.4 million as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The 
Company records the related charges in cost of systems revenue in its Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

71

In March 2018, the Company entered into an agreement with a vendor for engineering services pursuant to which the 
Company will be obligated to make future minimum payments of $15.8 million through 2022.

Contingencies

The Company evaluates the circumstances regarding outstanding and potential litigation and other contingencies on a 
quarterly basis to determine whether there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss exists requiring accrual or disclosure, 
and if so, whether an estimate of the possible loss or range of loss can be made. When a loss is probable and reasonably 
estimable, the Company accrues for such amount based on its estimate of the probable loss considering information available 
at that time. When a loss is reasonably possible, the Company discloses the estimated possible loss or range of loss in excess 
of amounts accrued if material. Except as otherwise disclosed below, the Company does not believe that there was a 
reasonable possibility that a material loss may have been incurred during the period presented with respect to the matters 
disclosed.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business 
activities. The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to the Company, in 
management’s opinion, are currently expected to individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, operating results or financial condition taken as a whole.

Indemnifications

The Company from time to time enters into contracts that require it to indemnify various parties against claims from third 
parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to 
indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the 
applicable premises, (ii) agreements with the Company’s officers, directors and certain employees, under which the Company 
may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their relationship with the Company, (iii) contracts 
under which the Company may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that a Company product 
infringes a patent, copyright or other intellectual property right and (iv) agreements under which the Company may be 
required to indemnify the counterparty for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from the Company’s acts 
or omissions with respect to the transactions contemplated by such agreements.

Because any potential obligation associated with these types of contractual provisions are not quantified or stated, the overall 
maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, the Company has not been required to make 
payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

7. Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

The Board of Directors has the authority, without action by stockholders with the exception of stockholders who hold board 
positions, to designate and issue up to 5.0 million shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, 
preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, 
conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares 
constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. 
The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the 
likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of 
preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company or other corporate 
action. Since the Company’s initial public offering, the Board of Directors has not designated any rights, preference or powers 
of any preferred stock and no shares of preferred stock have been issued.

Common Stock

Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the 
Board of Directors out of legally available funds. No dividends have been declared or paid as of December 31, 2018. In the 
event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to 
share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of the Company’s debts 
and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of 
preferred stock.

72

Equity Incentive Plans

As of December 31, 2018, the Company maintained two equity incentive plans, the 2002 Stock Plan (“2002 Plan”) and the 
2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (“2010 Plan”). These plans were approved by the Company's stockholders at the time of 
adoption. Under the 2002 Plan, the Company granted stock options at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the 
common stock on the date of grant. The majority of the stock options granted under the 2002 Plan vested over 4 years and 
expire in 10 years. 

The 2010 Plan allows the Company to grant stock options, restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), RSUs, PRSUs, stock appreciation 
rights, dividend equivalents, deferred stock and stock payments to employees, directors and consultants of the Company. A total 
of 4.7 million shares of common stock were initially reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan, which became effective 
upon the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of common stock. In addition, on the first day of each year 
beginning in 2011 and ending in 2020, the 2010 Plan provides for an annual automatic increase to the shares reserved for 
issuance equal to the lesser of: i) 2% of the outstanding shares at the end of the previous year or ii) 666,666 shares. No more 
than 17.2 million shares of Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options. Pursuant to the 
automatic annual increase, a total of 5.3 million additional shares had been reserved as of December 31, 2018 under the 2010 
Plan since 2011.

Upon the effectiveness of the 2010 Plan, equity awards were granted only under the 2010 Plan and shares of common stock 
previously reserved for issuance under the prior plan became available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. To date, awards 
granted under the 2010 Plan consist of stock options, RSAs, RSUs and PRSUs.

Stock options granted under the 2010 Plan are granted in general at a price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the 
common stock on the date of grant. Stock options issued under the 2010 Plan through 2016 generally vest 25% on the first 
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and on a monthly basis thereafter for a period of an additional three years. 
Stock options granted during 2017 vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and on a quarterly 
basis thereafter for a period of an additional three years. The options have a maximum term of ten years.

Each RSU granted under the 2010 Plan represents a right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock (subject to 
adjustment for certain specified changes in the capital structure of the Company) upon the completion of a specific period of 
continued service. The majority of RSUs granted vest over four years.

In February 2016, the Company granted 0.6 million shares of PRSUs to its executives. These particular performance-based 
awards contained a one-year performance period and a subsequent two-year service period. The performance target was based 
on the Company’s revenue during the performance period and accounted for as a performance condition. In February 2017, the 
Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors determined that the performance condition related to PRSUs 
granted to executives in 2016 was met based on the Company’s actual revenue recognized during 2016. As such, each PRSU 
award vested in respect to 50% of the PRSUs subject to the award in February 2017; 25% in February 2018 and 25% in 
February 2019, subject to the executive’s continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the remaining 
vesting date. 

In August 2017, the Company granted 1.2 million shares of performance-based stock option awards to its executives. These 
performance-based stock option awards contained a one-year performance period and a subsequent three-year service period. 
The performance target was based on a combination of the Company’s fiscal year 2017 revenue and non-GAAP operating 
income and was accounted for as a performance condition. In February 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s 
Board of Directors concluded that the performance target was not met and all such performance-based stock options were 
forfeited and canceled.

In October 2017, in connection with the hiring of its Chief Financial Offer, the Company made an “inducement” award of non-
qualified stock options to purchase 0.3 million shares of the Company's common stock with an exercise price of $5.05 per 
share, equal to the grant date fair value based upon the closing price of the Company's common stock. The stock option was 
granted outside the terms of the Company's 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (under the employee inducement award 
exemption under the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual Rule 303A.08). The stock option will vest and 
become exercisable over four years from the date of grant, with 25% of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the 
grant date and the remaining shares vesting quarterly thereafter over the next three years, subject to continued employment with 
the Company.

In December 2017, the Company granted 1.6 million shares of performance-based stock option awards to its executives. These 
performance-based stock option awards contain a one-year performance period and a subsequent two-year service period. The 
performance target is based on the Company’s non-GAAP operating income during the performance period and accounted for 
as a performance condition. After the one-year performance period, if the performance target is met and subject to certification 
by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, each performance-based stock option award shall vest 
with respect to 50% of the earned shares on January 1, 2019 and 6.25% of the earned shares quarterly thereafter, subject to the 
executive’s continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the respective vesting dates. If the performance 

73

target is not met, all such performance-based stock options shall be immediately forfeited and canceled. In November 2018, the 
Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors modified the performance target. Subsequently, in February 
2019, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors concluded that the revised performance target was 
met based on the actual non-GAAP net income achieved for 2018. As such, each stock option was earned subject to the 
executive's continuous service with the Company from the grant date through the remaining vesting dates.

Stock Options 

The following table summarizes the activity of stock options under the Company’s equity incentive plans (in thousands, except 
per share data):

Stock Options
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017

Granted
Exercised
Canceled

Outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2018
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2018

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share

Number of
Shares

5,756
230
(57)
(1,487)
4,442
4,333
1,903

$

$
$
$

7.38
6.77
6.70
7.22
7.40
7.43
9.04

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic
   Value (1)

7.3
7.3
5.4

$
$
$

12,377
12,006
3,300

(1) Amounts represent the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of common stock at December 31,

2018 of $9.75 per share for all in the money options outstanding.

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $148 thousand, 
$10 thousand and $5 thousand, respectively. Total cash received from employees as a result of stock option exercises in 2018, 
2017 and 2016 was $0.4 million, $62 thousand and $17 thousand, respectively. Total fair values of stock options vested during 
2018, 2017 and 2016 were $2.7 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units and Performance Restricted Stock Units

The following table summarizes the activities of the Company’s RSUs and PRSUs under the Company’s equity incentive plans 
(in thousands, except per share data):

Outstanding at December 31, 2017

Granted
Vested
Canceled

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

RSUs

PRSUs

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Number of
Shares

1,726
174
(835)
(277)
788

$

$

7.53
6.66
7.57
7.65
7.26

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share

Number of
Shares

150
—
(87)
—
63

$

$

7.42
—
7.42
—
7.42

Upon vesting of certain RSUs and PRSUs, the Company withheld shares with value equivalent to the employees’ minimum 
statutory obligation for the applicable income and other employment taxes and remitted the cash to the appropriate taxing 
authorities. The number of shares withheld was based on the value of the RSUs or PRSUs on their vesting date as determined 
by the Company’s closing stock price. The withheld shares are reserved for future grant and issuance under the 2010 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

The Company maintains two employee stock purchase plans - the Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 
“ESPP”) and the Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Nonqualified ESPP”). 

74

The ESPP allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 
15% of their annual compensation subject to certain Internal Revenue Code limitations. In addition, no participant may 
purchase more than 2,000 shares of common stock in each offering period.
The offering periods under the ESPP are six-month periods commencing on May 15th and November 15th of each year. The 
price of common stock purchased under the ESPP is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the 
commencement date and end date of each six-month offering period.

The ESPP provides for the issuance of a maximum of 7.3 million shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 
2018, shares totaling 0.9 million were purchased and issued. As of December 31, 2018, there were 1.5 million shares available 
for issuance.

On March 30, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the Compensation Committee, approved the 
adoption of the Nonqualified ESPP. The Nonqualified ESPP was approved by the Company's stockholders on May 17, 2017, 
with the initial offering period commencing July 1, 2017. Under the Nonqualified ESPP, eligible employees can purchase 
shares of the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions of up to 25% of their annual compensation. Eligible 
employees have the right to (a) purchase the maximum number of whole shares of common stock that can be purchased with 
the elected payroll deductions during each offering period for which the employee is enrolled at a purchase price equal to the 
closing price of the Company’s common stock on the last day of such offering period and (b) receive an equal number of shares 
of the Company’s common stock that are subject to a risk of forfeiture in the event the employee terminates employment within 
the one year period immediately following the purchase date. The Nonqualified ESPP provides two six-month offering periods, 
from June 21 through December 20 and December 21 through June 20 of each year. At the annual meeting of the Company's 
stockholders on May 16, 2018, the stockholders approved to amend certain terms and increase the number of shares of common 
stock issuable under the Nonqualified ESPP by 2.5 million shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock 
authorized for issuance under the Nonqualified ESPP as of December 31, 2018 is 3.5 million shares, with a maximum of 0.5 
million shares allocated per purchase period. For the year ended December 31, 2018, shares totaling 0.3 million were purchased 
and issued, with an additional equal number of shares issued subject to a risk of forfeiture. As of December 31, 2018, there 
were 2.8 million shares available for future issuance. 

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense associated with stock options, RSUs, PRSUs and purchase rights under the Company’s 
ESPP and Nonqualified ESPP is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized, net of 
forfeitures, as expense over the remaining requisite service period on a straight-line basis. During the years ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $17.5 million, $12.4 million 
and $14.3 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average grant date fair values of the Company’s stock-based awards granted in 
the periods indicated:

Stock options
RSUs
PRSUs
ESPP
Nonqualified ESPP

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$
$

3.41
N/A
N/A
2.21
7.34

$
$

$
$

$
$
$
$

3.19
6.75
N/A
1.76
6.90

3.58
6.91
7.42
1.92
N/A

The Company values the RSUs and employee stock purchase rights under the Nonqualified ESPP at the closing market price of 
the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Stock-based compensation expense associated with PRSUs and performance-based stock option awards with graded vesting 
features and which contain both a performance and a service condition is only recognized if the Company has determined that 
it is probable that the performance condition will be met. The Company reassesses the probability of vesting at each reporting 
period and adjusts compensation expense based on its probability assessment. The probability of meeting the performance 
condition related to the performance-based stock option awards granted in December 2017 was assessed as probable as of 
December 31, 2018. As a result, the Company recognized a cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $6.9 million in 
the fourth quarter of 2018, based on a fair value assessment as of the date of modification.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options and employee stock purchase right under the ESPP at the grant date 
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model requires the use of the following assumptions:

75

(i)  Expected volatility of the Company’s common stock – The Company computes its expected volatility assumption 
based on a blended volatility (50% historical volatility and 50% implied volatility from traded options on the 
Company’s common stock). The selection of a blended volatility assumption was based upon the Company’s 
assessment that a blended volatility is more representative of the Company’s future stock price trend as it weighs the 
historical volatility with the future implied volatility.

(ii)  Expected life of the option award – Represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to 

remain outstanding. The Company’s computation of expected life utilizes the simplified method in accordance with 
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 (“SAB 110”) due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a 
reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration 
date is used as the expected term under this method.

(iii) Expected dividend yield – Assumption is based on the Company’s history of not paying dividends and no future 

expectations of dividend payouts.

(iv)  Risk-free interest rate – Based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with maturities 

approximating the grant’s expected life.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average assumptions used in estimating the grant-date fair value of stock options 
and of each employee’s purchase right under the ESPP in the periods indicated:

Stock Options
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

ESPP
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

50%
6.11
—
2.83%

52%
5.88
—
2.10%

53%
6.25
—
1.60%

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

42%
0.50
—
2.21%

45%
0.49
—
1.24%

46%
0.52
—
0.47%

In addition, the Company applies an estimated forfeiture rate to awards granted and records stock-based compensation expense 
only for those awards that are expected to vest. Forfeiture rates are estimated at the time of grant based on the Company’s 
historical experience. Further, to the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from management’s estimate, stock-
based compensation is adjusted accordingly.

As of December 31, 2018, unrecognized stock-based compensation expenses by award type, net of estimated forfeitures, and 
their expected weighted-average recognition periods are summarized in the following table (in thousands).

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense
Weighted-average amortization period (in years)

Stock Option
5,088
$
1.9

December 31, 2018
RSU

ESPPs

$

$

3,337
1.0

3,879
1.1

The Company expects to recognized stock-based compensation expense of $8.6 million in 2019, $3.0 million in 2020, $0.6 
million in 2021 and $0.1 million in 2022. 

76

Shares Reserved for Future Issuance 

The Company had common shares reserved for future issuance as follows (in thousands):

Stock options outstanding
Restricted stock units outstanding
Performance restricted stock units outstanding
Shares available for future grant under 2010 Plan
Shares available for future issuance under ESPP
Shares available for future issuance under Nonqualified ESPP

December 31,

2018

2017

4,442
788
63
2,306
1,550
2,764
11,913

5,756
1,726
150
281
2,456
551
10,920

8. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan for all employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. 
Participants may contribute, on a pre-tax basis, a percentage of their annual compensation, but not to exceed a maximum 
contribution amount pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company, at the discretion of the Board of 
Directors, may make additional matching contributions on behalf of the participants. The Company made matching 
contributions totaling $2.5 million, $3.0 million and $2.1 million in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

9. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The table below summarizes the changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss by component:

Balance at December 31, 2016

Other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2017

Other comprehensive loss

Balance at December 31, 2018

Unrealized
Gains and
Losses on
Available-for-
Sale
Marketable
Securities

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

$

$

(6)

$

(650)

$

6

—

—

— $

481

(169)

(584)
(753)

$

Total

(656)

487

(169)

(584)
(753)

Assets and liabilities of the Company’s wholly owned foreign subsidiaries are translated from their respective functional 
currencies at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenue and expenses are translated at the monthly average 
exchanges rates. These translations result in differences called foreign currency translation adjustments. Realized foreign 
currency transaction gains or losses were not significant during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and are 
recorded in “Other income (expense), net” in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

10. Income Taxes

The domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for incomes taxes were as follows (in thousands):

Domestic
Foreign

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

(20,463)
1,695
(18,768)

$

$

(84,387)
2,598
(81,789)

$

$

(28,931)
1,876
(27,055)

77

Provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

Current:
State
Foreign

Current income tax

Deferred foreign income tax (benefit)

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

105
360
465
65
530

$

$

115
577
692
551
1,243

$

$

102
673
775
(428)
347

The differences between the statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate, expressed as a percentage of loss before income taxes, 
were as follows:

Federal statutory rate
State statutory rate
Foreign operations
R&D tax credits
Foreign income inclusion
Non-deductible stock compensation
Other permanent items
Tax true-up
Valuation allowance
Tax reform
Topic 606 adjustment
Effective tax rate

Years Ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

21.0 %
5.7
0.3
7.2
(1.2)
(4.3)
(1.6)
(2.3)
(25.6)
—
(2.0)
(2.8)%

34.0 %
4.5
0.5
2.7
(0.1)
(3.7)
(0.4)
(1.7)
67.3
(104.6)
—
(1.5)%

34.0 %
6.1
0.6
6.4
(0.7)
(5.1)
(1.4)
21.0
(62.2)
—
—
(1.3)%

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Tax credit carryforwards
Depreciation and amortization
Accruals and reserves
Deferred revenue
Stock-based compensation
Intangible assets
Other

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

132,420
46,884
1,924
10,021
7,815
4,447
37
5
203,553
(203,550)
3

$

$

134,731
43,095
1,892
7,933
7,928
3,100
64
23
198,766
(198,746)
20

All deferred tax assets, along with any related valuation allowance, are classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as long-
term.

Management reviews the recognition of deferred tax assets to determine if realization of such assets is more likely than not. 
The realization of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings. The Company has been in a cumulative 
loss position since inception, which represents a significant piece of negative evidence. Using the more likely than not criteria 
specified in the applicable accounting guidance, this negative evidence cannot be overcome by positive evidence currently 
available to the Company. As a result, the Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets 
with the exception of certain foreign deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $4.8 million in 2018 
and decreased by $40.5 million in 2017.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating losses of approximately $597.0 million and 
$189.5 million, respectively. The U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards have begun to expire and will continue to expire 

78

at various dates through 2037 if not utilized. The state net operating loss carryforwards have begun to expire and will continue 
to expire at various dates through 2037, if not utilized. Additionally, the Company has U.S. federal, California and other U.S. 
states research and development credits of approximately $35.4 million, $35.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, as of 
December 31, 2018. The U.S. federal research and development credits will begin to expire in 2020 and the California research 
and development credits have no expiration date. The credits related to other various U.S. states began to expire in 2018.

Uncertain Tax Positions

ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute to the financial statement 
recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance also provides 
guidance on derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. 
The standard requires the Company to recognize the financial statement effects of an uncertain tax position when it is more 
likely than not that such position will be sustained upon audit. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related 
to unrecognized tax benefits as interest expense and income tax expense, respectively, in statements of comprehensive loss.

The following table reconciles the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

Balance at beginning of year

    Additions for tax positions related to prior year
    Additions for tax positions related to current year

Balance at end of year

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

20,289
516
1,193
21,998

$

$

18,349
—
1,940
20,289

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $22.0 million and $20.3 million, 
respectively, none of which would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. There were no accrued interest or 
penalties for uncertain income tax as of December 31, 2018.

The Company files tax returns in the United State and various state jurisdictions, the United Kingdom, China and Brazil. The 
tax years 1999 through 2017 remain open and subject to examination by the appropriate governmental agencies in the U.S. due 
to tax attribute carryforwards.

U.S. Tax Reform

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and 
Jobs Act (the "Tax Act"). The Tax Act includes, among other items, a reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 
34% to 21%, certain interest expense deduction limitations and changes in the timing of certain taxable income. The Company 
was required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in 2017, such as remeasuring its U.S. deferred tax assets and 
liabilities and reassessing the net realizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

On December 22, 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) which provided guidance on 
accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. The Company completed its analysis and accounting with respect the Tax Act and 
identified no additional changes from amounts previously recorded. However, future changes in law, interpretations and facts 
may result in adjustments to these amounts. Based on the Company’s net operating loss carryovers and valuation allowance, 
there was no impact to its consolidated financial statements as a result of the accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act.

The Tax Act created a new requirement that global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by our foreign subsidiaries 
must be included in gross U.S. taxable income. While the Tax Act provides for a modified territorial tax system, beginning in 
2018, GILTI provisions will be applied providing an incremental tax on low taxed foreign income. The GILTI provisions 
require us to include in our U.S. income tax return foreign subsidiary earnings in excess of an allowable return on the foreign 
subsidiary’s tangible assets. During 2018, we made an accounting policy election to treat taxes related to GILTI as a current 
period expense when incurred.

79

11. Net Loss Per Common Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per common share for the periods indicated (in 
thousands, except per share data):

Numerator:

Net loss

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

Potentially dilutive shares, weighted-average

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

(19,298)

$

(83,032)

$

(27,402)

52,609

50,155

(0.37)

$

(1.66)

$

5,833

3,446

48,730

(0.56)

5,890

For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, unvested restricted stock awards are included in the calculation of basic 
weighted-average shares because such shares are participating securities; however, the impact was immaterial. There were no 
unvested restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Potentially dilutive shares have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share when their effect is 
antidilutive. These antidilutive shares were primarily from stock options, restricted stock units and performance restricted stock 
units. For each of the periods presented where the Company reported a net loss, the effect of all potentially dilutive securities 
would be antidilutive, and as a result diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share.

12. Segment Information

 The Company develops, markets and sells communications access systems and software, and there are no segment managers 
who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for levels or components below the Company unit level. 
Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in a single reporting segment and operating unit structure. The Company’s chief 
operating decision maker is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a 
Company-wide basis, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Geographic Information:

The following is a summary of revenue by geographic region based upon the location of the customers (in thousands):

United States
Middle East
Canada
Europe
Caribbean
Other

$

$

Years Ended December 31,
2017 (1)

2018
386,341
18,814
10,542
8,858
7,075
9,690
441,320

$

$

452,956
18,267
13,105
6,575
9,853
9,611
510,367

$

$

2016 (1)

415,629
8,098
9,064
6,334
12,934
6,728
458,787

(1)  Revenue amounts are accounted for under Topic 605 for 2017 and 2016.

The Company’s property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, are located in the following geographical areas (in 
thousands):

United States
China

13. Product Line Divestiture

December 31,

2018

2017

$

$

23,249
1,696
24,945

$

$

13,109
2,572
15,681

In February 2018, the Company sold its outdoor cabinet product line to Clearfield, Inc. (“Clearfield”) for $10.4 million in cash 
as well as the assumption by Clearfield of the related product warranty liabilities and open purchase order commitments with a 
CM. The Company transferred $2.1 million in net inventory and agreed to solicit orders on Clearfield’s behalf on the newly 
transferred outdoor cabinets product lines free of charge for 15 months. The Company established a liability of $1.6 million in 

80

deferred revenue for providing this service and is amortizing this amount to service revenue over the corresponding 15-month 
period. The Company also recognized a $6.7 million gain for the year ended December 31, 2018 within operating expenses in 
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. 

14. Quarterly Financial Data—Unaudited

The Company’s fiscal year begins on January 1st and ends on December 31st. Quarterly periods are based on a 4-4-5 fiscal 
calendar with the first, second and third fiscal quarters ending on the 13th Saturday of each fiscal period. As a result, the 
Company had one fewer day in the first quarter of 2018 and one more day in the fourth quarter of 2018 than in the respective 
2017 periods.

The following table presents selected unaudited quarterly financial data of the Company (in thousands, except per share data). 
The Company’s quarterly results of operations for these periods are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations.

Revenue
Gross profit
Operating income (loss)
Net income (loss)

Net income (loss) per common share, basic and 
diluted

Revenue
Gross profit
Operating loss

Net loss

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

$

$

$

$

March 31

99,403
42,059
(11,109)
(11,736)

$

June 30

Fiscal Year 2018 Quarter Ended
September 29
114,699
$
52,833
676
809

111,702
50,866
(2,926)
(2,793)

December 31
115,516
$
51,624
(5,155)
(5,578)

(0.23)

$

(0.05)

$

0.02

$

(0.10)

April 1

117,518
34,377
(32,816)

(33,325)

$

July 1

Fiscal Year 2017 Quarter Ended
September 30
128,827
$
44,633
(17,263)

126,123
43,323
(18,714)

(18,988)

(17,853)

(0.67)

$

(0.38)

$

(0.35)

$

December 31
137,899
$
50,557
(12,763)

(12,866)

(0.25)

15. Subsequent Event

In February 2019, the Company entered into an amendment to the Loan Agreement with SVB that amended the affirmative 
financial covenants to reduce the required minimum level of the AQR for the first half of 2019 and the required minimum 
Adjusted EBITDA for the first fiscal quarter of 2019. AQR and Adjusted EBITDA are defined in the Loan Agreement, as 
previously amended. These covenant modifications were provided to accommodate the increased costs and use of cash 
anticipated for the first half of 2019 related to activities to mitigate the impact of the U.S. tariffs imposed on goods imported 
from China, including advance purchases of inventory, as part of the Company’s realignment of its supply chain.

81

ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There were no changes in nor any disagreements with accountants on accounting principles or practices, financial statement 
disclosure, auditing scope or procedures, or other reportable events requiring disclosure pursuant to Item 304(b) of Regulation 
S-K.

ITEM 9A. 

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, which we refer to as the evaluation date, we carried out an evaluation under 
the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principle executive officer and principle financial 
officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).

The purpose of this evaluation was to determine whether as of the evaluation date our disclosure controls and procedures were 
effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information we are required to disclose in our filings with the SEC, (i) is 
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and 
(ii) accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial 
officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon this evaluation, our principal 
executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
the end of the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal 
control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
Management has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 using the 
criteria set forth in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission, or COSO, (2013 framework). Based on our evaluation, management has concluded that we maintained 
effective control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on the COSO criteria. The effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered 
public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our disclosure controls and procedures provide our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer reasonable 
assurances that our disclosure controls and procedures will achieve their objectives. However, our management, including our 
principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our 
internal control over financial reporting can or will prevent all human error. A control system, no matter how well designed and 
implemented, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. 
Furthermore, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are internal resource constraints, and the benefit of 
controls must be weighed relative to their corresponding costs. Because of the limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of controls can provide complete assurance that all control issues and instances of error, if any, within our company are 
detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns 
can occur due to human error or mistake. Additionally, controls, no matter how well designed, could be circumvented by the 
individual acts of specific persons within the organization. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon 
certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in 
achieving its stated objectives under all potential future conditions.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by 
Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. 

Other Information

None.

82

ITEM 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Information required by this Item 10 relating to our directors is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the 
captions “Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors” and “Director Compensation” and in other applicable sections of the Proxy 
Statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to 
Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, or the Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered 
by this Report. Information required by this Item 10 relating to our officers is incorporated by reference to the information set 
forth under the captions “Executive Officers” and “Executive Compensation” and in other applicable sections of the Proxy 
Statement. Information regarding our Section 16 reporting compliance is incorporated by reference to the information set forth 
under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial 
Ownership Reporting Compliance” of the Proxy Statement.

We have adopted a code of ethics, which applies to all employees, officers and directors of Calix. The Code of Business 
Conduct and Ethics meets the requirements of a “code of ethics” as defined by Item 406 of Regulation S-K, and applies to our 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and all other employees, as indicated above. The Code of Business Conduct 
and Ethics also meets the requirements of a code of conduct under NYSE listing standards. The Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics is posted on our website at www.calix.com under the links “About - Investor Relations - Governance - Code of 
Conduct.” We intend to disclose any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as well as any waivers for 
executive officers or directors, on our website at www.calix.com.

ITEM 11. 

Executive Compensation

Information required by this Item 11 relating to executive compensation and other matters is incorporated by reference to the 
information set forth under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and in other applicable sections of the Proxy 
Statement.

ITEM 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required by this Item 12 relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related 
stockholder matters is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain 
Beneficial Owners and Management” and in other applicable sections of the Proxy Statement. Information regarding securities 
authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the 
caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” of the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this Item 13 relating to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence is 
incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and 
in other applicable sections of the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information required by this Item 14 relating to principal account fees and services is incorporated by reference to the 
information set forth under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” of the Proxy Statement.

83

PART IV

ITEM 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Calix and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon are set 
forth under Part II, Item 8 of this report.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets, As of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

55

56

57

58

59

60

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, not presently in amounts sufficient to require 
submission of the schedule, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial 
statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed with or incorporated by reference in this report. Where such filing is made by incorporation by 
reference to a previously filed registration statement or report, such registration statement or report is identified in parentheses. 
We will furnish any exhibit upon request to: Calix Investor Relations, Thomas J. Dinges at Tom.Dinges@calix.com.

Exhibit
Number

2.1

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1*

10.2*

10.3

10.4

Description

Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization, dated as of September 16, 2010, by and among Calix, Inc., Ocean Sub 
I, Inc., Ocean Sub II, LLC, Occam Networks, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Calix’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 
originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 2, 2010 (File No. 333-170282), as amended by 
Amendment No. 1 filed December 14, 2010, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 1, filed December 14, 2010 
and as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 2, filed February 7, 2011 and incorporated by reference).

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Calix, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Amendment No. 7 to Calix’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2010 (File No. 
333-163252) and incorporated by reference).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Calix, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to Amendment No. 7 to Calix’s Registration Statement on 
Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2010 (File No. 333-163252) and incorporated 
by reference).

Form of Calix, Inc.’s Common Stock Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 7 to Calix’s Registration Statement 
on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2010 (File No. 333-163252) and 
incorporated by reference).

Calix Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Plan and related documents (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment 
No. 6 to Calix’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 8, 2010 (File No. 333-163252) and 
incorporated by reference).

Calix, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan and related documents (filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 6 to Calix’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on March 8, 2010 (File No. 333-163252) and incorporated by 
reference).

Form of Indemnification Agreement made by and between Calix, Inc. and each of its directors, executive officers and some 
employees (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Amendment No. 6 to Calix’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on 
March 8, 2010 (File No. 333-163252) and incorporated by reference).

Lease between RNM Lakeville, LLC and Calix, Inc. dated February 13, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Calix’s Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on November 20, 2009 (File No. 333-163252) and incorporated by reference).

84

Exhibit
Number

10.5

10.6

10.7*

10.8†

10.9*

10.10*

10.11*

10.12*

10.13*

10.14*

10.15*

10.16*

10.17*

10.18*

10.19*

10.20*

10.21†

10.22

10.23†

10.24*

10.25*

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

Description

First Amendment to Lease by and between 1031, 1035, 1039 North McDowell, LLC and Calix, Inc. effective January 28, 
2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.25 to Calix’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 (File No. 001-34674) and 
incorporated by reference).

Lease Termination Agreement between SSCOP DE LLC and Calix, Inc. dated November 21, 2018.

Offer Letter between Calix, Inc. and Carl Russo dated November 1, 2006 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to 
Calix’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on December 31, 2009 (File No. 333-163252) and 
incorporated by reference).

Asset Purchase Agreement between Ericsson Inc. and Calix, Inc. dated August 20, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s 
Form 10-Q/A filed with the SEC on December 18, 2012 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Calix, Inc. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2013 (filed as 
Exhibit 10.22 to Calix’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by 
reference).

Calix, Inc. Management Bonus Program Under the 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s Form 
8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2012 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Calix, Inc. Long Term Incentive Program Under the 2010 Equity Incentive Award Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Calix’s 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2012 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Calix, Inc. Non-Employee Director Equity Compensation Policy, as amended October 18, 2011, July 25, 2012, April 22, 
2014 and April 26, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.18 to Calix's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017 (File No. 
001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Offer Letter by and between Calix, Inc. and Michael Weening dated May 20, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s Form 
10-Q filed with the SEC on August 3, 2016 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Offer Letter by and between Calix, Inc. and Greg Billings dated December 8, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Calix's Form 
10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2016 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Amendment to Offer Letter by and between Calix, Inc. and Greg Billings dated August 1, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to 
Calix's Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Consulting Agreement by and between Calix, Inc. and Cory Sindelar dated May 31, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s 
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 10, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Calix, Inc. Non-Employee Director Cash Compensation Policy, as amended June 7, 2018.

Calix, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the 
Registrant's definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017 (File No. 001-34674)).

Calix, Inc. Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Appendix A to the Registrant's definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on April 3, 2018 (File No. 
001-34674)).

Amendment to Calix, Inc. Amended and Restated 2017 Nonqualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated June 24, 2018 
(filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by 
reference).

Loan and Security Agreement dated August 7, 2017 between Silicon Valley Bank and Calix, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 
Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 13, 2018 between Silicon Valley Bank and Calix, Inc.
(filed as Exhibit 10.24 to Calix's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on May 10, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) 
and incorporated by reference). 

Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated August 24, 2018 by and between Silicon Valley Bank and 
Calix, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) and 
incorporated by reference). 

Offer Letter between Calix, Inc. and Cory Sindelar dated September 28, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Calix’s Form 10-Q 
filed with the SEC on August 11, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Nonstatutory Inducement Stock Option Grant Notice between Calix, Inc. and Cory Sindelar dated October 1, 2017 (filed as 
Exhibit 10.3 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by 
reference).

Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan effective September 6, 2017 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 
to Calix’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 11, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan effective October 1, 2017 (filed as 
Exhibit 10.5 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 8, 2017 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by 
reference).

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Change in Control and Severance Plan effective August 1, 2018 
(filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 8, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by 
reference).

85

Exhibit
Number

10.29

10.30

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

Net Lease Agreement by and between Calix, Inc. and Orchard Parkway San Jose, LLC dated March 9, 2018 (filed as 
Exhibit 10.1 to Calix’s Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2018 (File No. 001-34674) and incorporated by reference).

First Amendment to Net Lease Agreement by and between Calix, Inc. and Orchard Parkway San Jose, LLC dated 
November 14, 2018.

Description

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Calix, Inc. Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.

Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Calix, Inc. Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principle Financial Officer of Calix, Inc. Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

*

†

††

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this agreement.

Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this agreement.

ITEM 16. 

Form 10-K Summary

None.

86

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by 
the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Dated: March 1, 2019

Dated: March 1, 2019

CALIX, INC.
(Registrant)

By:

/s/    Carl Russo        

Carl Russo

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

By:

/s/    Cory Sindelar        

Cory Sindelar

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

87

  POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Carl Russo and Cory Sindelar, and each of them, with 
full power of substitution and re-substitution and full power to act without the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in 
his name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file 
any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in 
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full 
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any 
of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of 
the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 1, 2019.

Signature

Title

/s/ Carl Russo
Carl Russo

/s/ Cory Sindelar
Cory Sindelar

/s/ Don Listwin
Don Listwin

/s/ Christopher Bowick
Christopher Bowick

/s/ Kathy Crusco
Kathy Crusco

/s/ Kevin DeNuccio
Kevin DeNuccio

/s/ Michael Everett
Michael Everett

/s/ Kira Makagon
Kira Makagon

/s/ Michael Matthews
Michael Matthews

/s/ Kevin Peters
Kevin Peters

/s/ J. Daniel Plants
J. Daniel Plants

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Date

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 1, 2019

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

88

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

March 1, 2019

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Exhibit 21.1

Entity Name
Calix Networks Canada, Inc.
Calix Network Technology Development (Nanjing) Co. Ltd.
Calix Networks UK, Ltd                          
Calix Brasil Servicos Ltda

Jurisdiction
Canada
China
England, UK
Brazil

  
  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.1

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Calix, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-223637, 333-218066, 333-216323, 
333-209732, 333-202496, 333-194054, 333-185025, 333-172379, 333-166245) on Form S-8 of Calix, Inc. of our report dated 
March 1, 2019, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Calix, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2018 and 
2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years 
in three-year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2018, which report appears in the December 31, 2018 annual report on Form 10-K of Calix, Inc.

San Francisco, California
March 1, 2019

/s/ KPMG LLP

 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Carl Russo, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Calix, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Carl Russo

  Carl Russo

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPLE FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Cory Sindelar, certify that:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Calix, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2018;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 

conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report based on such evaluation; and

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Cory Sindelar

  Cory Sindelar
  Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Carl Russo, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the 
Annual Report of Calix, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 fully complies with the 
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 
10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Exhibit 32.1

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Carl Russo

  Carl Russo

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

I, Cory Sindelar, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the 
Annual Report of Calix, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 fully complies with the 
requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 
10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 1, 2019

/s/ Cory Sindelar

  Cory Sindelar
  Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

This certification accompanies the Form 10-K to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 

and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Calix, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10-K), irrespective of any general incorporation 
language contained in such filing.